**CONTENTS**

[5.0 Sampling 5-2](#sampling)

[5.1 Model Changes for Samples 5-2](#model-changes-for-samples)

[5.2 Search and List Samples and Sample Summaries Pages
5-2](#search-and-list-samples-and-sample-summaries-pages)

[5.2.1 Search Page 5-2](#search-page)

[5.2.2 Coliform Sample/Sample Summary List
5-14](#coliform-samplesample-summary-list)

[5.2.3 LCR Sample/Sample Summary List
5-19](#lcr-samplesample-summary-list)

[5.2.4 General Sample/Sample Summary Maintenance List
5-24](#general-samplesample-summary-maintenance-list)

[5.3 Coliform Sample and Summaries Pages
5-29](#coliform-sample-and-summaries-pages)

[5.3.1 Coliform Sample Maintenance 5-29](#coliform-sample-maintenance)

[5.3.2 Coliform Sample Summary Maintenance
5-69](#coliform-sample-summary-maintenance)

[5.4 LCR Sample and Summaries Pages
5-81](#lcr-sample-and-summaries-pages)

[5.4.1 LCR Sample Maintenance 5-81](#lcr-sample-maintenance)

[5.4.2 LCR Sample Summary Maintenance
5-112](#lcr-sample-summary-maintenance)

[5.5 General Sample Maintenance Pages
5-129](#general-sample-maintenance-pages)

[5.5.1 General Sample Maintenance 5-129](#general-sample-maintenance)

[5.5.2 General Result Maintenance 5-152](#general-result-maintenance)

[5.5.3 Microbiological Result Maintenance
5-169](#microbiological-result-maintenance)

[5.5.4 Radiological Result Maintenance
5-183](#radiological-result-maintenance)

[5.5.5 Composite Sample Maintenance
5-189](#composite-sample-maintenance)

[5.5.6 Individual Sample Member Information
5-201](#individual-sample-member-information)

[5.6 MDBP Summaries 5-214](#mdbp-summaries)

[5.6.1 Model Changes for MDBP Summary
5-214](#model-changes-for-mdbp-summary)

[5.6.2 Water Treatment (WT) Summary Page Flow
5-214](#water-treatment-wt-summary-page-flow)

[5.6.3 Water Treatment Summary 5-214](#water-treatment-summary)

[5.6.4 MRDL Summary Page Flow 5-274](#mrdl-summary-page-flow)

[5.6.5 General MDBP Summary Page Flow
5-287](#general-mdbp-summary-page-flow)

[5.7 Results Averages 5-307](#results-averages)

[5.7.1 Model Changes for Results Averages
5-308](#model-changes-for-results-averages)

[5.7.2 Results Averages Page Flow 5-308](#results-averages-page-flow)

[5.7.3 Historical Sampling Information Page
5-333](#__RefHeading___Toc173644809)

[5.8 WQP Days Out of Compliance 5-335](#wqp-days-out-of-compliance)

[5.8.1 Model Changes for WQP Days Out of Compliance
5-335](#model-changes-for-wqp-days-out-of-compliance)

[5.8.2 WQP Days Out of Compliance Page Flow
5-336](#wqp-days-out-of-compliance-page-flow)

[5.9 Field Results Maintenance 5-343](#field-results-maintenance)

**EXHIBITS**

[**Exhibit 5-1.** Sampling Home Page 5-1](#__RefHeading___Toc173657185)

[**Exhibit 5-1a.** Sample/Sample Summary Search
5-3](#__RefHeading___Toc173657186)

[**Exhibit 5-2.** Coliform Sample/Sample Summary List
5-15](#__RefHeading___Toc173657187)

[**Exhibit 5-3.** LCR Sample/Sample Summary List
5-20](#__RefHeading___Toc173657188)

[**Exhibit 5-4.** General Sample/Sample Summary List
5-25](#__RefHeading___Toc173657189)

[**Exhibit 5-5.** Coliform Sample Maintenance
5-33](#__RefHeading___Toc173657190)

[**Exhibit 5-6.** Original Sample Information
5-34](#__RefHeading___Toc173657191)

[**Exhibit 5-7.** No Acute Speciation Indicated Advisory
5-47](#__RefHeading___Toc173657192)

[**Exhibit 5-8.** Delete Result Dialog Box
5-59](#__RefHeading___Toc173657193)

[**Exhibit 5-9.** Compliance Linkage Advisory
5-62](#__RefHeading___Toc173657194)

[**Exhibit 5-10.** No Acute Speciation Indicated Advisory
5-63](#__RefHeading___Toc173657195)

[**Exhibit 5-11.** Coliform Sample Summary Maintenance
5-70](#__RefHeading___Toc173657196)

[**Exhibit 5-12.** LCR Sample Maintenance
5-82](#__RefHeading___Toc173657197)

[**Exhibit 5-13.** Original Sample Information
5-106](#__RefHeading___Toc173657198)

[**Exhibit 5-14.** Disassociation Confirm Advisory
5-110](#__RefHeading___Toc173657199)

[**Exhibit 5-15.** LCR Sample Summary Maintenance
5-112](#__RefHeading___Toc173657200)

[**Exhibit 5-16.** General Sample Maintenance
5-130](#__RefHeading___Toc173657201)

[**Exhibit 5-17.** Analyte Entry Advisory
5-142](#__RefHeading___Toc173657202)

[**Exhibit 5-18.** Delete Result Dialog Box
5-144](#__RefHeading___Toc173657203)

[**Exhibit 5-19.** Other Sample Measure Maintenance
5-149](#__RefHeading___Toc173657204)

[**Exhibit 5-20.** General Results Maintenance
5-153](#__RefHeading___Toc173657205)

[**Exhibit 5-21.** No SSMPA Advisory Dialog Box
5-169](#__RefHeading___Toc173657206)

[**Exhibit 5-22.** Microbiological Results Maintenance
5-170](#__RefHeading___Toc173657207)

[**Exhibit 5-23.** Other Analysis Measure Maintenance
5-180](#__RefHeading___Toc173657208)

[**Exhibit 5-24.** Radiological Results Maintenance
5-185](#__RefHeading___Toc173657209)

[**Exhibit 5-25.** Composite Sample Maintenance
5-190](#__RefHeading___Toc173657210)

[**Exhibit 5-26.** Delete Confirmation
5-195](#__RefHeading___Toc173657211)

[**Exhibit 5-27.** Analyte Entry 5-197](#__RefHeading___Toc173657212)

[**Exhibit 5-28.** Delete Confirmation
5-199](#__RefHeading___Toc173657213)

[**Exhibit 5-29.** Individual Sample Member Information
5-202](#__RefHeading___Toc173657214)

[**Exhibit 5-30.** WT Summary Category Selection
5-215](#__RefHeading___Toc173657215)

[**Exhibit 5-31.** Water Treatment Summary Jump
5-232](#__RefHeading___Toc173657216)

[**Exhibit 5-32.** Violation Types for Three Turbidity Rules
5-234](#__RefHeading___Toc173657217)

[**Exhibit 5-33.** Combined Filter Effluent Turbidity
5-235](#__RefHeading___Toc173657218)

[**Exhibit 5-34.** Individual Filter Effluent Turbidity
5-246](#__RefHeading___Toc173657219)

[**Exhibit 5-35.** Entry Point RDC 5-251](#__RefHeading___Toc173657220)

[**Exhibit 5-36.** Entry Point Chlorine Dioxide/Chlorite
5-257](#__RefHeading___Toc173657221)

[**Exhibit 5-37.** Distribution RDC 5-262](#__RefHeading___Toc173657222)

[**Exhibit 5-38.** MRDL Chlorine/Chloramine DS
5-270](#__RefHeading___Toc173657223)

[**Exhibit 5-39.** Chlorine/Chloramine MRDL Summary Search
5-275](#__RefHeading___Toc173657224)

[**Exhibit 5-40.** Chlorine/Chloramine MRDL Maintenance List
5-282](#__RefHeading___Toc173657225)

[**Exhibit 5-41.** Chlorine/Chloramines MRDL Summary Maintenance
5-285](#__RefHeading___Toc173657226)

[**Exhibit 5-42.** MRDL Summary Advisory
5-286](#__RefHeading___Toc173657227)

[**Exhibit 5-43.** MDBP Summary Search/Add
5-288](#__RefHeading___Toc173657228)

[**Exhibit 5-44.** MDBP Summary Maintenance List
5-296](#__RefHeading___Toc173657229)

[**Exhibit 5-45.** MDBP Summary Maintenance
5-300](#__RefHeading___Toc173657230)

[**Exhibit 5-46.** Results Averages Search
5-309](#__RefHeading___Toc173657231)

[**Exhibit 5-47.** Results Averages Maintenance List
5-316](#__RefHeading___Toc173657232)

[**Exhibit 5-48.** Results Averages Maintenance
5-320](#__RefHeading___Toc173657233)

[**Exhibit 5-49.** Compliance Value List
5-333](#__RefHeading___Toc173657234)

[**Exhibit 5-50.** Historical Sampling Information
5-334](#__RefHeading___Toc173657235)

[**Exhibit 5-51.** WQP Days Out of Compliance Search
5-336](#__RefHeading___Toc173657236)

[**Exhibit 5-52.** WQP Days Out of Compliance List
5-341](#__RefHeading___Toc173657237)

[**Exhibit 5-53.** Field Results Page
5-343](#__RefHeading___Toc173657238)

This page is intentionally left blank.

**ONLINE SAMPLING**

The *SDWIS/STATE Home Page* will present the following options when the
Sampling option is selected:

-   Add Sample/Sample Summary.

-   Maintain Sample/Sample Summary.

-   MDBP Summaries.

-   Maintain Results Averages.

-   View WQP Days out of Compliance.

  ---------------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------------
  ![](media/image1.png){width="1.9270833333333333in"   ![](media/image2.png){width="3.8041666666666667in"
  height="4.731944444444444in"}                        height="3.0527777777777776in"}

  ---------------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------------

[]{#__RefHeading___Toc173657185 .anchor}**Exhibit 5-1.** Sampling Home
Page

Each of these selections is described in the section below.

# Sampling

## Model Changes for Samples

Changes to SAMPLE (TSASAMPL):

-   Resize state_classification_code from 3 to 6. (R0036:A.5.1.a)

Changes to CODE (TINCODE)

-   Update row to the CODE (TINCODE) table.

> Code Name: SMPSTCLASS
>
> Value Length: 6 (R0036:A.5.1.b)

## Search and List Samples and Sample Summaries Pages

### Search Page 

Exhibit 5-1a depicts the Sample/Sample Summary Search page.

Selecting Sampling/Maintain Sample/Sample Summary will invoke the
Sample/Sample Summary Search page, where users may specify the search
criteria that will retrieve Samples, Sample Summaries, or Both. Pressing
**Search** will retrieve and display selected records in the list page.
The user's current Water System Group/Regulating Agency will be used as
implied search criteria in all searches for Sample/Sample Summary
records. This means that the software will retrieve only samples/sample
summaries linked to water systems that are linked to the user's current
Water System Group/Regulating Agency. If an exact Water System No. is
entered, the software will validate that it belongs to the user's
current Water System Group/Regulating Agency.

**Samples Only Search Options**

**Group Box One**

User must select Lab Sample No. or State Sample No.; the water system is
optional.

  ---------------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------------
  ![](media/image1.png){width="1.5333333333333334in"   ![](media/image3.png){width="5.048611111111111in"
  height="8.495833333333334in"}                        height="7.999305555555556in"}

  ---------------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------------

[]{#__RefHeading___Toc173657186 .anchor}**Exhibit 5-1a.** Sample/Sample
Summary Search

[Entry Fields:]{.underline}

*Lab Sample No.* The sample identification number assigned by the
laboratory for tracking the sample within the lab.

> As the user enters/changes a value and tabs off the Lab Sample No.
> field, the State Sample No. field will be protected and the Search
> will be enabled. Either Lab Sample No. or State Sample No. must be
> supplied; both may not be supplied.

*State Sample No.* A value assigned by a state to uniquely identify a
specific sampling occurrence.

> As the user enters/changes a value and tabs off the State Sample No.
> field, the Lab Sample No. field will be protected and the Search will
> be enabled. Either Lab Sample No. or State Sample No. must be
> supplied; both may not be supplied.

*Water System No.* The specific Water System No., which consists of the
two-character state code plus the seven-character number field.

> The state code portion will default to the state_identification_code
> in the SYSTEM_VARIABLE entity view.

The **Go To** button may be pressed to select a water system from a list
of water systems that are part of the current Water System Group or
Regulating Agency. Once a valid water system has been entered or picked
from a list, the water system name will be displayed on the window. If
the user specifies a partial string in this field, display the closest
matching water system at the top of the list. (Closest matching means a
match with the Water System No., sorted alphabetically, that starts with
the same text string as supplied.)

> If a valid water system is entered but is not part of the user's
> current Water System Group or Regulating Agency, invoke exit state
> error message: **WS is not part of current group/agency. Change
> group/agency to access this WS.**

This field is also present in Group Boxes 2, 3, and 4.

*\[Water System\]*

*Name* Standard 40-character Public Water System Name may be entered
completely, partially, or left blank. If the user specifies a partial
string in this field, display the closest matching water system at the
top of the list. (Closest matching means a match with the Water System
Name, sorted alphabetically, that starts with the same text string as
supplied.)

If a valid water system name is entered the Water System No. is
populated.

> If a valid water system is entered but is not part of the user's
> current Water System Group or Regulating Agency, invoke exit state
> error message: **WS is not part of current group/agency. Change
> group/agency to access this WS.**

If the name entered is not found the software will flow to the Water
System Selection List. The user may then select a value and continue.

This field is also present in Group Boxes 2, 3, and 4.

[Buttons:]{.underline}

*\[water system\]*

**Go To** Will present the Water System Maintenance List in
single-select mode. If the user has typed part of the Water System No.,
it will be used in the search to invoke the Water System Maintenance
List. The user may select a water system from this list. This button is
also present in Group Boxes 2, 3, and 4.

**Search** Pressing this button will retrieve Samples based on the
specified criteria. The following will be the possible search
permutations:

-   Search by Lab Sample No.

-   Search by State Sample No.

-   Search by Lab Sample No. and Water System

-   Search by State Sample No. and Water System

> Enabled when Lab Sample No. or State Sample No. is selected.
>
> If only one sample exists then go directly to the appropriate sample
> maintenance page. If more than one sample found, display in General
> Sample/Sample Summary Maintenance List. If no samples found, display
> General Sample/Sample Summary Maintenance List and an advisory that
> none found with options of return to search or proceed to sample
> maintenance page in Add mode.

**Clear** Pressing this button will clear data from all fields in first
Samples Only group box. All fields will become unprotected.

**Group Box Two**

The user must select Sample Category, Sample State Classification,
Analyte, or Analyte Group. Water System, water system facility and date
range are optional.

[Protected Fields:]{.underline}

*Analyte Name* The common name of a contaminant as used by states and
EPA in the rules and other documents.

*Analyte Group*

*Name* The name assigned to the Group of analytes.

*WSF Name* The name of the water system facility.

[Entry Fields:]{.underline}

*Sample Category* A selectable list with the following permitted values:

TC Coliform

GE General

PB Lead and Copper

As the user selects a category and tabs off the Sample State
Classification, Analyte field and **Go To** button, and the Analyte
Group field and **Go To** button will be protected. Sample Category,
Sample State Classification, Analyte Code, or Analyte Group Code must be
supplied; more than one may not be supplied.

*Sample*

*State Classification* A selectable list of valid state classification
codes. Dropdown list will be populated with values from the CODE table,
code_name of 'SMPSTCLASS'.

> As the user selects a state classification and tabs off the Category,
> Analyte field and **Go To** button and the Analyte Group field and
> **Go To** button will be protected. Sample Category, Analyte Code, or
> Analyte Group Code must be supplied; more than one may not be
> supplied.
>
> Increase size to accommodate new field length of 6. (R0036:A.5.2.1.a)

*Analyte \[Code\]* The user may enter a valid Analyte Code or use the
**Go To** button to display the Analyte Selection List. As the user
enters/changes a value and tabs off the Analyte Code field, the software
will check that the supplied Analyte is valid, then populate the
retrieved Analyte's Name value in the protected Analyte Name field. If
the user specifies a partial string in the field, display the closest
matching analyte at the top of the Analyte Selection list. (Closest
matching means a match with the Analyte Code, sorted alphabetically,
that starts with the same text string as supplied.)

> If the code entered is invalid, the software will flow to the Analyte
> Selection List. The user may then select a value and continue.
>
> As the user enters/changes a value and tabs off the Analyte Code
> field, the Sample Category, Sample State Classification and Analyte
> Group field, and the Analyte Group **Go To** button will be protected.
> Sample Category, Sample State Classification, Analyte Code, or Analyte
> Group Code must be supplied; more than one may not be supplied.

*Analyte Group*

*\[Code\]* The user may enter a valid Analyte Group Code or use the **Go
To** button to display the Analyte Group Selection List.

If the user specifies a partial string in the field, display the closest
matching analyte group at the top of the list. (Closest matching means a
match with the Analyte Group Code, sorted alphabetically, that starts
with the same text string as supplied.) If the code entered is invalid,
the software will flow to the Analyte Group Selection List. The user may
then select a value and continue.

> As the user enters/changes a value and tabs off the Analyte Group Code
> field, the Sample Category, Sample State Classification and Analyte
> fields, and the Analyte **Go To** button will be protected. Sample
> Category, Sample State Classification, Analyte Code, or Analyte Group
> Code must be supplied; more than one may not be supplied.

*Water System No.* This field is the same as the Water System No. in
Group Box 1, 3, and 4.

*\[Water System\]*

*Name* This field is the same as the Water System Name in Group Box 1,
3, and 4.

*WSF State Asgn ID* Water system facility state assigned ID field may be
entered or the user may choose a facility from a list by pressing the
**Go To** button next to this field. This will be an optional field.
This field will be protected until a Water System No. is entered.

> If a valid water system facility State Asgn ID is entered, populate
> the water system facility name.
>
> If the water system facility State Asgn ID entered is not found, the
> software will flow to the Water System Facility Selection List. The
> user may then select a value and continue.

This is an optional field.

This button is also present in Group Box 4.

*Samples Collected Between*

**\[***Begin Date\]* This field will specify the begin date of the
Sample Collection date range. A calendar function will allow the user to
more easily enter dates for this field. Edit checks for date will be
done later when the user clicks the **Search** button.

If begin date is valued and end date is not valued, search will include
all samples with collection date equal to or greater than the begin
date.

> The default value for this field will be spaces. Do not allow future
> date. The error message will be: **Date must not be a future date.**
>
> This is an optional field. This field is also present in Group Boxes 3
> and 4.

*and*

*\[End Date\]* This field will specify the end date of the Sample
Collection end Date range. A calendar function will allow the user to
more easily enter dates for this field. Edit checks for date will be
done later when the user clicks the **Search** button.

> If end date is valued and begin date is not valued, search will
> include all samples with collection date equal to or earlier than the
> end date.
>
> The default value for this field will be the current date. Allow
> future date.
>
> This is an optional field. This field is also present in Group Boxes 3
> and 4.

[Buttons:]{.underline}

*\[analyte\]*

**Go To** Will present the Analyte Maintenance List in single-select
mode. If the user has typed part of the analyte code, it will be used in
the search to invoke the Analyte Maintenance List. The user may select
an analyte from this list. Disabled when: Sample Category or Analyte
Group selected.

*\[analyte group\]*

**Go To** Will present the Analyte Group Maintenance List in
single-select mode. If the user has typed part of the analyte group
code, it will be used in the search to present the Analyte Group
Selection List. The user may select an analyte group from this list.
Disabled when: Sample Category or Analyte selected.

*\[water system\]*

**Go To** This button is the same as the Water System Go To in Group
Boxes 1, 3, and 4.

*\[water system facility\]*

**Go To** Will present the Water System Facility Maintenance List in
single-select mode. If the user has typed part of the water system
facility State Asgn ID number, it will be used in the search to invoke
the Water System Facility Maintenance List. The user may select a water
system facility from this list. Disabled when: Water System not
selected.

This button is also present in Group Box 4.

**Search** Pressing this button will retrieve Samples based on the
specified criteria. The following will be the possible search
permutations:

-   Search by Sample Category.

-   Search by Analyte.

-   Search by Analyte Group.

-   Search by Sample State classification.

-   Search by Water System and Sample Category.

-   Search by Water System and Sample State classification.

-   Search by Water System and Analyte.

-   Search by Water System and Analyte Group.

-   Search by WSF and Sample Category.

-   Search by WSF and Sample State classification.

-   Search by WSF and Analyte.

-   Search by WSF and Analyte Group.

-   Search by Water System, Sample Category and Samples Collected Date
    Range.

-   Search by Water System, Sample State classification and Samples
    Collected Date Range.

-   Search by Water System, Analyte and Samples Collected Date Range.

-   Search by Water System, Analyte Group and Samples Collected Date
    Range.

-   Search by WSF, Sample Category and Samples Collected Date Range.

-   Search by WSF, Sample State classification and Samples Collected
    Date Range.

-   Search by WSF, Analyte and Samples Collected Date Range.

-   Search by WSF, Analyte Group and Samples Collected Date Range.

-   Search by Sample Category and Samples Collected Date Range.

-   Search by Sample State classification and Samples Collected Date
    Range.

-   Search by Analyte and Samples Collected Date Range.

-   Search by Analyte Group and Samples Collected Date Range.

> If a search includes Date Range with both begin date and end date
> valued, then if end date is earlier than begin date, invoke exit state
> error message: **End Date cannot be earlier than Begin Date.**
>
> Enabled when Sample Category, State Classification, Analyte or Analyte
> Group selected.

**Clear** Pressing this button will clear data from all fields in
Samples Only 2nd group box. All fields will return to their original
protective state and default values.

**Summaries Only Search Options**

**Group Box Three**

The user must select a summary type. The Water System and Sample
Collected Date Range are optional.

[Entry Fields:]{.underline}

*\[Summary Type\]* The user must select one of the radio buttons.

*Water System No.* This field is the same as the Water System No. in
Group Boxes 1, 2, and 4.

*\[Water System\]*

*Name* This field is the same as the Water System Name in Group Boxes 1,
2, and 4.

*Between*

\[Begin Date\] This field is the same as the Begin Date in Group Boxes 2
and 4.

*and*

\[End Date\] This field is the same as the End Date in Group Boxes 2 and
4.

[Buttons:]{.underline}

*\[water system\]*

**Go To** This button is the same as the Water System Go To in Group
Boxes 1, 2, and 4.

*\[water system facility\]*

**Go To** Will present the Water System Facility Selection List. If the
user has typed part of the water system facility State Asgn ID number,
it will be used in the search to invoke the Water System Facility
Selection List. The user may select a water system facility from this
list.

> Disabled when: Water System not selected.

**Search** Pressing this button will retrieve Summaries based on the
specified criteria. The following will be the possible search
permutations:

-   Search by Summary type.

-   Search by Summary type and Samples Collected Date Range.

-   Search by Summary type and Water System.

-   Search by Summary type, Water System and Samples Collected Date
    Range.

> Enabled when: Summary type is selected.
>
> If a search includes Date Range with both begin date and end date
> valued, then if end date is earlier than begin date, invoke exit state
> error message: **End Date cannot be earlier than Begin Date.**

**Clear** Pressing this button will clear data from all fields in Group
Box Three. All fields will return to original protective state.

**Both Samples and Summaries Search Options**

**Group Box Four**

The user must select a type. Laboratory, Water System, WSF, and date
ranges are optional. A user may not select both a Laboratory and a Water
system.

[Protected Fields:]{.underline}

*WSF Name* The name of the water system facility.

[Entry Fields:]{.underline}

*\[Type Code\]* Available types are Coliform, LCR, or All (Coliform, LCR
and General).

*Lab* *ID No.* The identification number assigned by the to the
laboratory, which performed the analysis. This field will be
automatically populated when a valid value is either input or selected
in Laboratory Name field. The Lab ID No. may not be adequate to identify
a unique Laboratory and should be used in concatenation with the
Certifying Agency.

> (R0059:A.5.2.1.b)

This field is protected if the water system is selected.

*Certifying Agency* Select a value from the dropdown list. The value
will be matched against the laboratory's Certifying Agency. The
selections available via the dropdown list will be retrieved from the
TINPVALS table where code_name = "CERT_AG."

> If an exact match is found using the Lab ID No. and Certifying Agency,
> the laboratory name will be displayed.
>
> If none is found, the Laboratory Maintenance List will be presented in
> single-select mode.
>
> Certifying Agency will be an optional field, but may be necessary if
> the Lab ID No. is not unique within the Laboratory table.
> (R0059:A.5.2.1.c)

(R0059:A.5.2.1.d

*\[Laboratory\] Name* The name of the laboratory. This field will be
automatically populated when a valid value is either input or selected
in Laboratory ID No..

> When a value is supplied that is not found the lab maintenance list
> page will be presented. The selection will also populate the
> Laboratory ID No. and Certifying Agency. (R0059:A.5.2.1.e)
>
> This field is protected if the water system is selected.

*Water System No.* This field is the same as the Water System No. in
Group Boxes 1, 2, and 3. This field is protected if the laboratory is
selected.

*\[Water System\]*

*Name* This field is the same as the Water System Name in Group Boxes 1,
2, and 3. This field is protected if the laboratory is selected.

*WSF State Asgn ID* This field is the same as the WSF State Asgn ID in
Group Box 2.

*Between*

\[Begin Date\] This field is the same as the Begin Date in Group Boxes 2
and 3.

*and*

\[End Date\] This field is the same as the End Date in Group Boxes 2 and
3.

[Buttons:]{.underline}

*\[laboratory\]*

**Go To** Will present the Laboratory Maintenance List. If the user has
typed part of the Lab ID No.,. Certifying Agency, or Name it will be
used in the search to invoke the Laboratory Maintenance List. The user
may select a laboratory from this list. Only the 'select' menu will be
enabled. Add/change will not be allowed for security reasons. This
button is protected if water system is selected. (R0059:A.5.2.1.f

*\[water system\]*

**Go To** This button is the same as the Water System Go To in Group
Boxes 1, 2, and 3. This button is protected if laboratory is selected.

*\[water system facility\]*

**Go To** This button is the same as the Water System Facility Go To in
Group Box 2.

**Search** Pressing this button will retrieve Samples and Summaries
based on the specified criteria. The following will be the possible
search permutations:

-   Search by type.

-   Search by Laboratory and type.

-   Search by Water System and type.

-   Search by WSF and type.

-   Search by Samples Collected Date Range and type.

-   Search by Laboratory, Samples Collected Date Range, and type.

-   Search by Water System, Date Range, and type.

-   Search by WSF, Samples Collected Date Range, and type.

> Enabled when: Type code is selected.
>
> If a search includes Date Range with both begin date and end date
> valued, then if end date is earlier than begin date, invoke exit state
> error message: **End Date cannot be earlier than Begin Date.**

**Clear** Will clear data from all fields in Group Box Four.

**Cancel** Will close page and return to invoking page.

**Help** Will invoke online Help for the page.

### Coliform Sample/Sample Summary List

Exhibit 5-2 depicts the Coliform Sample/Sample Summary List page.

  ---------------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------------
  ![](media/image1.png){width="1.9270833333333333in"   ![](media/image4.png){width="3.7694444444444444in"
  height="4.731944444444444in"}                        height="2.8993055555555554in"}

  ---------------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------------

[]{#__RefHeading___Toc173657187 .anchor}**Exhibit 5-2.** Coliform
Sample/Sample Summary List

The Coliform Sample/Sample Summary List will display Coliform samples
and/or Coliform sample summaries from the following search criteria on
the Sample/Sample Summary Search page.

-   User selects Sample Category of 'TC' from the Sample Only Search Box
    2.

-   User selects analyte code "3100-Total Coliform," "3013-Fecal
    Coliform," or "3014-E. coli" from the Sample Only Serach Box 2.

-   User selects the radio button "Coliform" from the Summaries Only
    Search Box 3.

-   User selects radio button "Coliform" from Both Samples and Summaries
    Search Box 4.

[Default Sort Order:]{.underline} Ascending Water System No., Descending
Sample Collection Date or first date of the monitoring period for sample
summaries.

If no records are found using the provided search criteria, provide an
informational message "**No Sample or Sample Summaries found to match
search criteria**." Allow user to press back button and to return to
Search page with previous criteria present. User may select Edit/Add
Sample or Edit/Add Sample Summary.

[List Fields:]{.underline}

*Water System No.* The number of the water system for the sample/sample
summary.

*\[Sample\] Collection*

*Date/Monitoring*

*Period Begin Date* The date the sample was collected or the first date
of the monitoring period for a sample summary.

*For Compliance*

*\[Purpose Indicator\]* When it equals "Y," the sample will be used for
compliance. For samples only display "Y" or "N."

*\[Sample\] Type* For Samples, the two-digit type code of the sample.

*Sampling Point* The sampling point where the sample was collected.

*Rejected Sample?* Will show 'R' if the sample rejection reason is
populated, otherwise blank. (R0073:A.5.2.2.g)

*\[Sample Results\]* For Samples, there will be three columns labeled TC
for total coliform (3100), FC for fecal coliform (3013), and EC for *E.
coli* (3014). The result will be listed as A for absent, P for present
and N for Null or no result associated for the analyte.

*Interference* If laboratory has noted interference for the Total
Coliform Result, the four-digit interference code.

*No. Routine Negatives* For Summaries, the number of negative coliform
samples.

*Repeat Location Indicator* The two-digit code indicating the location
of the repeat sample in reference to the original positive.

*State Classification* For Samples, the six-character state
classification code of the sample. This code is set by the user when the
sample is entered using codes established by the system administrator.
(R0036:A.5.2.2.a)

*Water System Name* The name of the water system.

*Sampling Location* The 20-character location of the sampling point
where the sample was collected.

*Monitoring Period* The name of the monitoring period associated to the
summary.

*Lab* *ID No.* A code assigned by the certifying authority that

*(R0059:*A.5.2.2.b) uniquely identifies the laboratory for samples and
sample summaries.

*Certifying Agency* The Certifying Agency that issued the Lab ID No.
(R0059:A.5.2.2.c)

(R0059:A.5.2.2.d)

*Lab Sample No.* The number assigned by the laboratory to the sample.

*State Sample No.* The number assigned by the state to the sample.

*WSF State Assigned ID* The twelve-digit identification code assigned to
a water system facility (WSF).

[Menu Items:]{.underline}

**File**

*Exit* Selecting **File/Exit** will return the user to the *SDWIS/STATE
Home Page.*

**Edit**

*Add*

*Sample* Selecting **Edit/Add Sample** will display the Coliform Sample
Maintenance page in Add mode. This option will be enabled regardless of
a selection in the list box.

*Add*

*Sample*

*Summary* Selecting **Edit/Add Sample Summary** will display the
Coliform Sample Summary Maintenance page in Add mode. This option will
be enabled regardless of a selection in the list box.

*Change* Selecting **Edit/Change** will display the Coliform Sample
Maintenance page or the Coliform Sample Summary Maintenance page with
the selected record available for change. This menu item will be enabled
only when a record has been highlighted.

A double-click on a highlighted row will react as an **Edit/Change**
request.

*Delete* The **Edit/Delete** menu item will be enabled only when a
record has been highlighted. If the selected Sample has results
associated that are associated to a violation, present exit error
statement: **Cannot delete sample with results associated to
violation.** If sample has results that are [not]{.underline} associated
to a violation, open a dialog box advisory that reads: **Results will be
deleted with this Sample. Do you wish to continue?**

Otherwise, the software will display a standard, protected delete
confirmation dialog box for the selected record.

**View**

*Search* Selecting **View/Search** will invoke Sample/Sample Summary
Search with previous search criteria.

> *Next* The display area is limited to 1000 samples and/or summaries.
> If more than 1000 records meet the criteria, the **View/Next** option
> will be enabled so that subsequent groups of 1000 can be retrieved and
> displayed.
>
> *Previous* If the **View/Next** option has been utilized, the
> **View/Previous** option will be enabled so that previous groups of
> 1000 can be retrieved.
>
> *Sort* Selecting **View/Sort** will invoke the standard Sort window.
> Sorting will be allowed by Water System No., Collection Date,
> Compliance Purpose Indicator, Sample Type Code, Sampling Point
> Identification Code, Sample Summary Result Count Qty, Lab Sample No.,
> State Classification, Water System Name, Sampling Point Location,
> Monitoring Period Name, Laboratory ID No., Certifying Agency, and
> Water System Facility State Asgn ID. (R0059:A.5.2.2.e)
>
> Three sort levels will be supported.
>
> *Filter by* Selecting **View/Filter by** will allow the user to filter
> by Water System No., Collection Date, Compliance Purpose Indicator,
> Sample Type Code, Sampling Point Identification Code, Sample Summary
> Result Count Qty, Number of Routine Negatives, Lab Sample No., State
> Classification, Water System Name, Sampling Point Location, Monitoring
> Period Name,. Laboratory ID No., Certifying Agency, and Water System
> Facility State Asgn ID. (Increase size of State Classification.
> R0036:A.5.2.2.f)

*Refresh* Selecting **View/Refresh** will retrieve the unfiltered list
(original search criteria). Disabled if list is unfiltered.

[Protected Fields:]{.underline}

*Number of rows*

*resulting from*

*search criteria*

*Used:* This field will show the total number of rows that met the
search criteria.

*Number of rows*

*displayed:* This field will show the total number of rows that are
displayed in the list, which may be less than the number of rows that
met the search criteria.

### LCR Sample/Sample Summary List 

Exhibit 5-3 depicts the LCR Sample/Sample Summary List page.

The LCR Sample/Sample Summary List will display LCR samples and/or LCR
sample summaries from the following search criteria on the Sample/Sample
Summary Search page.

-   User selects Sample Category of 'PB' from the Sample Only Search Box
    2.

-   User selects Analyte Code "1030-Lead" or '1022-Copper" from the
    Sample Only Search Box 2.

-   User selects the radio button 'LCR' from the Summaries Only Search
    Box 3.

-   User selects the radio button 'LCR' from the Both Samples and
    Summaries Search Box 4.

  ---------------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------------
  ![](media/image1.png){width="1.9270833333333333in"   ![](media/image5.png){width="3.8465277777777778in"
  height="4.731944444444444in"}                        height="2.8409722222222222in"}

  ---------------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------------

[]{#__RefHeading___Toc173657188 .anchor}**Exhibit 5-3.** LCR
Sample/Sample Summary List

[Default Sort Order:]{.underline} Ascending Water System No., Descending
Sample Collection Date or first date of the monitoring period for sample
summaries.

If no records are found using the provided search criteria provide an
exit error statement: **No Sample or Sample Summaries found to match
search criteria.** Allow user to press back button on browser to return
to Search page with previous criteria present. User may select Edit/Add
Sample or Edit/Add Sample Summary.

[List Fields:]{.underline}

*Water System No.* The number of the water system for the sample/sample
summary.

*\[Sample\] Collection*

*Date/Monitoring*

*Period Begin Date* The date the sample was collected or the first date
of the monitoring period for a sample summary.

*For Compliance \[Purpose*

*Indicator\]* When it equals "Y," the sample will be used for
compliance. For samples only, "Y" or "N."

*\[Sample\] Type* For Samples, the two-digit type code of the sample.

*Sampling Point* The sampling point where the sample was collected.

*Rejected Sample?* Will show 'R' if the sample rejection reason is
populated, otherwise blank. (R0073:A.5.2.3.h)

*\[Sample Results\]* For Samples, this will be two columns labeled Pb
for lead (1030) and Cu for copper (1022). If the less than indicator
equals "Y," the result will list the less than sign (\<) followed by the
either the (detection limit and the detection unit of measure) or the
(concentration value and unit of measure). Otherwise it will show "N"
for null or no result.

> For Sample Summaries, this will be two columns labeled Pb for lead
> 90^th^ percentile (PB90) and Cu for copper 90^th^ percentile (CU90).
> The result will list the concentration and unit of measure or "N" for
> null or no result.

*Count* The number of samples in the sample summary.

*Sampling Location* The 20-character location of the sampling point
where the sample was collected.

*Monitoring Period* The name monitoring period associated to the
summary.

*Lab* *ID No.* A code assigned by the certifying authority that

*(R0059:*A.5.2.3.a) uniquely identifies the lab for samples and sample
summaries.

*Certifying Agency* The agency that certified and issued the Lab ID No.
(R0059:A.5.2.3.b)

(R0059:A.5.2.3.c)

*Lab Sample No.* The number assigned by the laboratory to the sample.

*State Sample No.* The number assigned by the state to the sample.

*State Classification* For Samples, the six-character state
classification code of the sample. This code is set by the user when the
sample is entered using codes established by the system administrator.
(R0036:A.5.2.3.d)

*Water System Name* The name of the water system for the sample or
sample summary.

[Menu Items:]{.underline}

**File**

*Exit* Selecting **File/Exit** will return the user to the *SDWIS/STATE
Home Page.*

**Edit**

*Add*

*Sample* Selecting **Edit/Add Sample** will display the Lead and Copper
Sample Maintenance page in Add mode. This option will be enabled
regardless of a selection in the list box.

*Add*

*Sample*

*Summary* Selecting **Edit/Add Sample Summary** will display the Lead
and Copper Sample Summary Maintenance page in Add mode. This option will
be enabled regardless of a selection in the list box.

*Change* Selecting **Edit/Change** will display the Lead and Copper
Sample Maintenance page or the Lead and Copper Sample Summary
Maintenance page with the selected record available for change. This
menu item will be enabled only when a record has been highlighted.

> A double-click on a highlighted row will react as an **Edit/Change**
> request.

*Delete* The **Edit/Delete** menu item will be enabled only when a
record has been highlighted. If the selected Sample has results
associated, which are associated to a violation, present exit error
statement: **Cannot delete sample with results associated to
violation.** If sample has results that are [not]{.underline} associated
to a violation, open a dialog box advisory stating: **Results will be
deleted with this Sample. Do you wish to continue?**

Otherwise, the software will display a standard, protected delete
confirmation dialog box for the selected record.

**View**

*Search* Selecting **View/Search** will invoke Sample/Sample Summary
Search with the previous search criteria.

> *Next* The display area is limited to 1000 samples and/or summaries.
> If more than 1000 records meet the criteria, the **View/Next** option
> will be enabled so that subsequent groups of 1000 can be retrieved and
> displayed.
>
> *Previous* If the **View/Next** option has been utilized the
> **View/Previous** option will be enabled so that previous groups of
> 1000 can be retrieved.
>
> *Sort* Selecting **View/Sort** will invoke the standard Sort window.
> Sorting will be allowed by Water System No., Collection Date,
> Compliance Purpose Indicator, Sample Type Code, Sampling Point, Sample
> Summary Result Count Qty, Lab Sample No., State Classification, Water
> System Name, Sampling Point Location, Monitoring Period Name,
> Laboratory ID No., and Certifying Agency. (R0059:A.5.2.3.e)
>
> Three sort levels will be supported.
>
> *Filter by* Selecting **View/Filter by** will allow the user to filter
> by Water System No., Collection Date, Compliance Purpose Indicator,
> Sample Type Code, Sampling Point, Sample Summary Result Count Qty, Lab
> Sample No., State Classification, Water System Name, Sampling Point
> Location, Monitoring Period Name, Laboratory ID No., and Certifying
> Agency. (R0059:A.5.2.3.f) (Increase size of State Classification.
> R0036:A.5.2.3.g)

*Refresh* Selecting **View/Refresh** will retrieve the unfiltered list
(original search criteria). Disabled if list is unfiltered.

[Protected Fields:]{.underline}

*Number of rows*

*resulting from*

*search criteria*

*used:* This field will show the total number of rows that met the
search criteria.

*Number of rows*

*displayed:* This field will show the total number of rows that are
displayed in the list, which may be less than the number of rows that
met the search criteria.

### General Sample/Sample Summary Maintenance List

Exhibit 5-4 depicts the General Sample/Sample Summary List page.

The General Sample/Sample Summary List will display the data listed
below from the following Sample/Sample Summary Search page search
criteria in the following situations.

-   Display any type of sample.

> \- If a Lab Sample No. selected in Search Box 1.
>
> \- If any state classification is selected in Search Box 2.
>
> \- If analyte code other than 3100, 1022 or 1030 is selected in Search
> Box 2.
>
> \- If an analyte group is selected in Search Box 2.

-   Display non-coliform and non-LCR sample if the user selects Sample
    Category of "GE" in Search Box 2.

-   Display any type of samples or sample summaries if a search is made
    from Search Box 4.

[Default Sort Order:]{.underline} Ascending Water System No., Descending
Sample Collection Date or first date of the monitoring period for sample
summaries.

If no records are found using the provided search criteria, provide an
exit error statement: **No Sample or Sample Summaries found to match
search criteria.** Allow user to press back button on browser to return
to Search page with previous criteria present. User may select Edit/Add
Sample or Edit/Add Sample Summary.

  ---------------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------------
  ![](media/image1.png){width="1.9270833333333333in"   ![](media/image6.png){width="3.8444444444444446in"
  height="4.731944444444444in"}                        height="2.9159722222222224in"}

  ---------------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------------

[]{#__RefHeading___Toc173657189 .anchor}**Exhibit 5-4.** General
Sample/Sample Summary List

[List Fields:]{.underline}

*Water System No.* The number of the water system for the sample/sample
summary.

*WSF State Asgn ID* The water system facility State Asgn ID of the
sample location.

*\[Sample\] Collection*

*Date/Monitoring*

*Period Begin Date* The date the sample was collected or the first date
of the monitoring period for a sample summary.

*Category/State classification*

*Code* For samples, the six-character state classification code of the
sample. This code is set by the user when the sample is entered using
codes established by the system administrator. (R0036:A.5.2.4.a)

*Count* The number of negative coliform samples for a Coliform sample
summary or the number of samples for a LCR sample summary.

*Compliance Purpose*

*Indicator* When it equals "Y," the sample will be used for compliance.
For Samples, "Y" or "N."

*Rejected Sample?* Will show 'R' if the sample rejection reason is
populated, otherwise blank. (R0073:A.5.2.4.h)

*Sample Type* The two-digit type code of the sample.

*Sampling Point* The sampling point where the sample was collected.

*Lab Sample No.* The number assigned by the lab to the sample.

*State Sample No.* The number assigned by the state to the sample.

*Composite?* When equal to "Y," indicates that the sample is part of a
composite chemical or radionuclide sample.

*Sample Rejection Reason* The two-digit code for the reason a lab
rejected a sample for further analysis.

*Water System Name* The name of the water system for the sample.

*Sampling Location* The 20 character location of the sampling point
where the sample was collected.

*Monitoring Period* The monitoring period name for summaries.

*Lab* *ID No.* A code assigned by the certifying authority that uniquely
identifies the lab for samples and sample summaries. (R0059LA.5.2.4.b)

*Certifying Agency* The agency who certified and issued the Lab ID No.
(R0059:A.5.2.4.c)

(R0059:A.5.2.4.d) [Menu Items:]{.underline}

**File**

*Exit* Selecting **File/Exit** will return the user to the *SDWIS/STATE
Home Page.*

**Edit**

*Add*

> *Sample* Selecting **Edit/Add Sample** will display the General Sample
> Maintenance page in Add mode. This option will be enabled regardless
> of a selection in the list box.

*Add*

*Sample*

> *Summary* Selecting **Edit/Add Sample Summary** will display a dialog
> box where the user must select the type of Sample Summary to add, the
> selected Sample Summary Maintenance page will be displayed in Add
> mode. This option will be enabled regardless of a selection in the
> list box.
>
> *Add*
>
> *Composite*
>
> *Sample* Selecting **Edit/Add Composite Sample** will display the
> Composite Sample Maintenance page in Add mode. This option will be
> enabled regardless of a selection in the list box.

*Change* Selecting **Edit/Change** will display the Sample Maintenance
page or the Sample Summary Maintenance page with the selected record
available for change. This menu item will be enabled only when a record
has been highlighted.

A double-click on a highlighted row will react as an **Edit/Change**
request.

*Delete* The **Edit/Delete** menu item will be enabled only when a
record has been highlighted. If the selected Sample has results
associated that are associated to a violation, present exit error
statement: **Cannot delete sample with results associated to
violation.** If sample has results that are [not]{.underline} associated
to a violation, open a dialog box advisory that reads: **Results will be
deleted with this Sample. Do you wish to continue?**

Otherwise, the software will display a standard, protected delete
confirmation dialog box for the selected record.

**View**

*Search* Selecting **View/Search** will invoke Sample/Sample Summary
Search with the previous search criteria.

> *Next* The display area is limited to 1000 samples and/or summaries.
> If more than 1000 records meet the criteria the **View/Next** option
> will be enabled so that subsequent groups of 1000 can be retrieved and
> displayed.
>
> *Previous* If the **View/Next** option has been utilized the
> **View/Previous** option will be enabled so that previous groups of
> 1000 can be retrieved.
>
> *Sort* Selecting **View/Sort** will invoke the standard Sort window.
> Sorting will be allowed by Water System No., Water System Facility
> State Asgn ID, Collection Date, Sample Summary Result Count Qty,
> Compliance Purpose Indicator, Sample Type Code, State Classification,
> Sampling Point, Lab Sample No., State Sample No., Water System Name,
> Sampling Point Location, Monitoring Period Name, Laboratory ID No.,
> Certifying Agency. (R0059:A.5.2.4.e)
>
> Three sort levels will be supported.
>
> *Filter by* Selecting **View/Filter by** will allow the user to filter
> by Water System No., Water System Facility State Asgn ID, Collection
> Date, Sample Summary Result Count Qty, Compliance Purpose Indicator,
> Sample Type Code, State Classification, Sampling Point, Lab Sample
> No., State Sample No., Water System Name, Sampling Point Location,
> Monitoring Period Name Laboratory ID No. (R0059:A.5.2.4.f) (Increase
> State Classification size. (R0036:A.5.2.4.g))

*Refresh* Selecting **View/Refresh** will retrieve the unfiltered list
(original search criteria). Disabled if list is unfiltered.

[Protected Fields:]{.underline}

*Number of rows*

*resulting from*

*search criteria*

*used:* This field will show the total number of rows that met the
search criteria.

*Number of rows*

*displayed:* This field will show the total number of rows that are
displayed in the list, which may be less than the number of rows that
met the search criteria.

## Coliform Sample and Summaries Pages

### Coliform Sample Maintenance

Exhibit 5-5 depicts the Coliform Sample Maintenance page.

[Protected Fields:]{.underline}

*\[Water System Facility\]*

*Name* The name of the supplied water system facility.

*Monitoring Period* The name of the monitoring period associated to the
sample's result(s). This field will be modifiable in change mode using
the **Go To** button but is protected in Add mode.

*\[Original Sample\]*

*Collection Date* The date the original sample was collected.

*\[Original Sample\]*

*Collection Time* The time the original sample was collected.

*\[Original Sample\]*

*Sampling Point ID* The identification code of the sampling point at
which the original sample was collected.

*\[Original Sample*

*Sampling\] Location* The name of the sampling point at which the
original sample was collected.

*\[Total Coliform Result\]*

*Record updated*

*by XXXXXXXX on*

*MM/DD/YYYY*

*HH:MI:SS* The User ID and the timestamp from the last time the sample
record (TSASAR) was updated.

*\[Total Coliform Result\]*

*Record created*

*by XXXXXXXX on*

*MM/DD/YYYY*

*HH:MI:SS* The initial User ID and timestamp when the sample (TSASAR)
record was initially added to the database.

*\[Speciation Result\]*

*Record updated*

*by XXXXXXXX on*

*MM/DD/YYYY*

*HH:MI:SS* The User ID and the timestamp from the last time the sample
record (TSASAR) was updated.

*\[ Speciation Result\]*

*Record created*

*by XXXXXXXX on*

*MM/DD/YYYY*

*HH:MI:SS* The initial User ID and timestamp when the sample (TSASAR)
record was initially added to the database.

*\[Sample\]*

*Record updated*

*by XXXXXXXX on*

*MM/DD/YYYY*

*HH:MI:SS* The User ID and the timestamp from the last time the sample
record (TSASAMPL) was updated.

*\[Sample\]*

*Record created*

*by XXXXXXXX on*

*MM/DD/YYYY*

*HH:MI:SS* The initial User ID and timestamp when the sample (TSASAMPL)
record was initially added to the database.

[Entry Fields:]{.underline}

Note that the tab order is left to right, top to bottom, and includes
all Entry Fields and buttons unless otherwise noted.

*For Compliance* This check box marks the sample as being used for
compliance determination. When it is checked the sample will be used for
compliance if the sample type is Routine, Repeat, or Confirmation. The
default is checked. Compliance samples have different rules than
noncompliance samples. These are indicated below.

*Lab Sample No.* The sample identification number assigned by the
laboratory for tracking the sample within the lab.

This is a required field for all new samples. If the Lab Sample No. is
not supplied for a new sample, the error message is **Samples must have
a Lab Sample No.** (Note that this is a change to the way SDWIS/STATE
8.0 works. In SDWIS/STATE 8.0, Lab Sample No. is optional for compliance
and required for noncompliance samples.)

In change mode, if valued with other than spaces, it may be changed but
may not be changed to spaces.

*State Sample No.* The sample identification number assigned by a state
to uniquely identify a specific sample within the state.

This is an optional field.

*Collection Date* The date the sample was collected. A calendar function
is available to aid input.

> This is a required field. Do not allow future date. The error message
> will be: **Date must not be a future date.** If left blank, the error
> message is **All samples must have a Collection Date.**

*Collection Time* The time the sample was collected.

This is an optional field. When a user tabs out of this field or clicks
out of it after entering a value, the software will verify that the
value entered satisfied the form HHMM. If it doesn't , the following
error message will be: displayed and, on **OK**, the cursor returned to
the field:

> **Input must match the pattern: HHMM.**

*Date Lab Rcpt* The date the sample was received by the lab. A calendar
function is available to aid input.

> This is an optional field. Do not allow future date. The error message
> will be: **Date must not be a future date.** When it is provided it
> must be greater than or equal to the collection date or error message
> **The date of Lab Receipt cannot be prior to the date of Sample
> Collection** will be given.

  ---------------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------------
  ![](media/image1.png){width="1.8729166666666666in"   ![](media/image7.png){width="3.6777777777777776in"
  height="8.627083333333333in"}                        height="8.747916666666667in"}

  ---------------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------------

[]{#__RefHeading___Toc173657190 .anchor}**Exhibit 5-5.** Coliform Sample
Maintenance

*Sample Type* The type of sample collected. Valid selections are:

> RT - Routine
>
> RP - Repeat
>
> SP - Special
>
> BB - Batch Blanks
>
> FB - Field Blanks
>
> PE - Performance Evaluation
>
> SB - Shipping Blanks
>
> ST - Split Blanks
>
> MR - Maximum Residence Time
>
> MS -- Matrix Spike
>
> CO -- Confirmation
>
> This is a required field. If the sample type is entered or changed to
> any value other than Routine (RT), Repeat (RP), or Confirmation (CO),
> the software will uncheck the For Compliance checkbox. A user may
> recheck it (even if the Sample Type is not equal to RT, RP, or CO) but
> the sample will not be considered or processed by SDWIS compliance
> determination.
>
> If the sample type is RP (repeat), the Original Sample Information
> page (Exhibit 5-6) will be presented after the water system is valued
> for capture of the original sample which led to the repeat.

![](media/image8.png){width="5.996527777777778in"
height="2.0722222222222224in"}

[]{#__RefHeading___Toc173657191 .anchor}**Exhibit 5-6.** Original Sample
Information

> **Search button** When a candidate original sample is initiated, the
> software will look for all samples collected at the same water system
> and water system facility, collected on or before the collection date
> of the current sample that (a) have a Total Coliform Result or (b)
> have no results but is a total coliform sample. The search will return
> its findings on the Coliform Sample/Sample Summary List sorted on
> Collection Date descending. The list will return samples collected in
> the prior six months.

*Replacement* The Replacement box is used to indicate whether the sample
is taken as a replacement for another sample. Replacement samples either
replace lost or damaged samples that the lab could not analyze or they
replace invalid samples that the lab refused to analyze due to technical
reasons.

> When the box is checked, it indicates a replacement sample. The
> default is unchecked.
>
> When checked, the Original Sample Information page will be presented
> for identification of the original sample that is being replaced.
>
> This is an optional field.

*Repeat Location* The location of the repeat sample with respect to the
location of the original routine sample. Permitted entries and their
two-digit codes are as follows:

> UP - Upstream (within five connections) of the original sample
> location.
>
> DN - Downstream (within five connections) of the original sample
> location.
>
> OR - Original Site or At the original sampling location.
>
> NF - Near the first service connection in the distributed system (or
> zone).
>
> OT - Other site; not specifically UP, DN, OR, or NF.
>
> \<spaces\>)
>
> This field is an optional field and only valid if the sample type is
> equal to repeat. If this field is supplied and sample type is not
> repeat, the error message is **Sample is not type Repeat.**

*Water System No.* The specific Water System No., which consists of the
two-character state code plus the seven-character number field.

> The state code portion will default to the state_identification_code
> in the SYSTEM_VARIABLE entity view.
>
> The Water System No. of the sample location.
>
> When tabbing off or clicking outside this field after supplying a
> value, the water system will be retrieved and the name displayed. Any
> value in the WSF State Asgn ID, Sampling Point and Sample Location
> fields will be removed. If the sample type is Repeat or replacement
> indicator is checked, the Original Sample Information will be
> presented.
>
> If a valid water system is entered but is not part of the user's
> current Water System Group or Regulating Agency, invoke exit state
> error message: **WS is not part of current group/agency. Change
> group/agency to access this WS.**
>
> If the supplied value is invalid, the Water System Maintenance List
> will be presented with the number that most closely matches the value
> entered.

This is a required field. If it is left blank, the error message will
be: **Water System No. must not be blank.**

*\[Water System\] Name* Standard 40-character Public Water System Name
may be entered completely, partially, or left blank. If the user
specifies a partial string in this field, display the closest matching
water system at the top of the list. (Closest matching means a match
with the Water System Name, sorted alphabetically, that starts with the
same text string as supplied.)

> If a valid water system name is entered, the Water System No. is
> populated.
>
> If a valid water system is entered but is not part of the user's
> current Water System Group or Regulating Agency, invoke exit state
> error message: **WS is not part of current group/agency. Change
> group/agency to access this WS.**
>
> If the name entered is not found the software will flow to the Water
> System Selection List. The user may then select a value and continue.

*WSF State Asgn ID* The Water System Facility State Assign ID of the
sample location.

> When tabbing off this field after supplying a value, the value will be
> retrieved and the name displayed.
>
> If the supplied value is invalid, the error message will be: **The WSF
> State Asgn ID entered does not belong to this water system.**

It may be valued either by direct entry or by selecting a sampling point
using the Sampling Point **Go To** button.

When the value in this field is modified the values in (WSF) Name,
Sampling Point and Location will be cleared.

This field will be protected until a valid Water System has been
supplied.

*Sampling Point* The identification number of the sampling point at
which the sample was taken.

> When tabbing off or clicking outside this field after supplying a
> value:
>
> If a WSF State Asgn ID has been selected and the Sampling point
> entered does not match a sampling point associated to the WSF, the WSF
> Sampling Point Maintenance List will be displayed, showing all the
> existing sampling points associated to the selected WSF and enabling
> the user to select one. All functions of the Maintenance List page
> will be available to the user from here, including Edit/Add so that,
> if a desired Sampling Point does not exist, the record can be created.
>
> If a WSF State Asgn ID has not been selected and the Sampling point
> entered does not match a sampling point associated to the water
> system, the Sampling Point Maintenance List will be displayed, showing
> all the existing sampling points for the water system and the water
> system facility to which they are associated and enabling a user to
> select one. All functions of the Maintenance List page will be
> available to the user from here, including Edit/Add so that, if a
> desired Sampling Point does not exist, the record can be created.
>
> If a WSF State Asgn ID has not been selected and more than one
> sampling point is found matching this ID (but within different water
> system facilities), the Sampling Point Maintenance List will be
> presented.
>
> (**Note:** the above replaces the current method of creating a new
> sampling point.)
>
> Otherwise the sampling point will be retrieved and the Sample Location
> displayed. If the sample type is repeat or a routine with replacement
> indicator checked and the collection date is provided, the Original
> Sample Information will be presented.
>
> Sampling Point is a required field and must be supplied using either
> this field or the Sampling Location field. Error message will be
> **Each Sample must have EITHER a Sampling Point or Sample Location.**
>
> If the value of this field is modified, the value Location will be
> cleared.
>
> This field will be protected until a valid Water System has been
> supplied.

*\[Sampling Point\]*

*Location* The name of the sampling point at which the sample was
collected.

> When tabbing off or clicking outside this field after supplying a
> value:
>
> If a WSF State Asgn ID has been selected and the sampling point
> location entered does not match a sampling point associated to the
> WSF, the WSF Sampling Point Maintenance List will be displayed,
> showing all the existing sampling points associated to the selected
> WSF and enabling the user to select one. All functions of the
> Maintenance List page will be available to the user from here,
> including Edit/Add so that, if a desired Sampling Point does not
> exist, the record can be created.
>
> If a WSF State Asgn ID has not been selected and the sampling point
> location entered does not match a sampling point associated to the
> water system, the Sampling Point Maintenance List will be displayed,
> showing all the existing sampling points for the water system and the
> water system facility to which they are associated and enabling a user
> to select one. All functions of the Maintenance List page will be
> available to the user from here, including Edit/Add so that, if a
> desired Sampling Point does not exist, the record can be created.
>
> If a WSF State Asgn ID has not been selected and more than one
> sampling point is found matching the location entered (but within
> different water system facilities) the Sampling Point Maintenance List
> will be presented.
>
> (**Note:** the above replaces the current method of creating a new
> sampling point.)
>
> When tabbing off this field after supplying a value, the sampling
> location will be retrieved and the sampling point displayed. If the
> sample type is repeat or a routine with replacement indicator checked
> and the collection date is provided, the Original Sample Information
> will be presented.
>
> Sampling Location is a required field and must be supplied using
> either this field or the Sampling Point Field. Error message will be
> **Each Sample must have a Sampling Point or Sample Location.**
>
> If the value of this field is modified, the Sampling Point will be
> cleared.
>
> This field will be protected until a valid Water System has been
> supplied.

*Lab* *ID No.* The identification number assigned by the to the
laboratory, which performed the analysis. When a value is supplied that
is not found, the lab maintenance list page will be presented. A valid
value in this field will also populate Laboratory Name.
(R0059:A.5.3.1.a)

> This is a required field. If left blank, the error message will be:
> **Laboratory may not be left blank.**

*Certifying Agency* Select a value from the dropdown list. The value
will be matched against the laboratory's Certifying Agency. The
selections available via the dropdown list will be retrieved from the
TINPVALS table where code_name = "CERT_AG."

> If an exact match is found using the Lab ID No. and Certifying Agency,
> the laboratory name will be displayed.
>
> If none is found, the Laboratory Maintenance List will be presented in
> single-select mode.
>
> Certifying Agency will be a required field. It will default to STATE.
> (R0059:A.5.3.1.b)
>
> When the Laboratory can be identified from the above two fields, the
> default Method Code for the Total Coliform Result will be populated
> from the Lab Analyte Method Assignment table that is associated to the
> Laboratory, has as relationship to Standard Method Analyte Association
> that is related to the 3100 analyte, has default method indicator =
> 'Y', has certification indicator = 'Y' and has the most recent
> issuance date \<= (analysis end date or analysis start date, or sample
> collection end date to be checked in this order based upon the date
> being not null.) (R2001:A.5.3.1.h)
>
> (R0059:A.5.3.1.c)

*\[Laboratory\] Name* The name of the laboratory. This field will be
automatically populated when a valid value is either input or selected
in Lab ID No.. . The selection will also populate the Laboratory ID No.
Certifying Agency.

> When a value is supplied that is not found, the lab maintenance list
> page will be presented. The selection will also populate the Lab ID
> No. and. (R0059:A.5.3.1.d)

*Collector Name* The name of the individual who collected the sample.

> If the entered individual does not exist as a valid legal entity as a
> collector (i.e., collector_indicator_code = "Y"), then store the name
> entered with the sample (i.e., in the TSASAMPL informal_collector
> field.
>
> This is an optional field.

*Sample Volume* The volume of sample collected and submitted to the
laboratory. Permitted values are:

100 ml

300 ml

400 ml

500 ml

(Spaces)

This is an optional field but it is defaulted to 100ml when a new sample
is being added.

*Sample Purpose* This will allow the state to document why sample was
taken (e.g., surveillance, investigation). Its value will be controlled
by the System Administrator. It will not be used by any automated
processing. The permitted values of the dropdown list will be retrieved
from the CODE table, code_name of 'SMPLPURPOS'.

This is an optional field.

*Sample Rejection Reason* The reason a lab rejected a sample for further
analysis.

> BR -- Broken
>
> CL -- Chlorine present
>
> EH -- Exceeds holding time
>
> HS -- Excessive headspace
>
> FZ -- Frozen sample
>
> IN -- Insufficient information
>
> VO -- Insufficient volume
>
> BP -- Invalid sampling point
>
> IP -- Invalid sampling protocol
>
> LA -- Lab accident
>
> LT -- Leaked in transit
>
> This is an optional field. When it is selected, the Total Coliform
> Results and Acute Speciation Results will not be available for input
> in add-mode. See *Change-mode* below for processing of existing
> results when a sample rejection reason is updated

[Total Coliform Result]{.underline}

*(A)bsence/(P)resence* The Absence and Presence indicators are used to
indicate the existance of total coliform in the sample. Only one of the
two buttons may be on to indicate A for absence or P for presence.

When Absent, the three fields representing the count and the
Interference are not available for input. The Acute Speciation Result
group is also not available for input. If any of these fields contain a
value prior to the result being set to absent, the values in the fields
will be removed and the fields disabled.

When Present, the three fields representing the count and the
interference are available for input. The Acute Speciation Result group
is also available for input.

The default selection is Absent.

*Count* This field and the following two fields are only available if
Total Coliform is found to be present. They indicate the density of
Total Coliform found in the sample. These are all three optional fields.

*\[First Field\]* The density or estimated density count of organisms in
a microbiological sample or the number of tubes that were positive (on
which an estimated density is based).

*\[Second Field\]* Indicates whether the density is based on an actual
count of colonies present or is based on an estimate (MPN) or that
density is not being reported but can be derived from the number of
tubes in which the organism was present. The permitted values:

> COLONIES -- Colonies, using the membrane filter method.
>
> TUBES -- Number of positive tubes, using the multiple tube method.
>
> MPN -- Most Probable Number, estimated desnsity based on number of
> positive tubes.

*\[Third Field\]* The units of a microbiological analytical result count
for COLIFORM include the following:

> 1 milliliter
>
> 5 milliliters
>
> 10 milliliters
>
> 100 milliliters
>
> 400 milliliters
>
> 500 milliliters
>
> ML
>
> Liter
>
> Fld100 (field at 100 power)
>
> 100 liter
>
> Gal
>
> 100 Gal
>
> 400 Gal

*Interference* For a Total Coliform Result under the Total Coliform Rule
(TCR), the value in this field indicates that a negative result is
invalid because of the interference during the analysis. According to
the Total Coliform Rule, "A laboratory must invalidate a total coliform
sample (unless total coliforms are detected) if the sample produces a
turbid culture in the absence of gas production using an analytical
method where gas formation is examined (e.g., the Multiple-Tube
Fermentation Technique), produces a turbid culture in the absence of an
acid reaction in the Presence-Absence (P-A) Coliform Test, or exhibits
confluent growth or produces colonies too numerous to count with any
analytical method using a membrane filter (e.g., Membrane Filter
Technique)."

For other organisms, it means the laboratory is reporting that it
encountered interference during the analysis of the sample.

> The following are the permitted values for this field:
>
> TNTC -- Too numerous to count: Using the membrane filter method, the
> lab could not physically or feasibly count all the coliform
> colonies.\*
>
> CNFG -- Confluent growth: Using the membrane filter method, the lab
> determined that numerous colonies are overgrown across the filter,
> making identification and quantification of individual colonies
> impossible.\*
>
> TCNG -- Turbid culture, no gas: Using the multiple tube fermentation
> method, the lab determined that microorganisms were present (turbid
> culture), but the normal indicator of coliform organisms (gas produced
> in an inverted tube) did not occur.\*
>
> \* This situation sometimes indicates improper sample or analytical
> technique and may also indicate extremely contaminated water. This
> situation may (or may not) be used by the lab to indicate coliform
> presence.
>
> This is an optional field. If a value is present in this field the
> Absent indicator cannot be the selection. When it is the error message
> will be: **Absent is not a valid selection with supplied Interference
> value**.

*Method* *Code* Represents the method code used to analyze the sample,
such as the EPA-assigned method code EPA 525.1.

*Volume Assayed* The quantity of water used in the analysis. The
permitted values for this field are:

1 milliliter

5 milliliters

10 milliliters

100 milliliters

300 milliliters

400 milliliters

500 milliliters

This is an optional field.

*Data Quality* Indicates whether the sample analytical result meets
established data quality acceptance criteria. The laboratory is
responsible for providing data quality information for a sample
analysis. Entries include the following:

> A -- Accepted (default)
>
> P -- Preliminary
>
> R -- Rejected
>
> V -- Validated\*
>
> \*Validated is for display only. When creating a sample selecting
> validated will be ignored and reset to accepted. When in change-mode
> selecting validated will result in an error indicating validation must
> occur in the *Compliance Determination* component. Error message will
> be **Result may be validated in the Compliance Business System.**
>
> If Data Quality is set to "Rejected" and the Sample Rejection Reason
> is valued, the user cannot change the Data Quality and the error
> message **Data Quality must be "Rejected" for a Sample that has been
> rejected.**

*Data Quality Reason* The reason that the quality acceptance was other
than accepted. This field is only available if the QA selection is not
accepted. Entries include the following:

> IF -- Instrument Failure
>
> LE -- Lab Error
>
> LC -- Lab Not Certified
>
> OT -- Other
>
> RC -- Requester Cancelled
>
> WR -- Water System Rejected

This field is required if the Data Quality is rejected. Displayed error
message is **A Data Quality Reason Code must be entered to reject a
result.**

[Speciation Result]{.underline} The Acute Speciation Result area will
only be enabled for input if the Total Coliform Result is indicated as
present.

*Acute Speciation*

*Fecal/E. Coli* Choose either Fecal or *E. coli* to indicate which
analyte was used in the speciation of the total coliform. A choice is
required to record a sample result for speciation. If a choice is not
indicated none of the other values input for acute speciation will be
captured, even if they are entered.

> When a selection is made, the default Method Code for the Acute
> Speciation Result will be populated from the Lab Analyte Method
> Assignment table that is associated to the Laboratory, has as
> relationship to Standard Method Analyte Association that is related to
> the selected analyte, has default method indicator = 'Y', has
> certification indicator = 'Y', and has the most recent issuance date
> \<= (analysis end date or analysis start date, or sample collection
> end date to be checked in this order based upon the date being not
> null.) (R2001:A.5.3.1.g)

If the Total Coliform is marked as present and no acute speciation
result is indicated, the following No Acute Speciation Indicated
advisory (Exhibit 5-7) is presented when the **OK** button is selected.

**[Buttons:]{.underline}**

> **OK** Will add the Total Coliform sample and result with no acute
> speciation result.
>
> **Back** Will return to the COLIFORM Sample Maintenance page.

![](media/image9.png){width="4.749305555555556in"
height="2.5833333333333335in"}

[]{#__RefHeading___Toc173657192 .anchor}**Exhibit 5-7.** No Acute
Speciation Indicated Advisory

*(A)bsence/(P)resence* The Absence and Presence indicators are used to
indicate the existance of acute speciation analyte in the sample. Only
one of the two buttons may be on to indicate A for absence or P for
presence.

When Absent, the three fields representing the count and the
Interference are not available for input. If any of these fields contain
a value prior to the result being set to absent, the values in the
fields will be removed and the fields disabled.

When Present the three fields representing the count and the
Interference are available for input.

*Count* The following three fields are only available if Acute
Speciation is found to be present. These are all three optional fields.

*\[First Field\]* The number of organisms counted or estimated in a
microbiological sample, usually expressed as the number of organisms
(count) per unit volume or 100 mL.

*\[Second Field\]* The types of organisms counted for a microbiological
measurement include the following:

> COLONIES -- Colonies, using the membrane filter method.
>
> TUBES -- Number of positive tubes, using the multiple tube method.
>
> MPN -- Most Probable Number, estimated desnsity based on number of
> positive tubes.

*\[Third Field\]* The units of a microbiological analytical result count
for COLIFORM include the following:

> 1 milliliter
>
> 5 milliliters
>
> 10 milliliters
>
> 100 milliliters
>
> 400 milliliters
>
> 500 milliliters
>
> ML
>
> Liter
>
> Fld100
>
> 100 liter
>
> Gal
>
> 100 Gal
>
> 400 Gal

*Interference* For a Total Coliform Result under the Total Coliform Rule
(TCR), the value in this field indicates that a negative result is
invalid because of the interference during the analysis. According to
the Total Coliform Rule: "A laboratory must invalidate a total coliform
sample (unless total coliforms are detected) if the sample produces a
turbid culture in the absence of gas production using an analytical
method where gas formation is examined (e.g., the Multiple-Tube
Fermentation Technique), produces a turbid culture in the absence of an
acid reaction in the Presence-Absence (P-A) Coliform Test, or exhibits
confluent growth or produces colonies too numerous to count with any
analytical method using a membrane filter (e.g., Membrane Filter
Technique)."

> For other organisms, it means the laboratory is reporting that it
> encountered interference during the analysis of the sample.
>
> The following are the permitted values for this field:
>
> TNTC - Too numerous to count: Using the membrane filter method, the
> lab could not physically or feasibly count all the coliform
> colonies.\*
>
> CNFG - Confluent growth: Using the membrane filter method, the lab
> determined that numerous colonies are overgrown across the filter,
> making identification and quantification of individual colonies
> impossible.\*
>
> TCNG - Turbid culture, no gas: Using the multiple tube fermentation
> method, the lab determined that microorganisms were present (turbid
> culture), but the normal indicator of coliform organisms (gas produced
> in an inverted tube) did not occur.\*

\* This situation sometimes indicates improper sample or analytical
technique and may also indicate extremely contaminated water. This
situation may (or may not) be used by the lab to indicate coliform
presence.

> This is an optional field. If a value is present in this field, the
> Absent indicator cannot be the selection. When it is the error message
> will be: **Absent is not a valid selection with supplied Interference
> value**.

*Method* *Code* The method code used to analyze the sample, such as the
EPA-assigned method code EPA 525.1.

*Volume Assayed* The quantity of water used in the analysis. The
permitted values for this field are:

1 milliliter

5 milliliters

10 milliliters

100 milliliters

300 milliliters

400 milliliters

500 milliliters

This is an optional field.

*Data Quality* Indicates whether the sample analytical result meets
established data quality acceptance criteria. The laboratory is
responsible for providing data quality information for a sample
analysis. Entries include the following:

> A -- Accepted (default)
>
> P - Preliminary
>
> R -- Rejected
>
> V -- Validated\*
>
> \*Validated is for display only. When creating a sample, selecting
> validated will be ignored and reset to accepted. When in change-mode
> selecting, validated will result in an error indicating validation
> must occur in the C*ompliance* *Determination* component. Error
> message will be **Result may be validated in the Compliance Business
> System.**
>
> If Data Quality is set to "Rejected" and the Sample Rejection Reason
> is valued, the user cannot change the Data Quality and the error
> message **Data Quality must be "Rejected" for a Sample that has been
> rejected.**

*Data Quality Reason* The reason that the quality acceptance was other
than accepted. This field is only available if the Data Quality
selection is not accepted.

Entries include the following:

> IF - Instrument Failure
>
> LE - Lab Error
>
> LC - Lab Not Certified
>
> OT - Other
>
> RC - Requester Cancelled
>
> WR - Water System Rejected

This field is required if the Data Qualify selection is rejected.
Displayed error message is **A Data Quality Reason Code must be entered
to reject a result.**

[Original Sample Information]{.underline}

*Lab Sample No.* The Lab Sample No. of the original sample. If the value
supplied cannot be found for the same water system, the error message is
**Lab Sample No. either does not exist or is not on the same water
system.**

This is an optional field.

*State Sample No.* The State Sample No. of the original sample. If the
value supplied cannot be found for the same water system, the error
message is **Lab Sample No. either does not exist or is not on the same
water system.**

This is an optional field.

[Field Results]{.underline}

*Field Free Chlorine*

*Residual* The measure of free and available chlorine in milligrams per
liter (mg/L).

> This number is defined in the database as 5(3), that is, five
> significant digits, three of which are to the right of the decimal.
> The maximum value the database can accept for this field is 99.999.
> The minimum value, other than 0, that the database can accept for this
> field is 0.001. Any number within this range is acceptable. If you
> enter a number with more than two decimals, the software truncates
> everything beyond the second decimal.
>
> This is an optional field.

*Total Chlorine*

*Residual* The total concentration of residual disinfectant (chlorine)
in milligrams per liter found in the water, including combined and free
chlorine residual.

> This number is defined in the database as 5(3), that is, 5 significant
> digits, three of which are to the right of the decimal. The maximum
> value the database can accept for this field is 99.999. The minimum
> value, other than 0, that the database can accept for this field is
> 0.001. Any number within this range is acceptable. If you enter a
> number with more than two decimals, the software truncates everything
> beyond the second decimal.
>
> This is an optional field.

*Water Temperature* The temperature in degrees Celsius or Fahrenheit (C
or F) of the water being sampled at the time and place of
microbiological or chemical sample collection.

> This number is defined in the database as 3(1), that is, three
> significant digits, one of which is to the right of the decimal. The
> maximum value the database can accept for this field is 99.9. The
> minimum value, other than 0, that the database can accept for this
> field is 0.1. Any number within this range is acceptable. If you enter
> a number with more than one decimal, the software truncates everything
> beyond the one decimal.
>
> This is an optional field.

*\[Temperature Measure\]* The indication in Celsius or Fahrenheit (C or
F) of the water temperature.

> This is an optional field.

*Turbidity Measure* The turbidity of the water being sampled at the time
and place of microbiological or chemical sample collection in
nephelometric turbidity units (NTU).

> This number is defined in the database as 5(2), that is, five
> significant digits, two of which are to the right of the decimal. The
> maximum value the database can accept for this field is 999.99. The
> minimum value, other than 0, that the database can accept for this
> field is 0.01. Any number within this range is acceptable. If you
> enter a number with more than two decimals, the software truncates
> everything beyond the second decimal
>
> This is an optional field.

*pH Measure* The pH of the water being sampled at the time and place of
microbiological or chemical sample collection in pH units.

> While this number is defined in the database as 4(1), the maximum
> value the database can accept for this field is 14. The minimum value,
> other than 0, that the database can accept for this field is 0.1. Any
> number within this range is acceptable. Numbers outside of this range
> will receive the error message **Accepted range for pH value is
> between 0 and 14.0 pH units.** If you enter a number with more than
> one decimal, the software truncates everything beyond the one decimal.
>
> This is an optional field.

*Flow Rate* The flow rate of the sample collection device in gallons per
minute (GPM). This measure is used primarily for collection and
quantification of protozoa and virus samples.

> This number is defined with six significant digits, up to four of
> which can be to the right of the decimal. The maximum value the window
> can accept for this field is 999.9999. The minimum value, other than
> 0, that the window allows for this field is 0.0001. Any number within
> this range is acceptable. If you enter a number with more than four
> decimals, the software will truncate everything beyond the fourth
> decimal. (Ev12366:B.5.3.1.a)
>
> This is an optional field.

[Analysis Dates and Times]{.underline}

Total Coliform Result

*Analysis Start Date* The start date of the laboratory's analysis. If
this date is prior to the sample collection date, the error message will
be: **The date of Result Analysis cannot be prior to the date of Sample
Collection.**

If the analysis complete date is supplied and it is before the analysis
start date the error message is **Start Date must precede End Date.**

If Analysis Start Date is after today, error message will be: **Date
must not be a future date.**

This is an optional field.

*Analysis Start Time* The start time of the laboratory's analysis. If
the value is greater than or equal to 2400, the error message will be:
**This field must match pattern HH:MM.**

When the analysis start date is equal to the collection date and the
collection time is supplied, the analysis start time must be after the
collection time. If it is not, the error message will be: **The time of
Result Analysis cannot be prior to the time of Sample Collection.**

This is an optional field.

*Analysis Complete Date* The complete date of the laboratory's analysis.
If this date is prior to the sample collection date, the error message
will be: **The date of Result Analysis cannot be prior to the date of
Sample Collection.**

If the analysis start date is supplied and it is after the analysis
complete date, the error message will be: **Start Date must precede End
Date.**

> This is an optional field. Do not allow future date. The error message
> will be: **Date must not be a future date.**
>
> If a Lab Receipt Date is provided for the sample, the supplied
> Analysis Complete Date must be on or after the Lab Receipt date. The
> error message will be: **The Analysis Complete Date cannot be prior to
> the Lab Receipt Date.**

*Analysis Complete Time* The complete time of the laboratory's analysis.
If the value is greater than or equal to 2400, the error message will
be: **This field must match pattern HH:MM.**

When the analysis complete date is equal to the collection date and the
collection time is supplied, the analysis complete time must be after
the collection time. If it is not, the error message will be: **The time
of Result Analysis cannot be prior to the time of Sample Collection.**

When the analysis complete date is equal to the analysis start date and
the analysis start time is supplied, the analysis complete time must be
after the analysis start time. If it is not, the error message will be:
**The time of Result Analysis completion cannot be prior to the Analysis
Start time.**

This is an optional field.

*State Notification Date* The date the state is notified of the analysis
result.

> This is an optional field. Do not allow future date. The error message
> will be: **Date must not be a future date.**

If provided, it may not be prior to:

-   The sample collection date. If it is, the error message will be:
    **The date of State Notification cannot be prior to the date of
    Sample Collection.**

-   The result analysis complete date. If it is, the error message will
    be: **The date of State Notification cannot be prior to the date of
    Result Analysis.**

-   The sample lab receipt date. If it is, the error message will be:
    **The date of State Notification cannot be prior to the date of Lab
    Receipt.**

*Water System Notification*

*Date* The date the laboratory notified the water system of the
analytical result.

> This is an optional field. Do not allow future date. The error message
> will be: **Date must not be a future date.**

If provided, it may not be prior to:

-   The sample collection date. If it is, the error message will be:
    **The date of Water System Notification cannot be prior to the date
    of Sample Collection.**

-   The result analysis complete date. If it is, the error message will
    be: **The date of Water System Notification cannot be prior to the
    date of Result Analysis.**

-   The sample lab receipt date. If it is, the error message will be:
    **The date of Water System Notification cannot be prior to the date
    of Lab Receipt.**

Speciation Result

*Analysis Start Date* The start date of the laboratory's analysis. If
this date is prior to the sample collection date, the error message will
be: **The date of Result Analysis cannot be prior to the date of Sample
Collection.**

If the analysis complete date is supplied and it is before the analysis
start date the error message is **Start Date must precede End Date.**

> If Analysis Start Date is after today, error message will be: **Date
> must not be a future date.**
>
> This is an optional field.

*Analysis Start Time* The start time of the laboratory's analysis. If
the value is greater than or equal to 2400, the error message will be:
**This field must match pattern HH:MM.**

When the analysis start date is equal to the collection date and the
collection time is supplied, the analysis start time must be after the
collection time. If it is not, the error message will be: **The time of
Result Analysis cannot be prior to the time of Sample Collection.**

This is an optional field.

*Analysis Complete Date* The complete date of the laboratory's analysis.

> If this date is prior to the sample collection date, the error message
> will be: **The date of Result Analysis cannot be prior to the date of
> Sample Collection.**

If Analysis Complete Date is after today, the error message will be:
**Date must not be a future date.**

> If a Lab Receipt Date is provided for the sample, the supplied
> Analysis Complete Date must be on or after the Lab Receipt date. The
> error message will be: **The Analysis Complete Date cannot be prior to
> the Lab Receipt Date.**
>
> This is an optional field.

*Analysis Complete Time* The complete time of the laboratory's analysis.
If the value is greater than or equal to 2400, the error message will
be: **This field must match pattern HH:MM.**

When the analysis complete date is equal to the collection date and the
collection time is supplied, the analysis complete time must be after
the collection time. If it is not, the error message will be: **The time
of Result Analysis cannot be prior to the time of Sample Collection.**

> When the analysis complete date is equal to the analysis start date
> and the analysis start time is supplied, the analysis complete time
> must be after the analysis start time. If it is not, the error message
> will be: **The time of Result Analysis completion cannot be prior to
> the Analysis Start time.**

This is an optional field.

*State Notification Date* The date the state is notified of the analysis
result.

This is an optional field. Do not allow future date. The error message
will be: **Date must not be a future date.** If provided, it may not be
prior to:

-   The sample collection date. If it is, the error message will be:
    **The date of State Notification cannot be prior to the date of
    Sample Collection.**

-   The result analysis complete date. If it is, the error message will
    be: **The date of State Notification cannot be prior to the date of
    Result Analysis.**

-   The sample lab receipt date. If it is, the error message will be:
    **The date of State Notification cannot be prior to the date of Lab
    Receipt.**

*Water System Notification*

*Date* The date the laboratory notified the water system of the
analytical result.

This is an optional field. Do not allow future date. The error message
will be: **Date must not be a future date.** If provided, it may not be
prior to:

-   The sample collection date. If it is, the error message will be:
    **The date of Water System Notification cannot be prior to the date
    of Sample Collection.**

-   The result analysis complete date. If it is, the error message will
    be: **The date of Water System Notification cannot be prior to the
    date of Result Analysis.**

-   The sample lab receipt date. If it is, the error message will be:
    **The date of Water System Notification cannot be prior to the date
    of Lab Receipt.**

Other Results List Box

The Other Results List will display on the Coliform Sample Maintenance
page in the same way it is displayed on the General Sample Maintenance
page.

[Buttons:]{.underline}

*\[water system\]*

**Go To** Will present the Water System Maintenance List where the
Edit/Select will be available.

> When a water system is selected, the water system will be retrieved
> and the name displayed. Any values in the WSF fields and Sampling
> Point fields will be cleared.

*\[sampling point\]*

**Go To** Will present the Sampling Point Maintenance List where the
Edit/Select will be available. It will list all sampling points for the
water system.

*\[laboratory\]*

**Go To** Will present the Laboratory Maintenance List. Only the
'select' menu will be enabled. Add/change will not be allowed for
security reasons.

*\[monitoring period\]*

**Go To** Will present the Monitoring Period Maintenance List. Only
Edit/Select will be available.

> When the parent sample is associated to a distribution system water
> system facility, the Monitoring Period Maintenance List will only
> display monitoring periods that are associated to the specified water
> system and the TCR rule. For other non-distribution system water
> system facilities, all monitoring periods will be listed.

*\[collector\]*

**Go To** Will present the Legal Entity Maintenance List where only
INDIVIDUALS indicated as collectors will be listed. The Select menu item
will be the only available option under the Edit option.

*\[Total Coliform*

*standard method\]*

**Go To** Will present the Analyte Standard Method Selection List for
the COLIFORM analyte (3100). If lab certification edit is enabled
(reference details under the **OK** button), list only those standard
methods approved for the laboratory and Total Coliform analyte.
(R2001:A.5.3.1.k)

*\[Total Coliform\]*

**Delete Result** Will perform all edits as if **OK** button were
pressed. After successfully modifying the sample, will present the
delete confirmation page if no associative conflicts exist.

> If the result has an association to a violation, the delete request
> will be denied and software will present exit error statement:
> **Result associated to violation cannot be deleted.**
>
> Exhibit 5-8 depicts the Delete Result dialog box.
>
> ![](media/image10.png){width="5.99375in"
> height="3.0493055555555557in"}

[]{#__RefHeading___Toc173657193 .anchor}**Exhibit 5-8.** Delete Result
Dialog Box

> [Buttons:]{.underline}
>
> **OK** Will delete the Total Coliform result and the Acute Speciation
> result, if one exists, and return to the Coliform Sample Maintenance
> page.
>
> **Cancel** Will abort the delete and return to the Coliform Sample
> Maintenance page.

*Jump to Top* This hyperlink will jump to the top of the page.

*Jump to the Bottom* This hyperlink will jump to the bottom of the page.

*\[Speciation*

*standard method\]*

**Go To** Will present the Analyte Standard Method Maintenance List in
single-select mode for the FECAL COLIFORM analyte (3013) or E. COLI
analyte (3014). If lab certification edit is enabled (reference details
under the **OK** button), list only those standard methods approved for
the laboratory and selected speciation analyte. (R2001:A.5.3.1.j)

*\[Speciation\]*

**Delete Result** Will perform same functions as \[Total Coliform\]
Delete Result button.

*\[original sample\]*

**Go To** Will present the Related Sample Selection List. This button is
only enabled if the sample type is Repeat or indicated as a replacement.

*\[Other Results List Box\]*

**Add Result** Will perform all edits as if **OK** button were pressed.
After successfully adding/modifying the sample and results for Total
Coliform and Speciation, the user will be prompted to select an analyte
and then be presented with the page to create a result. The
functionality for this processing is described in 5.5.1 -- General
Sample Maintenance and works the same except references to "General
Sample Maintenance Page" are changed to "Coliform Maintenance Page."

*\[Other Results List Box\]*

**Change Result** Will perform all edits as if **OK** button were
pressed. After successfully modifying the sample and results for Total
Coliform and Speciation, will present the Analytical Result Maintenance
page (Section 5.5.2) in change mode. This item is only available if a
result has been selected in the list area.

*\[Other Results List Box\]*

**Delete Result** Will perform all edits as if **OK** button were
pressed. After successfully modifying the sample and results for Total
Coliform and Speciation, will present the Delete Confirmation page.

The functionality for this processing is described in 5.5.1 -- General
Sample Maintenance and works the same except references to "General
Sample Maintenance Page" are changed to "Coliform Maintenance Page."

**Add New Sample** Will perform all edits as if **OK** button were
pressed. After successfully adding the sample and results for Total
Coliform and Speciation, the maintenance window will redisplay. The
following fields will have their value retained:

-   Collection Date

-   Sample Type

-   Repeat Location

-   Water System No. and Name

-   Total Coliform Result Method Code

-   Sample Volume

-   Total Coliform Result Volume Assayed

> The cursor will be at the end of the value in the Lab Sample No.
>
> This button will be available in both add and change mode.

**Clear Radio Buttons** Will reset all radio button indicators to
spaces. No radio button will be indicated as being on.

**OK** If the sample type is repeat or it is a routine with replacement
indicator checked for a routine and the sample is marked for compliance,
if an original sample has not been associated the following Compliance
Advisory (Exhibit 5-9) will be presented.

**[Compliance Linkage Advisory Buttons]{.underline}:**

> **Proceed** The software will finish the edit checks for the page and,
> if no other error messages or advisories are invoked, it will flow to
> the page indicated in the specifications for the button pressed on the
> main page.

**Cancel** Will return to the Maintenance page.

**Help** Will invoke the system online Help facility.

> ![](media/image11.png){width="5.561805555555556in"
> height="3.1659722222222224in"}

[]{#__RefHeading___Toc173657194 .anchor}**Exhibit 5-9.** Compliance
Linkage Advisory

> If the sample type is indicated as confirmation (CO) and the selected
> sampling point belongs to a water system facility of distribution type
> (DS) the sample type will be rejected with the error message
> **Confirmation Sample Type invalid for Distribution System Coliform
> Sample.**
>
> If a Total Coliform Result is indicated as present but the Acute
> Speciation Result is not provided, the following advisory (Exhibit
> 5-10) will be presented.
>
> ![](media/image9.png){width="4.749305555555556in"
> height="2.5833333333333335in"}

[]{#__RefHeading___Toc173657195 .anchor}**Exhibit 5-10.** No Acute
Speciation Indicated Advisory

[Buttons:]{.underline}

> **OK** Will continue with the addition or change request without
> adding an acute speciation result. Will return to the page specified
> for the button on the main page (e.g., if the OK button on the
> Maintenance page was selected, then it will return to the Sample
> Maintenance List).
>
> **Back** Will return to the Maintenance page where an acute speciation
> result can be entered.
>
> If a sample is marked as "For Compliance" and the sample type is not
> Routine or Repeat, the following error message will be invoked: **TCR
> Samples taken for compliance may only be routine or repeat samples.**
>
> If a water system has not been selected, the error message will be:
> **Water System No. must not be blank.**
>
> Collection Date is a required field. If left blank, the error message
> is **All Samples must have a Collection Date**.
>
> If Date Lab Rcpt is provided, it must be greater than or equal to the
> collection date or the following error message will be: **The date of
> Lab Receipt cannot be prior to the date of Sample Collection.**

If Repeat Location is valued and the sample type is not Repeat, the
following error message will be: **Sample type must be Repeat to enter a
Repeat Location.** The Repeat Location field will be highlighted in Red
and have the focus when the message is acknowledged.

> If entered, a value in Collection Time must not be greater than or
> equal to 2400. If not, the following error message will be invoked:
> **Time Entries must be between 00:01 and 23:59.**
>
> If the Total Coliform Result Interference field has a value, the
> Absent indicator may not be the selection for Total Coliform. If it
> is, the error message will be: **Absent is not a valid selection with
> supplied Inteference value.** The absent value will be removed.
>
> If the Speciation Interference field has a value, the Absent indicator
> may not be the selection for speciation. If it is, the error message
> will be: **Absent is not a valid selection with supplied Inteference
> value.** The absent value will be removed.

*Lab Certification*

*Check (R2001:A.5.3.1.i)*

> If the sample rejection reason is blank and the SDWIS Configuration
> Parameter table with Configuration ID = 'LABCERT' and Code Table name
> of 'LC_EDITCHK' has a paramter value of 'ERROR', continue with the Lab
> Certification check.
>
> If the Total Coliform result is provided and its data quality code is
> not equal to R- Rejected, use the specified Laboratory, Method code
> for Total Coliform and one of (Total Coliform analysis complete time,
> analysis start time, or sample collection end date, in this order of
> priority and dependent upon a not null value), check for a laboratory
> analyte method assignment with certification indicator = 'Y' and most
> recent issuance date \<= the provided date that is for the 3100
> analyte. If not found, error message will be: **This lab was not
> certified for this analyte and method during sample processing.** Turn
> the total coliform method code and date that was used in the check
> red, reverse video.
>
> If the Acute Speciation result is provided and its data quality code
> is not equal to R-Rejected, use the specified Laboratory, Method code
> for Acute Speciation, and one of (Acute Speciation analysis complete
> time, analysis start time, or sample collection end date, in this
> order of priority and dependent upon a not null value), check for a
> laboratory analyte method assignment with certification indicator =
> 'Y' and most recent issuance date \<= the provided date that is for
> the speciated analyte. If not found, error message will be: **This lab
> was not certified for this analyte and method during sample
> processing.** Turn the acute speciation method code and date that was
> used in the check red, reverse video.

*Duplicate Check* Two duplicate checks may be performed prior to adding
or updating the sample as follows:

> The first is an advisory check that will occur on all samples. If a
> sample collected on the same date at the same water system and
> sampling point already exists for the same laboratory, the software
> will provide the following advisory: **This is an advisory. A sample
> already exists that was analyzed by this lab for this water system and
> sampling point collected at the same date and time. If you still want
> to proceed to add/change the sample, press the Continue button.
> Otherwise, press the Cancel button to return to the Sample Maintenance
> Page.** Pressing **Continue** resumes the flow as if no advisory
> occurred. Pressing **Cancel** returns the user to the current page.
>
> The second duplicate check only occurs if a Lab Sample No. is
> supplied. If a sample is being added or modified and the Lab Sample
> No. is provided, the software will check to see if a sample with the
> same Lab Sample No., same collection year, and analyzed by the same
> laboratory already exists. If so, the software will provide the error
> message: **This is a duplicate sample and cannot be added.**

*Add Mode* (R0073:A.5.3.1.f)

> Will create a sample:

-   Will create a sample and associate it to the sampling point from
    which it was taken, the water system which provided it, and the
    laboratory that analyzed it.

-   If a collector was specified it will also be associated to the
    individual legal entity that collected it or added to the
    informal_collector field if not an existing legal entity.

-   If a standard method was supplied it will also be associated to the
    standard method code.

-   If the sample is repeat or routine with replacement indicator
    checked and the original sample was specified, it will be associated
    to the original sample.

-   If field results were specified a FIELD RESULT record will be
    created.

> If Total Coliform Result was entered:

-   Will create a Sample Analytical Result and associate it to the
    sample, and analyte 3100.

```{=html}
<!-- -->
```
-   If a standard method was supplied it will also be associated to the
    standard method code.

```{=html}
<!-- -->
```
-   If the sample is repeat or routine with the replacement indicator
    checked it will be associated to the monitoring period which is
    associated to the original sample.

-   Will create a microbial analytical result associated to the sample
    analytical result.

> If Acute Speciation Result was entered:

-   Will create a Sample Analytical Result and associate it to the
    sample, and analyte for either fecal or *E. coli*.

```{=html}
<!-- -->
```
-   If a standard method was supplied it will also be associated to the
    standard method code.

```{=html}
<!-- -->
```
-   If the sample is repeat or routine with replacement indicator
    checked, it will be associated to the monitoring period which is
    associated to the original sample.

-   Will create a microbial analytical result associated to the sample
    analytical result.

When a for-compliance sample is added that is associated to a
distribution system, the software tries to associate the result to the
appropriate monitoring period. To identify the correct monitoring
period, the software searches for the monitoring period that:

For Routine (non-replacement) samples:

-   Is associated to the same water system and to the same rule (via
    TMNRWSMA) as the routine (type = RT) TCR schedule in effect for the
    water system on the sample collection date.

-   Has the same duration as the periodicity of the TCR routine schedule
    in effect for the water system on the sample collection date.

> For Repeat or Routine Replacements:

-   Use the Monitoring period associated to the designated Original
    Sample. (Ev10207:B.5.3.1.d)

> If the software is unable to find the monitoring period using the TCR
> sample schedule, it will associate the result to a monitoring period
> for the water system and TCR rule (via TMNRWSMA) where the sample
> collection date falls inside the monitoring period start and end date
> range.
>
> If a monitoring period is still not found, the error message is
> **Cannot add sample. Mntg Prd Assoc required for this collection date
> & WS No.**
>
> For non-compliance samples, the monitoring period is not system
> populated.

*Change-mode*

> If the Sample Rejection Reason is populated on a change and the sample
> already has associated sample results, an advisory will be presented
> notifying the user that the data quality for each existing result will
> be set to "R-Rejected" and the data quality reason set to "Other." The
> existing result(s) for a rejected sample will be disassociated from
> any referenced monitoring period. The rejected results will continue
> to be presented on display. (R0073:A.5.3.1.e)
>
> Will update the sample:

-   If a collector was added, it will also be associated to the
    individual legal entity that collected it or added to the
    informal_collector field if not an existing legal entity. If the
    collector is removed, the individual legal entity will be
    disassociated or removed from the informal_collector field.

-   If the sample is repeat or routine with the replacement indicator
    checked and the original sample was specified, it will be associated
    to the original sample. If the original sample selection is cleared,
    the association will be removed.

-   If field results were changed, a microbiological sample will be
    created if none existed, or the existing microbiological sample will
    be updated. Even when the field result values were not themselves
    changes, the existing field result (TSAMCSMP) will be updated to set
    d_cds_trigger_ts to current timestamp. (B.5.3.1.e)

-   If Sample Type is changed from Repeat to some other type and the
    sample is not a sample with the replacement indicator checked and
    the sample is associated to an original sample, delete the
    association to the original sample.

-   If a sample is changed so that it is no longer a replacement sample
    and the sample type is not repeat and the sample is associated to an
    original sample, delete the association to the original sample.

-   If a new or different sample is designated as the original sample,
    transfer the associated monitoring period based upon the monitoring
    period of the new original sample. (Ev10207:B.5.3.1.c)

> If Total Coliform Result was entered:
>
> If the sample is a for-compliance sample that is associated to a
> distribution system, the software will try to associate the result to
> the appropriate TCR monitoring period as described above under Add
> Mode. In the unlikely event that the software is unable to find a
> monitoring period, the error message is **Cannot add result. Mntg Prd
> Assoc required for this collection date & WS No.**

-   Otherwise, the software will create a Sample Analytical Result and
    associate it to the sample, analyte 3100, and the appropriate TCR
    monitoring period.

```{=html}
<!-- -->
```
-   If a standard method was supplied it will also be associated to the
    standard method code.

```{=html}
<!-- -->
```
-   Will create a microbial analytical result associated to the sample
    analytical result.

> If Total Coliform Results was changed:

-   Will update the Sample Analytical Result and/or microbial analytical
    result.

-   The Total Coliform Result was changed from Present to Absent, the
    Acute Speciation Sample Analytical Result and microbial analytical
    result will be deleted.

```{=html}
<!-- -->
```
-   If a standard method code was supplied, it will also be associated
    to the standard method code. If the standard method code was
    removed, the association will be deleted.

> If Acute Speciation Result was entered:

-   If the sample is a for-compliance sample that is associated to a
    distribution system, the software will try to associate the result
    to the appropriate TCR monitoring period as described above under
    Add Mode. In the unlikely event that the software is unable to find
    a monitoring period, the error message is **Cannot add result. Mntg
    Prd Assoc required for this collection date & WS No.**

-   Otherwise, the software will create a Sample Analytical Result and
    associate it to the sample, analyte for either fecal or e coli and
    the appropriate TCR monitoring period.

```{=html}
<!-- -->
```
-   If a standard method code was supplied, it will also be associated
    to the standard method code.

```{=html}
<!-- -->
```
-   Will create a Microbial Analytical Result record and associate it to
    the sample analytical result.

> If Acute Speciation Results was changed:

-   Will update the Sample Analytical Result and/or microbial analytical
    result.

```{=html}
<!-- -->
```
-   If a standard method code was supplied, it will also be associated
    to the standard method code. If the standard method code was
    removed, the association will be deleted.

> If the Total Coliform Result is changed to absent, which would result
> in an Acute Speciation result being deleted, the update will be denied
> if the acute speciation result has already generated a violation. The
> error message is **May not delete the Result because it is associated
> to a Violation.** The violation will have to be deleted before the
> result can be modified.
>
> If a different monitoring period was selected, the software will
> associate each result for the sample to the newly selected monitoring
> period. Additionally if this is an original sample to any Repeats or
> Replacements, the monitoring periods for each associated Repeat and
> Replacement will be transferred to the new monitoring period of this
> originating sample. (Ev10207:B.5.3.1.b)

**Cancel** Will present the standard cancel confirmation page.

**Help** Will invoke the system online Help facility.

### Coliform Sample Summary Maintenance

Exhibit 5-11 depicts the Coliform Sample Summary Maintenance page.

  ---------------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------------
  ![](media/image1.png){width="1.9270833333333333in"   ![](media/image12.png){width="5.067361111111111in"
  height="5.197916666666667in"}                        height="5.11875in"}

  ---------------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------------

[]{#__RefHeading___Toc173657196 .anchor}**Exhibit 5-11.** Coliform
Sample Summary Maintenance

[Protected Fields:]{.underline}

*Analyte 3100* Indicates that summary is for Total Coliform.

*Record updated*

*by XXXXXXXX on*

*MM/DD/YYYY*

*HH:MI:SS* The User ID and the timestamp from the last time the sample
record (TSASMPSM) was updated.

*Record created*

*by XXXXXXXX on*

*MM/DD/YYYY*

*HH:MI:SS* The initial User ID and timestamp when the sample (TSASSAR)
record was initially added to the database.

[Entry Fields:]{.underline}

*For Compliance* This check box defaults to checked and indicates that
the sample summary is used for compliance determination.

*Water System* *No.* The specific number of the water system for which
the samples were collected, it consists of the two-character state code
plus the seven-character number field.

> The state code portion will default to the state_identification_code
> in the SYSTEM_VARIABLE entity view.
>
> This is a required field. If left blank, the error message will be:
> **Water System No. must not be blank.**
>
> When a valid water system is found, the system will look for a water
> system facility of type distribution system (DS). If one and only one
> is found, it will be populated in the WSF State Asgn ID and WSF Name
> fields. If no distribution WSF is found, the fields will be blank. If
> more than one is found, the error message will be: **Multiple
> Distribution Systems exist for this Water System. Choose DS WSF.**

*\[Water System\] Name* Standard 40-character Public Water System Name
may be entered completely, partially, or left blank. If the user
specifies a partial string in this field, display the closest matching
water system at the top of the list. (Closest matching means a match
with the Water System Name, sorted alphabetically, that starts with the
same text string as supplied.)

> If a valid water system name is entered, both the water system name
> and number will be populated. When a valid water system is found, the
> system will look for a water system facility of type distribution
> system (DS). If one and only one is found, it will be populated in the
> WSF State Asgn ID and WSF Name fields. If no distribution WSF is
> found, the fields will be blank. If more than one is found, the error
> message will be: **Multiple Distribution Systems exist for this Water
> System. Choose DS WSF.**
>
> If a valid water system is entered but is not part of the user's
> current Water System Group or Regulating Agency, invoke exit state
> error message: **WS is not part of current group/agency. Change
> group/agency to access this WS.**
>
> If the name entered is not found, the software will flow to the Water
> System Selection List with the name that most closely matches the
> value entered. The user may then select a value and continue.

*Monitoring Period* The four Monitoring Period fields will be enabled
only after the user values Water System No. The user may select a valid
monitoring period by any of these combination: Mon. Period \[Name\];
Begin Date + Duration; Begin Date + End Date; Duration + End Date; or by
pressing the Monitoring Period **Go To** button.

Monitoring Period is a required field.

*\[Monitoring Period\]*

*Begin Date* If Begin Date and either End Date or Duration are valued,
on tabbing off or clicking outside of the field, the software will
retrieve the monitoring period that matches the criteria and display it
in all monitoring period fields. If no monitoring period exists that
matches the criteria, it will invoke the Monitoring Period Maintenance
List in single-select mode. The software will take no action if only
Begin Date is valued.

*\[Monitoring Period\]*

*Duration* The user may enter a valid monitoring period Duration. Only
durations of monthly (MN), quarterly (QT), annual (1Y), or every 6
months (6M) will appear in the dropdown list. The default duration will
be monthly. If Duration and either Begin Date or End Date are valued, on
tabbing off or clicking outside of the field, the software will retrieve
the monitoring period that matches the criteria and display it in all
monitoring period fields. If no monitoring period exists that matches
the criteria, the software will invoke the Monitoring Period Maintenance
List in single-select mode. The software will take no action if only
Duration is valued.

*\[Monitoring Period\]*

*End Date* If End Date and either Begin Date or Duration are valued, on
tabbing off or clicking outside of the field, the software will retrieve
the monitoring period that matches the criteria and display it in all
monitoring period fields. If no monitoring period exists that matches
the criteria, it will invoke the Monitoring Period Maintenance List in
single-select mode. The software will take no action if only End Date is
valued.

*Mon. Period \[Name\]*

> If the user enters a valid monitoring period name, on tabbing off or
> clicking outside of the field, the software will retrieve the
> monitoring period that matches the criteria and display it in all
> monitoring period fields. If the user enters a partial string or an
> invalid monitoring period name, the Monitoring Period Maintenance List
> will be invoked in single-select mode.

*Date Summary*

*Received* The date the summary was received.

This is an optional field.

*Number of Routine*

*Negatives* This is a numeric representing the number of negative
results for the monitoring period. Positive results must be entered
individually using the Coliform Sample Maintenance page or other SDWIS
sample entry components.

> This is a required field. If it does not contain a value the error
> message will be: **Must specify Number of Routine Negatives.**

*Data Quality* The quality of the samples received. The permitted values
are:

A - Accepted

P - Preliminary

R - Rejected

V - Validated

Data Quality will be a required field.

*Lab* *ID No.* The identification number assigned by the to the
laboratory, which performed the analysis. When a value is supplied that
is not found, the lab maintenance list page will be presented. A valid
value in this field will also populate the Laboratory Name.

This is a required field. (R0059:A.5.3.2.a)

*Certifying Agency* Select a value from the dropdown list. The value
will be matched against the laboratory's Certifying Agency. The
selections available via the dropdown list will be retrieved from the
TINPVALS table where code_name = "CERT_AG."

> If an exact match is found using the Lab ID No. and Certifying Agency,
> the laboratory name will be displayed.
>
> If none is found, the Laboratory Maintenance List will be presented in
> single-select mode.
>
> Certifying Agency will be a required field. It will default to STATE.
> (R0059:A.5.3.2.b)
>
> (R0059:A.5.3.2.c)

*\[Laboratory\] Name* The name of the laboratory. This field will be
automatically populated when a valid value is either input or selected
in Lab State ID No.. (R0059:A.5.3.2.d)

> When a value is supplied that is not found, the lab maintenance list
> page will be presented. The selection will also populate the Lab ID
> No. and .Certifying Agency. (R0049:A.5.3.2.e)
>
> This is an optional field.

*WSF State Asgn ID* The state assigned identifier of the water system
facility for which the samples were collected. This field will not be
available for input until a valid Water System No. has been provided.
When Water System No. this field will be defaulted as described above in
Water System No. If water system changed, this field will be reset for
new water system.

> When tabbing off the field the input value will be edited. If a match
> is found for the provided water system, the name will be displayed in
> the water system facility name field. If an exact match is not found
> the water system facility maintenance list will be presented.
>
> This is a required field. If left blank, the error message will be:
> **Water system facility must not be blank.**
>
> When the value in this field is modified, including removal of the
> value, the WSF Name field will be removed.

*\[WSF\] Name* The name of the water system facility. The name will be
populated when a valid water system facility is either input in the WSF
State Asgn ID number or chosen from the selection list.

> This field will not be available for input until a valid Water System
> No. has been provided.
>
> A name may be input into this field. When tabbing off the field, if
> the name is not found as a valid water system facility for the
> provided water system, the water system facility maintenance list will
> be presented in single-select mode.
>
> When the value in this field is modified, including removal of the
> value, the WSF State Asgn ID field will be removed.
>
> This is an optional field.

*Comment* A free-form comment area where descriptive text about the
sample summary can be recorded.

> This is an optional field.

[Buttons:]{.underline}

*\[water system\]*

**Go To** Will present the Water System Maintenance List where the
Edit/Select will be available.

> When a valid water system is found the system will look for a water
> system facility of type distribution system (DS). If one and only one
> is found it will be populated in the WSF State Asgn ID and WSF Name
> fields. If no distribution WSF is found the fields will be blank. If
> more than one is found the error message will be: **Multiple
> Distribution Systems exist for this Water System. Choose DS WSF.**

*\[monitoring period\]*

**Go To** Will present the Monitoring Period Maintenance List where the
Edit/Select will be available. Enabled when a water system has been
selected.

*\[laboratory\]*

**Go To** Will present the Laboratory Maintenance List. Only the
'select' menu will be enabled. Add/change will not be allowed for
security reasons.

*\[water system facility\]*

**Go To** Will present the Water System Facility Maintenance List where
the Edit/Select will be available. Enabled when a water system has been
selected.

**Add New**

**Summary** The summary will be processed as described with the OK
button below. When successful, the Summary Maintenance Page will be
represented. The monitoring period, date received, and laboratory of the
current record will be carried forward.

> The button will be available in both add and change mode.

**WT** **RDC** **(B.5.3.2a)** This button will only be enabled when a
distribution water system facility has been selected along with the
monitoring period.

> The summary will first be processed as if the OK button was selected.
> After successful completion of that function, the following processes
> are performed.
>
> \(1\) The software will select the FANL that establishes a minimum
> level (Level Type is "MIN") for chlorine (Analyte Code 0999) or
> chloramine (Analyte Code 1006) that is linked to the current WSF. This
> will result in the selection of zero, one, or two FANL records.
>
> If a FANL meeting these criteria is not found, the following error
> message will be invoked: **FANL for analyte chloramine (1006) or
> chlorine (0999) of type MIN not found for this WSF or Mon. Period.**
> Return the cursor to the WSF State Asgn ID field with the maintenance
> page in Change mode.
>
> \(2\) If a FANL meeting these criteria is found, the software will run
> the selected FANL through the following checks that would let the user
> know that a FANL exists but still cannot be used. If any of these
> checks is validated, an error message will be invoked. After the user
> presses **OK** on the message, return the cursor to the WSF State Asgn
> ID field with the maintenance page in Change mode.

-   If one or more FANL is found but none of the FANL found are in
    effect on the first day of the user-selected monitoring period (FANL
    Effective Begin Date is not on or before the Monitoring Period Begin
    Date), the following error message will be invoked: **Facility
    Analyte Level not in effect during this monitoring period.**

```{=html}
<!-- -->
```
-   If one or more FANL are found but none of the FANL found has its
    MDBP Summary Check Flag set to "Yes," the following error message
    will be invoked: **Facility Analyte Level with MDBP Summary Check
    Flag set to YES not found.**

```{=html}
<!-- -->
```
-   If a FANL record is found but does not indicate a Summary Type of
    "DSRD" or "SDRD," the following error message will be invoked:
    **Facility Analyte Level with MDBP Summary type "DSRD" or "SRDR" not
    found.**

```{=html}
<!-- -->
```
-   If one or more FANL are found that satisfy the above criteria and is
    in effect on the first day of the user-selected monitoring period,
    the software will select it and go to step (4).

> \(3\) The software will next select:

-   One MDBP Summary that is linked to the FANL whose field Summary Type
    is DSRD and is linked to the user-specified monitoring period; it
    will also select

> One MDBP Summary that is linked to the FANL whose field Summary Type
> is "SDRD" and is linked to the user-specified monitoring period.
>
> \(4\) The software will then flow to the Distribution RDC page,
> displaying the selected Water System No., Water System Name, WSF State
> Asgn ID. WSF Name, Monitoring Period Begin Date, Monitoring Period
> Duration, and FANL.
>
> If it finds one of the MDBP Summaries described above; it will also
> display its data in the page in Change mode, with the cursor in the
> first entry field.

-   If it does not find any of the possible MDBP Summaries, this page
    will appear in Add mode.

> Upon return to the TCR Sample Summary Maintenance page, whether a MDBP
> Summary was added or not, the page will be in Change mode.

**CL2 MRDL** This button will only be enabled when a distribution water
system facility has been selected along with the monitoring period.

> The summary will first be processed as if the **OK** button was
> selected. After successful completion of that function the following
> processes are performed.
>
> \(1\) After the WSF has been selected, the software will select the
> FANL that establishes a maximum level (Level Type is "MAX") for
> chlorine (Analyte Code 0999) or chloramine (Analyte Code 1006) that is
> linked to the current WSF. This will result in the selection of zero,
> one, or two FANL records.
>
> If a FANL meeting these criteria is not found, the following error
> message will be invoked: **FANL for analyte chloramine (1006) or
> chlorine (0999) of type MAX not found for this WSF.** Return the
> cursor to the WSF State Asgn ID field with the maintenance page in
> Change mode.
>
> \(2\) If a FANL meeting these criteria is found, the software will run
> the selected FANL through the following checks that would let the user
> know that a FANL exists but still cannot be used. If any of these
> checks is validated, an error message will be invoked. After the user
> presses **OK** on the message, return the cursor to the WSF State Asgn
> ID field with the maintenance page in Change mode.

-   If one or more FANL are found but none of the FANL found are in
    effect on the first day of the user-selected monitoring period (FANL
    Effective Begin Date is not on or before the Monitoring Period Begin
    Date), the following error message will be invoked: **Facility
    Analyte Level not in effect during this monitoring period.**

```{=html}
<!-- -->
```
-   If one or more FANL are found but none of the FANL found have its
    MDBP Summary Check Flag set to "Yes," the following error message
    will be invoked: **Facility Analyte Level with MDBP Summary Check
    Flag set to YES not found.**

> If a FANL record is found but does not indicate a Summary Type of
> "MRDL," the following error message will be invoked: **Facility
> Analyte Level with MDBP Summary type "MRDL" not found.**
>
> If one or more FANL are found that satisfy the above criteria and is
> in effect on the first day of the user-selected monitoring period, the
> software will select it and go to step (4).
>
> \(3\) The software will next select one MDBP Summary whose field
> Summary Type is MRDL that is linked to the FANL and is linked to the
> user-specified monitoring period.
>
> \(4\) The software will then flow to the MRDL Chlorine/Chloramine DS
> page, displaying the selected Water System No., \[Water System\] Name,
> WSF State Asgn ID., \[WSF\] Name, Analyte Code, \[Analyte Code\] Name,
> Monitoring Period Begin Date, Monitoring Period Duration, and FANL.

-   If it finds the MDBP Summary described above, it will also displays
    its data in the page in Change mode, with the cursor in the first
    entry field.

-   If it does not find the MDBP Summary, this page will appear in Add
    mode.

Upon return to the TCR Sample Summary Maintenance page, whether a MDBP
Summary was added or not, the page will be in Change mode.

**OK**

Duplicate Check The duplicate criteria for sample summary is the
combination of water system, water system facility, analyte, and
monitoring period. If a sample summary is found matching these four
criteria, the following decision advisory will be presented:

> **A Sample Summary for the same Water System, Water System Facility,
> Analyte, and Monitoring Period already exists. Select Change to modify
> the existing Sample Summary or Cancel to return to previous page.**
>
> Pressing **Change** will present the Sample Summary Maintenance page
> in Change mode with the existing record displayed.
>
> Pressing **Cancel** will return the Sample Summary Maintenance page in
> Add mode with the previous data displayed but no new record will have
> been added.

Add Mode The following actions are taken:

-   A Sample Summary is created and associated to the water system, 3100
    analyte, water system facility, and monitoring period.

-   If a laboratory was provided, the sample summary is associated to
    the laboratory.

-   A Sample Summary Result is created of type 'RT" and associated to
    the Sample Summary.

Change Mode In change mode the following information can be changed:

-   Sample Summary comment, compliance purpose, and summary received
    date.

-   Association to a different monitoring period.

-   Association to a different water system facility.

-   Association to a different laboratory or removal of the laboratory
    association.

-   Sample Summary Result number of negative samples and data quality
    code.

> When successful the list page will be presented.

**Cancel** If no data has been input or changed the page will close and
present the list.

> If data has been input or changed the standard Cancel Confirmation
> page will be presented.

**Help** Will invoke the system online Help facility.

## LCR Sample and Summaries Pages

### LCR Sample Maintenance 

Exhibit 5-1 depicts the LCR Sample Maintenance page.

  --------------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------------
  ![](media/image1.png){width="2.384027777777778in"   ![](media/image13.png){width="4.174305555555556in"
  height="8.495833333333334in"}                       height="8.496527777777779in"}

  --------------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------------

[]{#__RefHeading___Toc173657197 .anchor}**Exhibit 5-12.** LCR Sample
Maintenance

[Protected Fields:]{.underline}

*\[Water System Facility\]*

*Name* The name of the supplied water system facility.

*\[Lead Result\]*

*Monitoring Period* The monitoring period name. When a for-compliance
sample is added, *CDS Setup* uses the collection date and the
corresponding sample schedule to determine the appropriate monitoring
period for the lead result.

For non-compliance samples, *CDS Setup* will not calculate the
monitoring period.

On add, this field is protected. This field can be changed in change
mode using the **Go To** button.

*\[Lead Result\]*

*Record updated*

*by XXXXXXXX on*

*MM/DD/YYYY*

*HH:MI:SS* The User ID and the timestamp from the last time the sample
analytical result record (TSASAR) was updated.

*\[Lead Result\]*

*Record created*

*by XXXXXXXX on*

*MM/DD/YYYY*

*HH:MI:SS* The initial User ID and timestamp when the sample analytical
result (TSASAR) record was initially added to the database.

*\[Copper Result\]*

*Monitoring Period* The monitoring period name. When a for-compliance
sample is added, *CDS Setup* uses the collection date and the
corresponding sample schedule to determine the appropriate monitoring
period for the copper result.

For non-compliance samples, *CDS Setup* will not calculate the
monitoring period.

On add, this field is protected. This field can be changed in change
mode using the **Go To** button.

*\[Copper Result\]*

*Record updated*

*by XXXXXXXX on*

*MM/DD/YYYY*

*HH:MI:SS* The User ID and the timestamp from the last time the sample
analytical result record (TSASAR) was updated.

*\[Copper Result\]*

*Record created*

*by XXXXXXXX on*

*MM/DD/YYYY*

*HH:MI:SS* The initial User ID and timestamp when the sample analytical
result (TSASAR) record was initially added to the database.

*Record updated*

*by XXXXXXXX on*

*MM/DD/YYYY*

*HH:MI:SS* The User ID and the timestamp from the last time the sample
record (TSASAMPL) was updated.

*Record created*

*by XXXXXXXX on*

*MM/DD/YYYY*

*HH:MI:SS* The initial User ID and timestamp when the sample (TSASAMPL)
record was initially added to the database.

[Entry Fields:]{.underline}

Note that the tab order is left to right, top to bottom, and includes
all Entry Fields and buttons unless otherwise noted.

*For Compliance* This check box marks the sample as being used for
compliance determination. When it is checked, the sample will be used
for compliance if the sample type is Routine, Repeat, or Confirmation.
The default is checked. Compliance samples have different rules than
noncompliance samples. These are indicated below.

*Lab Sample No.* The sample identification number assigned by the
laboratory for tracking the sample within the lab.

This is a required field for all new samples. If the Lab Sample No. is
not supplied for a new sample the error message is **Samples must have a
Lab Sample No.**

> (**Note:** this is a change to the way SDWIS/STATE 8.0 works. In
> SDWIS/STATE 8.0, Lab Sample No. is optional for compliance samples and
> required for noncompliance samples.)
>
> In change mode, if valued with other than spaces, it may be changed
> but not be changed to spaces.

*State Sample No.* The sample identification number assigned by a state
to uniquely identify a specific sample within the state.

This is an optional field.

*Collection Date* The date the sample was collected. A calendar function
is available to aid input.

*Collection Time* The time the sample was collected (in local time).

This is an optional field. If it is provided, the valid range is between
0001 and 2359. Values greater than 2359 will generate error message
**Time Entries must be between 00:01 and 23:59.**

*\[Sample\] Type* The reason for the sample collection. Valid selections
are:

> RT - Routine
>
> RP -- Repeat
>
> CO - Confirmation
>
> SP - Special
>
> BB - Batch Blanks
>
> FB - Field Blanks
>
> PE - Performance Evaluation
>
> SB - Shipping Blanks
>
> ST - Split Blanks
>
> MR - Maximum Residence Time
>
> MS -- Matrix Spike
>
> This is a required field. If the sample type is entered or changed to
> any value other than Routine (RT), Repeat (RP), or Confirmation (CO),
> the software will uncheck the For Compliance checkbox. A user may
> recheck it (even if the Sample Type is not equal to RT, RP, or CO) but
> the sample will not be considered or processed by SDWIS compliance
> determination.
>
> If the sample type is CO (confirmation) the Original Sample
> Information page will be presented for capture of the original sample
> which is being repeated.

*Replacement* The Replacement box is used to indicate whether the sample
is taken as a replacement for another sample. Replacement samples either
replace lost or damaged samples that the lab could not analyze or they
replace invalid samples that the lab refused to analyze due to technical
reasons.

> When the box is checked it indicates a replacement sample The default
> is unchecked.
>
> When checked, the Original Sample Information page will be presented
> for identification of the original sample that is being replaced.
>
> This is an optional field.

*Date Lab Rcpt* The date the sample was received by the lab. A calendar
function is available to aid input.

This is an optional field. When it is provided, it must be greater than
or equal to the collection date or error message **The date of Lab
Receipt cannot be prior to the date of Sample Collection** will be
given. This edit check is performed when a user tabs out of or clicks
out of the field as well as when the record is saved.

*Water System No.* The specific Water System No., consisting of the
two-character state code plus the seven-character number field.

> The state code portion will default to the state_identification_code
> in the SYSTEM_VARIABLE entity view.
>
> When tabbing off or clicking outside this field after supplying a
> value, the water system will be retrieved and the name displayed. Any
> value in the WSF State Asgn ID and Name, Sampling Point and Sample
> Location fields will be removed. If the sample type is Repeat or a
> routine with the replacement indicator checked, the Original Sample
> Information will be presented.
>
> If a valid water system is entered but is not part of the user's
> current Water System Group or Regulating Agency, invoke exit state
> error message: **WS is not part of current group/agency. Change
> group/agency to access this WS.**
>
> If the supplied value is invalid, the Water System Maintenance List
> will be presented with the number that most closely matches the value
> entered.

This is a required field. If it is left blank, the error message will
be: **Water System No. must not be blank.**

*\[Water System\] Name* Standard 40-character Public Water System Name
may be entered completely, partially, or left blank. If the user
specifies a partial string in this field, display the closest matching
water system at the top of the list. (Closest matching means a match
with the Water System Name, sorted alphabetically, that starts with the
same text string as supplied.)

> If a valid water system name is entered, the Water System No. is
> populated.
>
> If a valid water system is entered but is not part of the user's
> current Water System Group or Regulating Agency, invoke exit state
> error message: **WS is not part of current group/agency. Change
> group/agency to access this WS.**
>
> If the name entered is not found, the software will flow to the Water
> System Selection List. The user may then select a value and continue.

*WSF State Asgn ID* The Water System Facility State Assigned ID of the
sample location.

> When tabbing off this field after supplying a value, the value will be
> retrieved and the name displayed.
>
> If the supplied value is invalid, the error message will be: **The WSF
> State Asgn ID entered does not belong to this water system.**

It may be valued either by direct entry or by selecting a sampling point
using the Sampling Point **Go To** button.

When the value in this field is modified the values in (WSF) Name,
Sampling Point and Location will be cleared.

This field will remain protected until a valid Water System has been
supplied.

*Sampling Point* The ID of the sampling point where the sample was
taken.

> When tabbing off or clicking outside this field after supplying a
> value, the software will function the same as described for this field
> on the Coliform Sample Maintenance page with the following exception:
> if the sample type is a repeat or [confirmation;]{.underline} or is a
> routine with the replacement indicator checked and the collection date
> provided, the Original Sample Information will be presented.
>
> This field will remain protected until a valid Water System has been
> supplied.

*\[Sampling Point\]*

*Location* The name of the sampling point where the sample was
collected.

> When tabbing off this field after supplying a value, the software will
> function the same as described for this field on the Coliform Sample
> Mainteannce page with the following exception: if the sample type is a
> repeat or [confirmation;]{.underline} or is a routine with the
> replacement indicator checked and the collection date is provided, the
> Original Sample Information will be presented.
>
> This field will remain protected until a valid Water System has been
> supplied.

*Lab* *ID No.* The identification number assigned by the to the
laboratory, which performed the analysis. When a value is supplied that
is not found, the lab maintenance list page will be presented. A valid
value in this field will also populate the and Laboratory Name.
(R0059:A.5.4.1.a)

> This is a required field. If left blank, the error message will be:
> **Laboratory may not be left blank.**

*Certifying Agency* Select a value from the dropdown list. The value
will be matched against the laboratory's Certifying Agency. The
selections available via the dropdown list will be retrieved from the
TINPVALS table where code_name = "CERT_AG."

> If an exact match is found using the Lab ID No. and Certifying Agency,
> the laboratory name will be displayed.
>
> If none is found, the Laboratory Maintenance List will be presented in
> single-select mode.
>
> Certifying Agency will be a required field. It will default to STATE.
> (R0059:A.5.4.1.b)
>
> When the Laboratory can be identified from the above two fields, the
> default Method Code and default Lab reporting limit and UOM for both
> the Copper Result and Lead Result will be populated from the Lab
> Analyte Method Assignment table that is associated to the Laboratory,
> has as relationship to Standard Method Analyte Association that is
> related to the lead and copper analyte, has default method indicator =
> 'Y', has certification indicator = 'Y' and has the most recent
> issuance date \<= (analysis end date or analysis start date, or sample
> collection end date to be checked in this order based upon the date
> being not null.) (R0059:A.5.4.1.f)
>
> (R0059:A.5.4.1.c) *\[Laboratory\] Name* The name of the laboratory.
> This field will be automatically populated when a valid value is
> either input or selected in Lab ID No.and Certifying Agency.
>
> When a value is supplied that is not found, the lab maintenance list
> page will be presented. The selection will also populate the Lab ID
> No. and Certifying Agency. (R0059:A.5.4.1.d)

*Collector Name* The name of the individual who collected the sample.

> If the entered individual does not exist as a valid legal entity with
> collector_indicator_code = 'Y,' then set TSASAMPL informal_collector
> equal to entered individual.
>
> This is an optional field.

*Collection Method* The standard method used to collect the sample. When
a value is supplied, it must be pre-defined in the standard methods
table. If the value supplied is not found, a selection list of standard
methods will be presented.

> This is an optional field.

*Rejection Reason* The reason a lab rejected a sample for further
analysis.

> BR - Broken
>
> CL - Chlorine present
>
> EH - Exceeds holding time
>
> HS - Excessive headspace
>
> FZ - Frozen sample
>
> IN - Insufficient information
>
> VO - Insufficient volume
>
> BP - Invalid sampling point
>
> IP - Invalid sampling protocol
>
> LA - Lab accident
>
> LT - Leaked in transit
>
> This is an optional field. In Add mode when a value is selected, the
> result entry fields for Lead Result and Copper Results will be
> protected from entry. If any of those fields already contain a value,
> other than the default, an advisory will be presented notifying that
> the values will be removed.

*Sample Purpose* This will allow the state to document why sample was
taken (e.g., surveillance, investigation). Its value will be controlled
by the System Administrator. It will not be used by any automated
processing. The permitted values for the dropdown list will be retrieved
from the CODE table, code_name of 'SMPLPURPOS'.

This is an optional field.

*PbCu Type* The type of sample for lead and copper rule compliance
purposes. Permitted values are:

> FSD - 1st Draw (default)
>
> ATS - At Source
>
> FLS - Flushed
>
> LSL - Lead Service Line
>
> This is an optional field.

*State Classification* This field will allow user to assign the sample
to a classification pre-defined by the System Administrator. The
permitted values for the dropdown list will be retrieved from the CODE
table, code_name of 'SMPSTCLASS'.

If left blank, it will default to the value in the state classification
field of the analyte of the first sample analytical result added.
Although this field will not be as valuable as it is on the General
Sample Maintenance Page, it will still be made available here.

> This is an optional field. Increase display size to accommodate
> increased field size. (R0036:A.5.4.1.e)

*Sample Volume* The volume of sample collected and submitted to the
laboratory. Permitted values are:

1 liter (default)

100 ml

300 ml

400 ml

500 ml

(Spaces)

This is an optional field.

*Comment* A free-form comment area where descriptive text about the
sample can be recorded.

This is an optional field.

[Lead Result:]{.underline}

*Concentration*

*(and unit of measure)* A value that represents the result obtained from
a sample analysis, typically expressed in units per volume.

Enter the concentration and choose the unit of measure from the dropdown
list. Permitted values are those rows from the Unit of Measure table for
chemical result type (C), sorted by the Sort Priority recorded in the
Unit of Measure table. This will produce the following list of UOM
Codes.

mg/L

ug/L

ng/L

This is an optional field. If a concentration value is provided, the
Unit of Measure must be selected. If it is not, the error message will
be: **Analysis Result Concentration Measure Unit may not be left
blank.**

The concentration must be a numeric value. If it is not, the error
message will be: **Reported Measure may only be a valid number.** If the
value is greater than 999,999, the error message will be: **Value too
Large. SDWIS can support up to 6 digits to the left of the decimal.**

*Reporting Level Type*

*(including the less than*

*check box)* Indicates that the analytical result (Concentration) was
less than the regulatory minimum reporting level or the laboratory
reporting level, which must be less than or equal to the regulated
maximum contaminant level (MCL) for the analyte. Results "less than"
these levels are sometimes referred to as "not quantifiable" or "not
detected." Selecting the "less than" checkbox and either "Regulating
Minimum Reporting Level" or "Lab Reporting Level" is the equivalent of
specifying "non-detect" for the analyte.

If the result is less than either level, select the box beside Less Than
and then choose either Regulatory Minimum Reporting Level (MDL) or Lab
Reporting Level (MRL).

If MDL is chosen, the analyte's current regulatory method detection
limit is retrieved from the Analyte Level Rule (or TMNALRA) table and
displayed in the protected level field.

If MRL is chosen, the user must enter a reporting level that is not
above the regulated MCL for the current analyte. If left blank, the
error message will be: **Lab Reporting Level may not be blank when a
reporting level type is selected.** (**Note**: SSWr1 may include the
ability to record Lab Reporting Levels. If so, this will work as
described above for MDL.)

When the "less than" box is checked, a reporting level type must be
selected. If it is not, the error message will be: **Reporting Level
Type may not be left blank.**

*Level*

*(and unit of measure)* The limit established by the laboratory below
which scientifically reliable results cannot be achieved. In many cases,
if the lab's detection limit is below the EPA-mandated method detection
limit (MDL) then the MDL is used as the detection limit. If the lab's
detection limit is above the EPA's MDL, then the lab's detection limit
is used.

Enter the result and choose the unit from the dropdown list. Permitted
values are those rows from the Unit of Measure table for chemical result
type (C), sorted by the Sort Priority recorded in the Unit of Measure
table. This will produce the following list of UOM Codes.

mg/L

ug/L

ng/L

> This field is available and required only if the Reporting Level Type
> is designated as Lab Reporting Level (MRL).
>
> If the value entered in the field is greater than the maximum
> contaminant level for this analyte in the Analyte Level Rule (or
> TMNALRA) table, the warning message **Lab Reporting level may not be
> greater than the MCL for this Analyte.** will be presented.
>
> If no value is found in the Analyte Level Rule for the MCL, the level
> value entered will be checked against the action level goal value in
> the Analyte Level Rule table for this analyte. If the value in the
> level field is greater than the action level goal (ACL) for this
> analyte in the Analyte Level Rule (or TMNALRA) table, the warning
> message **Lab Reporting level may not be greater than the ACL for this
> Analyte.** will be presented.

*Method Code* Represents the method code used to analyze the sample,
such as the EPA-assigned method code EPA 525.1. If a value is supplied,
it must be a valid standard method code assigned to this analyte. If it
is not, the list of valid method codes will be presented for selection.
If lab certification edit is enabled (reference details under the **OK**
button), list only those standard methods approved for the laboratory
and lead analyte. (R2001:A.5.4.1.j)

When the Laboratory and Method Codes are entered, if neither RMDL nor
LRL detection level radio button has been set, set LRL detection level
radio button and default Lab reporting limit and UOM. Result will be
populated from the Lab Analyte Method Assignment table associated to the
Laboratory, has as relationship to Standard Method Analyte Association
that is related to the lead analyte, has certification indicator = 'Y',
and has the most recent issuance date \<= (analysis end date or analysis
start date, or sample collection end date to be checked in this order
based upon the date being not null.) (R0059:A.5.4.1.m)

This is an optional field.

*Analysis*

*\[Complete\] Date* The date the analysis was completed.

This is an optional field. If provided, it may not be prior to the
sample collection date. If it is, the error message will be: **The date
of Result Analysis cannot be prior to the date of Sample Collection.**

*\[Analysis Complete\]*

*Time* The time that the analysis was complete. The maximum value for
this field is 2359. If a supplied value exceeds this maximum, the error
message will be: **Time entries must be between 0001 and 23:59.**

If the result complete date is equal to the sample collection date, the
result complete time cannot be greater than the sample collection time.
If it is, the error message will be: **The time of Result Analysis
cannot be prior to the time of Sample Collection.**

This is an optional field.

*State Notification Date* The date that the state was notified of the
sample result for this analyte.

This is an optional field. If provided it may not be prior to:

-   The sample collection date. If it is, the error message will be:
    **The date of State Notification cannot be prior to the date of
    Sample Collection.**

-   The result analysis complete date. If it is, the error message will
    be: **The date of State Notification cannot be prior to the date of
    Result Analysis.**

-   The sample lab receipt date. If it is, the error message will be:
    **The date of State Notification cannot be prior to the date of Lab
    Receipt.**

*Water System Notification*

*Date* The date the laboratory notified the water system of the
analytical result.

This is an optional field. Do not allow future date. The error message
will be: **Date must not be a future date.** If provided, it may not be
prior to:

-   The sample collection date. If it is, the error message will be:
    **The date of Water System Notification cannot be prior to the date
    of Sample Collection.**

-   The result analysis complete date. If it is, the error message will
    be: **The date of Water System Notification cannot be prior to the
    date of Result Analysis.**

-   The sample lab receipt date. If it is, the error message will be:
    **The date of Water System Notification cannot be prior to the date
    of Lab Receipt.**

*Data Quality* Indicates whether the sample analytical result meets
established data quality acceptance criteria. The laboratory is
responsible for providing data quality information for a sample
analysis. Entries include the following:

> A - Accepted
>
> P - Preliminary
>
> R -- Rejected
>
> This is a required field that will default to Accepted. If no value is
> selected, the error message will be: **Analysis Result Data Quality
> Code may not be left blank.**

*Data Quality Reason* The reason for rejection of an analytical result.
Entries include the following:

> IF - Instrument failure
>
> LC- Lab not certified
>
> LE - Lab error
>
> OT - Other
>
> RC - Requester canceled
>
> WR - Water system rejected the result
>
> This field becomes required if the Data Quality is selected as
> Rejected. If left blank for a rejected data quality selection, the
> error message will be: **A Data Quality Reason code must be entered to
> reject a result.**

[Copper Result:]{.underline}

*Concentration*

*(and unit of measure)* A value that represents the result obtained from
a sample analysis, typically expressed in units per volume.

Enter the concentration and choose the unit from the dropdown list.
Permitted values are those rows from the Unit of Measure table for
chemical result type (C), sorted by the Sort Priority recorded in the
Unit of Measure table. This will produce the following list of UOM
Codes.

mg/L

ug/L

ng/L

This is an optional field. If a concentration value is provided, the
Unit of Measure must be selected. If it is not, the error message will
be: **Analysis Result Concentration Measure Unit may not be left
blank.**

The concentration must be a numeric value. If it is not, the error
message will be: **Reported Measure may only be a valid number.** If the
value is greater than 999,999, the error message will be: **Value too
Large. SDWIS can support up to 6 digits to the left of the decimal.**

*Reporting Level Type*

*(including the less than*

*check box)* Indicates that the analytical result (Concentration) was
less than the regulatory minimum reporting level or the laboratory
reporting level, which must be less than or equal to the regulated
maximum contaminant level (MCL) for the analyte. Results "less than"
these levels are sometimes referred to as "not quantifiable" or "none
detected"; selecting the "less than" checkbox and either "Regulating
Minimum Reporting Level" or "Lab Reporting Level" is the equivalent of
specifying "non-detect" for the analyte.

If the result is less than either level, select the box beside Less Than
and then choose either Regulatory Minimum Reporting Level (MDL) or Lab
Reporting Level (MRL).

If MDL is chosen, the analyte's current regulatory method detection
limit is retrieved from the Analyte Level Rule (or TMNALRA) table and
displayed in the protected level field.

If MRL is chosen, the user must enter a reporting level field that is
not above the regulated MCL for the current analyte. If left blank, the
error message will be: **Lab Report Level may not be blank when a
reporting level type is selected.** (Note that SSWr1 may include the
ability to record Lab Reporting Levels. If so, this will work as
described above.)

When the "less than" box is checked, a reporting level type must be
selected. If it is not, the error message will be: **Reporting Level
Type may not be left blank.**

*Level*

*(and unit of measure)* The limit established by the laboratory below
which scientifically reliable results cannot be achieved. In many cases,
if the lab's detection limit is below the EPA-mandated method detection
limit (MDL) then the MDL is used as the detection limit. If the lab's
detection limit is above the EPA's MDL, then the lab's detection limit
is used.

Enter the result and choose the unit from the dropdown list. Permitted
values are those rows from the Unit of Measure table for chemical result
type (C), sorted by the Sort Priority recorded in the Unit of Measure
table. This will produce the following list of UOM Codes:

mg/L

ug/L

ng/L

> This field is available and required only if the Reporting Level Type
> is designated as Lab Reporting Level (MRL).
>
> If the value entered in the field is greater than the maximum
> contaminant level for this analyte in the Analyte Level Rule (or
> TMNALRA) table, the warning message **Lab Reporting level may not be
> greater than the MCL for this Analyte** will be presented.
>
> If no value is found in the Analyte Level Rule for the MCL, the level
> value entered will be checked against the action level goal value in
> the Analyte Level Rule table for this analyte. If the value in the
> level field is greater than the action level goal (ACL) for this
> analyte in the Analyte Level Rule (or TMNALRA) table, the warning
> message **Lab Reporting level may not be greater than the ACL for this
> Analyte** will be presented.

*Method Code* Represents the method code used to analyze the sample,
such as the EPA-assigned method code EPA 525.1. If a value is supplied,
it must be a valid standard method code assigned to this analyte. If it
is not, the list of valid methods will be presented for selection. If
lab certification edit is enabled (reference details under the **OK**
button), list only those standard methods approved for the laboratory
and copper analyte. (R2001:A.5.4.1.k)

When the Laboratory and Method Codes are entered, if neither RMDL nor
LRL detection level radio button has been set, set LRL detection level
radio button and default Lab reporting limit and UOM. Result will be
populated from the Lab Analyte Method Assignment table associated to the
Laboratory, has as relationship to Standard Method Analyte Association
that is related to the copper analyte, has certification indicator =
'Y', and has the most recent issuance date \<= (analysis end date or
analysis start date, or sample collection end date to be checked in this
order based upon the date being not null.) (R0059:A.5.4.1.l)

This is an optional field.

*Analysis*

*\[Complete\] Date* The date the analysis was completed.

This is an optional field. If provided, it may not be prior to the
sample collection date. If it is, the error message will be: **The date
of Result Analysis cannot be prior to the date of Sample Collection.**

*\[Analysis Complete\]*

*Time* The time that the analysis was complete. The maximum value for
this field is 2359. If a supplied value exceeds this maximum, the error
message will be: **Time entries must be between 00:01 and 23:59.**

If the result complete date is equal to the sample collection date, the
result complete time cannot be later than the sample collection time. If
it is, the error message will be: **The time of Result Analysis cannot
be prior to the time of Sample Collection.**

This is an optional field.

*State Notification Date* The date that the state was notified of the
sample result for this analyte.

This is an optional field. If provided, it may not be prior to:

-   The sample collection date. If it is, the error message will be:
    **The date of State Notification cannot be prior to the date of
    Sample Collection.**

-   The result analysis completes date. If it is, the error message will
    be: **The date of State Notification cannot be prior to the date of
    Result Analysis.**

-   The sample lab receipt date. If it is, the error message will be:
    **The date of State Notification cannot be prior to the date of Lab
    Receipt.**

*Water System Notification*

*Date* The date the laboratory notified the water system of the
analytical result.

This is an optional field. Do not allow future date. The error message
will be: **Date must not be a future date.** If provided, it may not be
prior to:

-   The sample collection date. If it is, the error message will be:
    **The date of Water System Notification cannot be prior to the date
    of Sample Collection.**

-   The result analysis complete date. If it is, the error message will
    be: **The date of Water System Notification cannot be prior to the
    date of Result Analysis.**

-   The sample lab receipt date. If it is, the error message will be:
    **The date of Water System Notification cannot be prior to the date
    of Lab Receipt.**

*Data Quality* Indicates whether the sample analytical result meets
established data quality acceptance criteria. The laboratory is
responsible for providing data quality information for a sample
analysis. Entries include the following:

> A - Accepted
>
> P - Preliminary
>
> R -- Rejected
>
> This is a required field that will default to Accepted. If no value is
> selected, the error message will be: **Analysis Result Data Quality
> Code may not be left blank.**

*Data Quality Reason* The reason for rejection of an analytical result.
Entries include the following:

> IF - Instrument failure
>
> LC- Lab not certified
>
> LE - Lab error
>
> OT - Other
>
> RC - Requester canceled
>
> WR - Water system rejected the result
>
> This field becomes required if the Data Quality is selected as
> Rejected. If left blank for a rejected data quality selection, the
> error message will be: **A Data Quality Reason must be entered to
> reject a result.**

[Buttons:]{.underline}

*\[water system\]*

**Go To** Will present the Water System Maintenance List with
Edit/Select available and allowing only a single-selection.

> Once a water system is selected, the water system will be retrieved
> and the name displayed. Any value in the WSF fields and Sampling Point
> fields will be cleared.

*\[sampling point\]*

**Go To** Will present the Sampling Point Maintenance List with
Edit/Select available and allowing only a single-selection.

*\[laboratory\]*

**Go To** Will present the Laboratory Maintenance List. Only the
'select' menu will be enabled. Add/change will not be allowed for
security reasons.

*\[collector\]*

**Go To** Will present the Legal Entity Maintenance List displaying
INDIVIDUALS designated as collectors. The Edit/Select menu item will be
available and only a single-selection will be allowed.

*\[collection method\]*

**Go To** Will present the Collection Method Maintenance List with
Edit/Select available and allowing only a single-selection.

***\[Lead Result\]***

**Delete Result** If result is associated to a violation, the software
will present the error message: **Result is associated to violation and
may not be deleted**. If result is [not]{.underline} associated to a
violation, the software will present standard deletion confirmation
dialog box. Before deleting a result, if the result was created by
CDSSETUP (d_userid = CDSSETUP), the software will present the advisory
**CDS Setup automatically created this result and will not recreate it
if deleted. Do you wish to proceed?** The advisory dialog box will have
**Yes** and **No** buttons to allow the user to confirm or cancel the
delete request.

> If deletion is confirmed and the result is associated to one or more
> SSMPA or sub-SSMPA, the software will update the d_last_updt_ts for
> each associated SSMPA and sub-SSMPA to the current timestamp and set
> the d_userid_code to CDSSETUP.
>
> Finally the sample analytical result (TSASAR) is deleted along with a
> cascade delete of all associated:

-   SSMPA\_ SAR_ASSOCIATION (TMNSPSRA)

-   SPUBA\_ SAR_ASSOCIATION (TMNSBSRA)

-   OTHER SAMPLE ANALYSIS MEASURES (TSAOSAM)

*\[Lead Result*

*monitoring period\]*

**Go To** Will present the Monitoring Period Maintenance List with
Edit/Select available and allowing only a single-selection. This button
is only enabled in change mode.

*\[Lead Result\]*

**Reset Monitoring**

**Period Association** This button is only enabled in change mode and
only if the result is associated to a monitoring period (either directly
or via an SSMPA). When this button is pressed the following actions will
occur. These changes will not be undone if the **Cancel** button is
subsequently selected.

-   Disassociate the SAMPLE ANALYTICAL RESULT from the MONITORING PERIOD
    by setting the TSASAR.tmnmprd_is_number and TSASAR.tmnmprd_st_code
    to nulls.

-   For each SSMPA associated to the SAMPLE ANALYTICAL RESULT (via the
    SSMPA_SAR_ASSOCIATION (TMNSPSRA)):

> \- update the d_last_updt_ts to current timestamp
>
> \- delete the SSMPA_SAR_ASSOCIATION (TMNSPSRA) record.

-   For each sub-SSMPA associated to the SAMPLE ANALYTICAL RESULT (via
    the SPUBA_SAR_ASSOCIATION (TMNSBSRA)):

> \- update the d_last_updt_ts to current timestamp
>
> \- delete the SPUBA_SAR_ASSOCIATION (TMNSBSRA)

***\[Lead Result\]***

**Clear Detection** Will clear Less Than Indicator, Regulatory Minimum
Reporting Level radio button, Lab Reporting Level radio button,
detection level, and detection level unit of measure fields.

*\[Lead Result*

*Method Code\]*

**Go To** Will present the Analyte Standard Method Maintenance List with
Edit/Select available and allowing only a single-selection. If lab
certification edit is enabled (reference details under the **OK**
button), list only those standard methods approved for the laboratory
and Lead analyte. (R2001:A.5.4.1.g)

***\[Copper Result\]***

**Delete Result** This button will function the same as \[Lead Result\]
Delete Result button.

*\[Copper Result*

*monitoring period\]*

**Go To** Will present the Monitoring Period Maintenance List with
Edit/Select available and allowing only a single-selection. This button
is only enabled in change mode.

*\[Copper Result\]*

**Reset Monitoring**

**Period Association** This button will function the same as \[Lead
Result\] Reset Monitoring Period Association button.

***\[Copper Result\]***

**Clear Detection** Will clear Less Than Indicator, Regulatory Minimum
Reporting Level radio button, Lab Reporting Level radio button,
detection level and detection level unit of measure fields.

*\[Copper Result*

*Method Code\]*

**Go To** Will present the Analyte Standard Method Maintenance List with
Edit/Select available and allowing only a single-selection. If lab
certification edit is enabled (reference details under the **OK**
button), list only those standard methods approved for the laboratory
and Copper analyte. (R2001:A.5.4.1.h)

**Add New Sample** Will perform all edits as if **OK** button were
pressed. After successfully adding the sample and results, the
maintenance window will redisplay. The following fields will retain
their value:

-   For Compliance

-   Collection Date

-   Sample Type

-   Date Lab Received

-   Water System No. and Name

-   All WSF and Sampling Point fields

-   All Lab fields

-   Collector

-   Collection Method

-   Sample Purpose

-   Sample Volume

-   Pb/Cu Type

> This button will be available in both add and change mode.

**Original Sample** Will present the Original Sample Information
(Exhibit 5-13). This button is enabled when the sample is a
confirmation, repeat or a routine with the replacement indicator checked
and the collection date and sampling point have been supplied (because
these two pieces of information are used to search for candidate
original samples).

![](media/image8.png){width="5.996527777777778in"
height="2.0722222222222224in"}

[]{#__RefHeading___Toc173657198 .anchor}**Exhibit 5-13.** Original
Sample Information

> **Search Button** When a candidate original sample is initiated, the
> software will look for all samples collected at the same water system
> and water system facility, collected on or before the collection date
> of the current sample that (a) have either a lead (1030) or copper
> (1022) result or (b) have no results for a general sample. The search
> will return its findings on the General Sample/Sample Summary List
> sorted on Collection Date descending.

**Field Results** Will perform all edits as if **OK** button were
pressed. After successfully adding the sample and results, the software
will flow to the Field Results page described below.

**OK**

*Duplicate Check* Two duplicate checks may be performed prior to adding
or updating the sample as follows:

> The first is an advisory check that will occur on all samples. If a
> sample collected on the same date at the same water system and
> sampling point already exists for the same laboratory, the software
> will provide this advisory: **This is an advisory. A sample already
> exists that was analyzed by this lab for this water system and
> sampling point collected at the same date and time. If you still want
> to proceed to add/change the sample, press the Continue button.
> Otherwise, press the Cancel button to return to the Sample Maintenance
> Page.** Pressing **Continue** resumes the flow as if no advisory
> occurred. Pressing **Cancel** returns the user to the current page.
>
> The second duplicate check only occurs if a Lab Sample No. is
> supplied. If a sample is being added or modified and the Lab Sample
> No. is provided, the software will check to see if a sample with the
> same Lab Sample No., same collection year and analyzed by the same
> laboratory already exists. If so, the software will provide the error
> message **This is a duplicate sample and cannot be added.**

*Result*

*Duplicate Check* If a sample analytical result is found for the same
sample, analyte, analytical method and uom_category, the error message
will be: **Result for the same sample, analyte, method and category of
UOM already exists.**

Otherwise, the Sample analytical result will be created and associated
to the sample and analyte. If a method code was provided, it will also
be associated to the standard method code.

*Other Edit Checks* If the "less than" box is not checked, no Reporting
Level Type selection was made, and no Concentration value was provided,
the error message will be: **Report Level Type and Concentration may not
both be left blank.**

If the sample is a replacement and has been associated to an Original
Sample and the Original Sample has not been invalidated, advise the user
that the original sample needs to be invalidated with the following
message: **The selected original sample has not been invalidated. It
should be invalidated.**

*Lab Certification*

*Check (R2001:A.5.4.1.i)*

> If the sample rejection reason is blank and the SDWIS Configuration
> Parameter table with Configuration ID = 'LABCERT' and Code Table name
> of 'LC_EDITCHK' has a paramter value of 'ERROR', continue with the Lab
> Certification check.
>
> If the Lead result is provided and its data quality code is not equal
> to R-Rejected, use the specified Laboratory,Method code for Lead, and
> one of (Lead Result analysis complete time, analysis start time, or
> sample collection end date, in this order of priority and dependent
> upon a not null value), check for a laboratory analyte method
> assignment with certification indicator = 'Y' and most recent issuance
> date \<= the provided date that is for the Lead analyte. If not found,
> error message will be: **This lab was not certified for this analyte
> and method during sample processing**. Turn the Lead Result method
> code and date that was used in the check red, reverse video.
>
> If the Copper result is provided and its data quality code is not
> equal to R-Rejected, use the specified Laboratory,Method code for
> Copper, and one of (Copper Result analysis complete time, analysis
> start time, or sample collection end date, in this order of priority
> and dependent upon a not null value), check for a laboratory analyte
> method assignment with certification indicator = 'Y' and most recent
> issuance date \<= the provided date that is for the Copper analyte. If
> not found, error message will be: **This lab was not certified for
> this analyte and method during sample processing**. Turn the Copper
> Result method code and date that was used in the check red, reverse
> video.

All other edit checks given above that are applied at the field level
will also be applied when a record is saved.

Add-mode Will create a sample:

-   Will create a sample and associate it to the sampling point from
    which it was taken, the water system which provided it, and the
    laboratory that analyzed it. The d_initial_timestamp,
    d_last_update_timestamp, d_userid_code and d_initial_userid codes
    will be set to current values.

-   If a collector was specified, it will also be associated to the
    individual legal entity that collected it, if the name supplied is
    valid legal entity. If not, the name is populated in the TSASAMPL
    informal_collector field.

-   If a standard method code was supplied, it will also be associated
    to the standard method code.

-   If the sample is confirmation or replacement and the original sample
    was specified, it will be associated to the original sample. If the
    sample is confirmation, the SSMPA of the original sample will have
    the timestamp set to current timestamp.

> If the Rejection Reason has a value, no Sample Results will be
> created; otherwise
>
> If Lead Results were provided, a SAMPLE_ANALYTICAL_RESULT will be
> created and associated to the lead analyte (analyte code = "1030") and
> the new sample. The d_initial_timestamp, d_last_update_timestamp,
> d_initial_userid and d_userid_code will be set to current values.
>
> If Copper Results were provided, a SAMPLE_ANALYTICAL_RESULT will be
> created and associated to the copper analyte (analyte code = "1022")
> and the new sample. The d_initial_timestamp, d_last_update_timestamp,
> d_initial_userid and d_userid_code will be set to current values.

*Change-mode* Will update the sample:

-   When Collector Name is changed:

\- From spaces to a value, if the value is a valid LEGAL_ENTITY,
associate the two. If not, populate the TSASAMPL informal_collector with
the name.

\- From one value to a different value, remove the old value from
TSASAMPL informal_collector or disassociate from the existing
LEGAL_ENTITY. If the new value is a valid LEGAL_ENTITY, associate the
two. If not, populate the TSASAMPL informal_collector with the name.

\- From an existing value to spaces, remove the old value from TSASAMPL
informal_collector or disassociate from the existing LEGAL_ENTITY.

If an original sample was specified, it will be associated to the
original sample. If the sample is a confirmation and the original sample
selection is cleared, an advisory (Exhibit 5-14) will be presented.

![](media/image14.png){width="5.624305555555556in"
height="2.2395833333333335in"}

> []{#__RefHeading___Toc173657199 .anchor}**Exhibit 5-14.**
> Disassociation Confirm Advisory
>
> \- The association to the original sample will be removed when the
> **YES** button is selected.
>
> \- The association to the original sample will be retained when the
> **NO** button is selected.

-   If the \[Sample\] Rejection Reason is changed from spaces to a value
    and the Sample already contained a Lead and/or Copper result that
    has a Data Quality of other than rejected, an advisory will be
    presented notifying that the data quality for the Lead or Copper
    Result, whichever applies, will be set to "R-Rejected" and the Data
    Quality Reason will be set to "Other."

If a different monitoring period is chosen for the lead result:

-   The SAR will be directly associated to the selected monitoring
    period.

-   For each SSMPA associated to the Sample Analytical Result (via the
    SSMPA_SAR_ASSOCIATION (TMNSPSRA)):

```{=html}
<!-- -->
```
-   update the d_last_updt_ts to current timestamp

-   update the d_userid_code to CDSSETUP

-   delete the SSMPA_SAR_ASSOCIATION (TMNSPSRA) record.

```{=html}
<!-- -->
```
-   For each sub-SSMPA associated to the SAMPLE ANALYTICAL RESULT (via
    the SPUBA_SAR_ASSOCIATION (TMNSBSRA)):

```{=html}
<!-- -->
```
-   update the d_last_updt_ts to current timestamp

-   update the d_userid_code to CDSSETUP

-   delete the SPUBA_SAR_ASSOCIATION (TMNSBSRA)

-   If the sample is a "for compliance" sample, the software will
    display the following advisory: **CDS Setup will use the selected
    Monitoring Period rather than the sample date to determine the
    schedule and monitoring period satisfied by this result** (Exhibit
    5-21).

If a different monitoring period is chosen for the copper result:

-   the SAR will be directly associated to the selected monitoring
    period.

-   For each SSMPA associated to the Sample Analytical Result (via the
    SSMPA_SAR_ASSOCIATION (TMNSPSRA)):

```{=html}
<!-- -->
```
-   update the d_last_updt_ts to current timestamp

-   update the d_userid_code to CDSSETUP

-   delete the SSMPA_SAR_ASSOCIATION (TMNSPSRA) record.

```{=html}
<!-- -->
```
-   For each sub-SSMPA associated to the SAMPLE ANALYTICAL RESULT (via
    the SPUBA_SAR_ASSOCIATION (TMNSBSRA)):

```{=html}
<!-- -->
```
-   update the d_last_updt_ts to current timestamp

-   update the d_userid_code to CDSSETUP

-   delete the SPUBA_SAR_ASSOCIATION (TMNSBSRA)

-   if the sample is a "for compliance" sample, the software will
    display the following advisory: **CDS Setup will use the selected
    Monitoring Period rather than the sample date to determine the
    schedule and monitoring period satisfied by this result** (Exhibit
    5-21).

> When either the Lead Sample or the Copper Sample is updated, if the
> Sample has a Field Result associated, the Field Result (TSAMCSMP)
> should have its d_cds_trigger_ts updated to the current timestamp.
> (B.5.4.1.a)

**Cancel** Will present the standard cancel confirmation page.

**Help** Will invoke the online Help facility.

### LCR Sample Summary Maintenance

Exhibit 5-15 depicts the LCR Sample Summary Maintenance page.

  ---------------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------------
  ![](media/image1.png){width="1.9270833333333333in"   ![](media/image15.png){width="4.836805555555555in"
  height="5.372916666666667in"}                        height="3.995833333333333in"}

  ---------------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------------

[]{#__RefHeading___Toc173657200 .anchor}**Exhibit 5-15.** LCR Sample
Summary Maintenance

[Protected Fields:]{.underline}

*\[Audit Information\]* A table of User ID and timestamps for the sample
summary created for each analyte. It will contain the table name
(record), analyte, type, and the timestamp and User ID of when the
record was created and last updated.

[Entry Fields:]{.underline}

Note that the tab order is left to right, top to bottom, and includes
all Entry Fields and buttons unless otherwise noted.

*For Compliance* This check box defaults to checked and indicates that
the sample summary is used for compliance determination.

*Water System No.* The specific Water System No. consisting of the
two-character state code plus the seven-character number field.

> The state code portion will default to the state_identification_code
> in the SYSTEM_VARIABLE entity view.
>
> This is a required field. If left blank, the error message will be:
> **Water System No. must not be blank.**
>
> If a valid water system is entered but is not part of the user's
> current Water System Group or Regulating Agency, invoke exit state
> error message: **WS is not part of current group/agency. Change
> group/agency to access this WS.**
>
> When a valid water system is found, the system will look for a water
> system facility of type distribution system (DS). If one and only one
> is found, it will be populated in the WSF State Asgn ID and WSF Name
> fields. If no distribution WSF is found, the fields will be blank. If
> more than one is found, the error message will be: **Multiple
> Distribution Systems exist for this Water System. Choose DS WSF.**

*\[Water System\] Name* Standard 40-character Public Water System Name
may be entered completely, partially, or left blank. If the user
specifies a partial string in this field, display the closest matching
water system at the top of the list. (Closest matching means a match
with the Water System Name, sorted alphabetically, that starts with the
same text string as supplied.)

> If a valid water system name is entered, the Water System No. is
> populated. When a valid water system is found, the system will look
> for a water system facility of type distribution system (DS). If one
> and only one is found, it will be populated in the WSF State Asgn ID
> and WSF Name fields. If no distribution WSF is found, the fields will
> be blank. If more than one is found, the error message will be:
> **Multiple Distribution Systems exist for this Water System. Choose DS
> WSF.**
>
> If a valid water system is entered but is not part of the user's
> current Water System Group or Regulating Agency, invoke exit state
> error message: **WS is not part of current group/agency. Change
> group/agency to access this WS.**
>
> If the name entered is not found, the software will flow to the Water
> System Maintenance List. The user may then select a value and
> continue.

*WSF State Asgn ID* The state assigned identifier of the water system
facility for which the samples were collected. This field will not be
available for input until a valid Water System No. has been provided.

> When tabbing off or clicking outside the field, the input value will
> be edited. If a match is found for the provided water system, the name
> will be displayed in the water system facility name field. If an exact
> match is not found, the water system facility maintenance list will be
> presented.
>
> This is a required field. If left blank, the error message will be:
> **Water system facility must not be blank.**
>
> If this field is modified, the values should be removed from the
> \[WSF\] Name.

*\[WSF\] Name* The name of the water system facility. The name will be
populated when a valid water system facility is either input in the WSF
State Asgn ID or chosen from the selection list.

> This field will not be available for input until a valid Water System
> No. has been provided.
>
> A name may be input into this field. When tabbing off the field, if
> the name is not found as a valid water system facility for the
> provided water system, the water system facility maintenance list will
> be presented.
>
> This is a required field.
>
> If this field is modified, the values should be removed from the WSF
> State Asgn ID.

*Monitoring Period* The four Monitoring Period fields will be enabled
only after the user values Water System No. The user may enter a valid
monitoring period or press the Monitoring Period **Go To** button.

> Monitoring Period is a required field.

*\[Monitoring Period\]*

*Begin Date* Must not be a future date. The error message will be:
**Date must not be a future date.** If Begin Date and either End Date or
Duration are valued, on tabbing off or clicking outside of the field,
the software will retrieve the monitoring period that matches the
criteria and display it in all monitoring period fields. If no
monitoring period exists that matches the criteria, it will invoke the
Monitoring Period Maintenance List. The software will take no action if
only Begin Date is valued.

*\[Monitoring Period\]*

*Duration* The user may enter a valid monitoring period Duration. If
Duration and either Begin Date or End Date are valued, on tabbing off or
clicking outside of the field, the software will retrieve the monitoring
period that matches the criteria and display it in all monitoring period
fields. If no monitoring period exists that matches the criteria, the
software will invoke the Monitoring Period Maintenance List. The
software will take no action if only Duration is valued. New permitted
values of 2W- Every 2 Weeks and 2M -- Every 2 Months will be included in
the dropdown list. (R03017,R2013:A.5.4.2.a)

*\[Monitoring Period\]*

*End Date* May be a future date. If End Date and either Begin Date or
Duration are valued, on tabbing off or clicking outside of the field,
the software will retrieve the monitoring period that matches the
criteria and display it in all monitoring period fields. If no
monitoring period exists that matches the criteria, it will invoke the
Monitoring Period Maintenance List. The software will take no action if
only End Date is valued.

*Mon. Period \[Name\]*

> If the user enters a valid monitoring period name, on tabbing off or
> clicking outside of the field, the software will retrieve the
> monitoring period that matches the criteria and display it in all
> monitoring period fields. If the user enters a partial string or an
> invalid monitoring period name, the Monitoring Period Maintenance List
> will be invoked.

In Add mode, once a Water System, Water System Facility and Monitoring
Period have been entered; the software will look for any existing Sample
Summaries that match on these three pieces of information. If found, the
software will display all the data associated to matching records on the
page, and move from Add to Change mode.

If no match is found, the software will allow the user to continue
entering data for the new summary.

*\[Sample Collection\]*

*Begin Date* The begin date of the period in which the samples were
taken.

> This is an optional field. Must not be a future date. The error
> message will be: **Date must not be a future date.**

*\[Sample Collection\]*

*End Date* The end date of the period in which the samples were taken.
Providing a value in this field requires that a value be provided in the
sample collection begin date. If the begin date is blank, the error
message will be: **Cannot enter an End Date without a Begin date.**

> The end date cannot be prior to the begin date and must not be a
> future date. If it is, the error message will be: **Start Date must
> equal or precede the End Date or Date must not be a future date.**
>
> This is an optional field.

*Date Summary*

*Received* The date the summary was received.

> This is an optional field. Must not be a future date. The error
> message will be: **Date must not be a future date.**

*Lead Summary Fields*

For the same water system and monitoring period, all lead and copper
summary data will be maintained together, even if it is not all entered
at the same time. For example, a user might initially enter the number
of lead and copper samples and the 90^th^ percentiles for those samples
and then, later enter the 95^th^ percentile lead result, and still later
the number of lead results above the action level. If, when entering a
95^th^ percentile at a later date, the user forgets that he/she had
entered the number of lead and copper samples and the 90^th^ percentiles
and so uses the Add flow, the software will recognize that two matching
summaries already exist.

If a user enters all four pieces of summary information for lead, the
software will create one sample summary and three summary result
records.

*Lead*

*Number of Samples* The number of lead samples included in the summary
result.

> This is an optional field, but one of either Lead or Copper Number of
> Samples must be provided. If both are blank, the error message will
> be: **Must specify the number of samples for Lead, Copper, or both.**

*Lead*

*90^th^ percentile Level* The concentration value of lead in the tap
water exceeded by 10 percent of the sites sampled in the summary. The
value is measured in mg/l and must be a valid number. If it is not a
valid number, the error message will be: **Reported Measure may only be
a valid number.** If the number is greater than 999,999, the error
message will be: **Value too Large. SDWIS can support up to 6 digits to
the left of the decimal.**

> This is an optional field, but if the Lead 90^th^ percentile Level is
> not spaces, the Lead Number of Samples must be provided. If Lead
> Number of Samples is zero the error message will be: **Must specify
> the** **Number of** **Samples for Lead.** **(B.5.4.2.a)**

*Lead*

*No. of Samples*

*Above A.L.* The number of lead samples above the action level. . The
value must be a valid integer. If it is not a valid integer, the error
message will be: **Count** **may only be a valid** **integer.** If the
integer is greater than 9,999,999,999, the error message will be:
**Value too Large. SDWIS can support up to** **10** **digits to the left
of the decimal.** **(B.5.4.2.e)**

This is an optional field.

*Lead*

*95^th^ percentile Level* The concentration value of lead in the tap
water exceeded by 5 percent of the sites sampled in the summary. The
value is measured in mg/l and must be a valid number. If it is not, a
valid number the error message will be: **Reported Measure may only be a
valid number.** If the number is greater than 999,999, the error message
will be: **Value too Large. SDWIS can support up to 6 digits to the left
of the decimal.**

> This is an optional field, but if the Lead 95^th^ percentile Level is
> not spaces, the Lead Number of Samples must be provided. If Lead
> Number of Samples is zero the error message will be: **Must specify
> the Number of Samples for Lead. (B.5.4.2.b)**

*Lead*

*Data Quality* The quality of the sample water analyzed. Permitted
values are:

> A - Accepted (the default)
>
> P - Preliminary
>
> R - Rejected
>
> V - Validated

*Copper Summary Fields*

For the same water system and monitoring period, all lead and copper
summary data will be maintained together even if it is not all entered
at the same time. For example, a user might initially enter the number
of lead and copper samples and the 90^th^ percentiles for both, then
later enter the 95 ^th^ percentile copper result, and still later the
number of copper results above the action level. If, when entering a
95^th^ percentile at a later date, the user forgets that he/she had
entered the number of lead and copper samples and the 90^th^ percentiles
and uses the Add flow, the software will recognize that two matching
summaries already exist.

If a user enters all four pieces of summary information for copper, the
software will create one sample summary and three summary result
records.

*Copper*

*Number of Samples* The number of copper samples included in the summary
result.

> This is an optional field, but one of either Lead or Copper Number of
> Samples must be provided. If both are blank, the error message will
> be: **Must specify the number of samples for Lead, Copper, or both.**

*Copper*

*90^th^ percentile Level* The concentration value of copper in the tap
water exceeded by 10 percent of the sites sampled in the summary. The
value is measured in mg/l and must be a valid number. If it is not a
valid number, the error message will be: **Reported Measure may only be
a valid number.** If the number is greater than 999,999, the error
message will be: **Value too Large. SDWIS can support up to 6 digits to
the left of the decimal.**

> This is an optional field, but if the Copper 90^th^ percentile Level
> is not spaces, the Copper Number of Samples must be provided. If
> Copper Number of Samples is zero the error message will be: **Must
> specify the Number of Samples for Copper. (B.5.4.2.c)**

*Copper*

*No. of Samples*

*Above A.L.* The number of copper samples above the action level.

> The value must be a valid integer. If it is not a valid integer, the
> error message will be: **Count may only be a valid integer.** If the
> integer is greater than 9,999,999,999, the error message will be:
> **Value too Large. SDWIS can support up to 10 digits to the left of
> the decimal. (B.5.4.2.f)**

This is an optional field.

*Copper*

*95^th^ percentile Level* The concentration value of copper in the tap
water exceeded by 5 percent of the sites sampled in the summary. The
value is measured in mg/l and must be a valid number. If it is not a
valid number, the error message will be: **Reported Measure may only be
a valid number.** If the number is greater than 999,999, the error
message will be: **Value too Large. SDWIS can support up to 6 digits to
the left of the decimal.**

> This is an optional field, but if the Copper 95^th^ percentile Level
> is not spaces, the Copper Number of Samples must be provided. If
> Copper Number of Samples is zero the error message will be: **Must
> specify the Number of Samples for Copper. (B.5.4.2.d)**

*Copper*

*Data Quality* The quality of the sample water analyzed. Permitted
values are:

> A - Accepted (the default)
>
> P - Preliminary
>
> R - Rejected
>
> V - Validated

*Lab* *ID No.* The identification number assigned by the to the
laboratory, which performed the analysis. When a value is supplied that
is not found, the lab maintenance list page will be presented. A valid
value in this field will also populate the Laboratory Name.

This is a required field. R0059:A.5.4.2.b)

*Certifying Agency* Select a value from the dropdown list. The value
will be matched against the laboratory's Certifying Agency. The
selections available via the dropdown list will be retrieved from the
TINPVALS table where code_name = "CERT_AG."

> If an exact match is found using the Lab ID No. and Certifying Agency,
> the laboratory name will be displayed.
>
> If none is found, the Laboratory Maintenance List will be presented in
> single-select mode.
>
> Certifying Agency will be a required field. It will default to STATE.
> (R0059:A.5.4.2.c)
>
> (R0059:A.5.4.2.d)

*\[Laboratory\] Name* The name of the laboratory. This field will be
automatically populated when a valid value is either input or selected
in Lab State ID No. and Certifying Agency.

> When a value is supplied that is not found the lab maintenance list
> page will be presented. The selection will also populate the Lab ID
> No. and Certifying Agency. (R0059:A.5.4.2.e)
>
> This is an optional field.

*Comment* A free-form comment area where descriptive text about the
sample summary can be recorded.

> This is an optional field.

[Buttons:]{.underline}

*\[water system\]*

**Go To** Will present the Water System Maintenance List where the
Edit/Select will be available.

> When a valid water system is found the system will look for a water
> system facility of type distribution system (DS). If one and only one
> is found, it will be populated in the WSF State Asgn ID and WSF Name
> fields. If no distribution WSF is found, the fields will be blank. If
> more than one is found, the error message will be: **Multiple
> Distribution Systems exist for this Water System. Choose DS WSF.**

*\[monitoring period\]*

**Go To** Will present the Monitoring Period Maintenance List where the
Edit/Select will be available. Enabled when a water system has been
selected.

*\[laboratory\]*

**Go To** Will present the Laboratory Maintenance List. Only the
'select' menu will be enabled. Add/change will not be allowed for
security reasons.

*\[water system facility\]*

**Go To** Will present the Water System Facility Maintenance List where
the Edit/Select will be available. Enabled when a water system has been
selected.

**Add New**

**Summary** The summary will be processed as described with the **OK**
button below. When successful, the Summary Maintenance Page will be
presented. The monitoring period and laboratory of the current record
will be carried forward.

> This button will be available in both add and change mode.

**Schedules** Will present the Non-TCR Sample Schedule Maintenance List
containing Lead and Copper 90^th^ percentile schedules for selected
water system and facility.

> Usually the schedules for lead (1030) and copper (1022) tap samples
> will be group schedules (i.e., schedules that reference an analyte
> group). The software will look for appropriate schedules (i.e.,
> schedules that reference violation types 51 and 52 and reference
> either lead or copper) through the underlying hidden schedules but
> will display the group schedule. The default list of schedules will
> only display current and future lead and copper tap schedules but the
> user will be able to see all the lead and copper tap schedules by
> selecting View/Show All on the Non-TCR Sample Schedule Maintenance
> List.

**OK**

> Duplicate Check Duplicate criteria for the sample summary is defined
> as an existing summary for the same water system, water system
> facility, analyte, and monitoring period. If an existing sample
> summary is found, the error message will be: **A Sample Summary for
> the same Water System, Water System Facility, Analyte, and Monitoring
> Period already exists. You may either edit the existing sample summary
> or delete it and add a new sample summary.**

Add Mode When Lead values are provided, the following actions are taken:

-   A Sample Summary is created and associated to the water system, Pb90
    analyte, water system facility, and monitoring period.

-   If a laboratory was provided the sample summary is associated to the
    laboratory.

-   If a 90^th^ percentile level is provided (field not blank), a Sample
    Summary Result of type_code '90' is created with the Number of
    Samples field populated in the count_qty field, the 90^th^
    percentile level populated in the measure field, "MG/L" is populated
    as the unit of measure, and the summary result is associated to the
    Sample Summary.

```{=html}
<!-- -->
```
-   If the no. of samples above AL is provided (field not blank), a
    Sample Summary Result of type 'AL' is created and associated to the
    Sample Summary. The No. of Samples Above AL field is populated in
    the count_qty field and measure is 0.

```{=html}
<!-- -->
```
-   If the 95^th^ percentile is provided (field not blank), a Sample
    Summary Result of type '95' is created with the Number of Samples
    field populated in the count_qty field, the 95^th^ percentile level
    populated in the measure field, "MG/L" is populated as the unit of
    measure, and the summary result is associated to the Sample Summary.

> If the Lead number of Samples Above AL is provided, and a 90^th^
> percentile level is not provided, and does not already exist, give an
> advisory asking: "Do you want to add the record or proceed adding a
> 90^th^ percentile?." If the user decides to proceed, the following
> actions are taken:

-   A Sample Summary is created and associated to the water system, Pb90
    analyte, water system facility, and monitoring period.

-   If a laboratory was provided, the sample summary is associated to
    the laboratory.

-   A Sample Summary Result of type 'AL' is created and associated to
    the Sample Summary. The No. of Samples Above AL field is populated
    in the count_qty field and measure is 0.

```{=html}
<!-- -->
```
-   If the 95^th^ percentile is also provided, a Sample Summary Result
    of type '95' is created and associated to the Sample Summary. The
    Number of Samples field is populated in the count_qty field, the
    95^th^ percentile level is populated in the measure field and "MG/L"
    is populated as the unit of measure.

> If the Lead 95^th^ percentile is provided and a 90^th^ percentile lead
> level is not provided and does not already exist, give an advisory
> asking: "Do you want to add the record without adding a 90^th^
> percentile?" If the user decides to proceed, the following actions are
> taken:

-   A Sample Summary is created and associated to the water system, Pb90
    analyte, water system facility, and monitoring period.

-   If a laboratory was provided, the sample summary is associated to
    the laboratory.

> \- A Sample Summary Result of type '95' is created and associated to
> the Sample Summary. The Number of Samples field is populated in the
> count_qty field, the 95^th^ percentile level is populated in the
> measure field and "MG/L" is populated in the unit of measure.
>
> When Copper values are provided, the following actions are taken:

-   A Sample Summary is created and associated to the water system, Cu90
    analyte, water system facility, and monitoring period.

-   If a laboratory was provided, the sample summary is associated to
    the laboratory.

-   If a 90^th^ percentile level is provided (field not blank), a Sample
    Summary Result of type_code '90' is created with the Number of
    Samples field populated in the count_qty field, the 90^th^
    percentile level populated in the measure field, "MG/L" is populated
    in the unit of measure and the summary result is associated to the
    Sample Summary.

```{=html}
<!-- -->
```
-   If the No. of Samples above AL is provided (field is not blank), a
    Sample Summary Result of type 'AL' is created and associated to the
    Sample Summary. The No. of Samples Above AL field is populated in
    the count_qty field and measure is 0.

```{=html}
<!-- -->
```
-   If the 95^th^ percentile is also provided (field not blank), a
    Sample Summary Result of type '95' is created and associated to the
    Sample Summary. The Number of Samples field is populated in the
    count_qty field, the 95^th^ percentile level is populated in the
    measure field and "MG/L" is populated in the unit of measure.

> If the Copper number of Samples Above AL is provided and 90^th^
> percentile level is not provided and does not already exist, give an
> advisory asking: "Do you want to add the record without adding a
> 90^th^ percentile?" If the user decides to proceed, the following
> actions are taken:

-   A Sample Summary is created and associated to the water system, Cu90
    analyte, water system facility, and monitoring period.

-   If a laboratory was provided, the sample summary is associated to
    the laboratory.

-   A Sample Summary Result of type 'AL' is created and associated to
    the Sample Summary. The No. of Samples Above AL is populated in the
    count_qty field and the measure is 0.

```{=html}
<!-- -->
```
-   If the 95^th^ percentile is also provided, a Sample Summary Result
    of type '95' is created and associated to the Sample Summary. The
    Number of Samples field is populated in the count_qty field, the
    95^th^ percentile level is populated in the measure field, and
    "MG/L" is populated in the unit of measure.

> If the Copper 95^th^ percentile is provided and a 90^th^ percentile
> level is not provided and does not already exist, give an advisory
> asking: "Do you want to add the record or proceed without adding a
> 90^th^ percentile?" If the user decides to proceed, the following
> actions are taken:

-   A Sample Summary is created and associated to the water system, Cu90
    analyte, water system facility, and monitoring period.

-   If a laboratory was provided, the sample summary is associated to
    the laboratory.

-   A Sample Summary Result of type '95' is created and associated to
    the Sample Summary. The Number of Samples field is populated in the
    count_qty field, the 95^th^ percentile level is populated in the
    measure field, and "MG/L" is populated in the unit of measure.

Change Mode In change mode, the following information can be changed:

-   Sample Summary comment, compliance purpose, sampling begin and end
    date, summary received date.

-   Association to a different monitoring period.

-   Association to a different laboratory or removal of the laboratory
    association.

-   Sample Summary Result number of samples, 90^th^ percentile level,
    no. of samples above AL, 95^th^ percentile level, or data quality
    code. Rules of adding additional sample summary results are
    documented in the add-mode processing. If the Number of Samples
    value is added or changed, it must effect the county_qty values of
    both the 90^th^ percentile (type code = '90') and 95^th^ percentile
    (type_code = '95') sample summary result records for the appropriate
    analyte's sample summary.

**Cancel** If no data has been input or changed, the page will close and
return to the previous page. If data has been input or changed, the
standard Cancel Confirmation page will be presented.

**Help** Will invoke the system online Help facility.

## General Sample Maintenance Pages

### General Sample Maintenance

Exhibit 5-16 depicts the General Sample Maintenance page.

[Protected Fields:]{.underline}

*\[Water System Facility\]*

*Name* The name of the supplied water system facility.

*Record updated*

*by XXXXXXXX on*

*MM/DD/YYYY*

*HH:MI:SS* The User ID and the timestamp from the last time the sample
record (TSASAMPL) was updated.

*Record created*

*by XXXXXXXX on*

*MM/DD/YYYY*

*HH:MI:SS* The initial User ID and timestamp when the sample (TSASAMPL)
record was initially added to the database.

  ---------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------
  ![](media/image1.png){width="1.4895833333333333in"   ![](media/image16.png){width="5.20625in"
  height="8.000694444444445in"}                        height="8.123611111111112in"}

  ---------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------

[]{#__RefHeading___Toc173657201 .anchor}**Exhibit 5-16.** General Sample
Maintenance

[Entry Fields]{.underline}: In tab sequence.

*For Compliance* This check box marks the sample as being used for
compliance determination. When it is checked, the sample will be used
for compliance. The default is checked. Compliance samples have
different rules than noncompliance samples. These are indicated below.

*Analyte Group \[Code\]* The four-digit code of the analyte group
selected by the user when adding a new sample. Selecting an analyte
group in Add mode will determine the analytes presented for entry of
results and the order in which they are presented. This attribute is
only displayed when adding a new sample and only if an analyte group was
selected. It is not stored with the sample data. If a valid analyte
group code is entered, the software will aslo value analyte group name.

This is an optional field. This field is protected in the Change Mode.

*\[Analyte Group Name\]* The name of the analyte group selected by the
user when initiating the addition of a sample. If a valid analyte name
is entered, the software will also value analyte group code.

This is an optional field. This field is protected in the Change Mode.

*State Classification \[Code\]* This field will allow user to assign the
sample to a pre-defined sample group. The permitted values for the
dropdown list will be retrieved from the CODE table, code_name of
'SMPSTCLASS'.

> If left blank, will default to the state classification code of the
> analyte of the first sample analytical result added.
>
> This is an optional field. (Increase size. (R0036:A.5.5.1.a))

*Lab Sample No.* The sample identification number assigned by the
laboratory for tracking the sample within the lab.

This is a required field. If the Lab Sample No. is not supplied for a
noncompliance sample, the error message is **All samples must have a Lab
Sample No.**

*State Sample No.* The sample identification number assigned by a state
to uniquely identify a specific sample within the state.

This is an optional field.

*Collection Date* The date the sample was collected. A calendar function
is available to aid input.

This is a required field. Must not be a future date. The error message
will be: **Date must not be a future date.**

*Collection Time* The time the sample was collected (in local time).

This is an optional field. If it is provided, the cannot be greater than
or equal to 2400. If so, the error message will be: **Time Entries must
be between 00:01 and 23:59.**

*\[Sample\] Type* The reason for the sample collection. Valid selections
are:

> RT -- Routine
>
> RP -- Repeat
>
> CO -- Confirmation
>
> SP -- Special
>
> BB -- Batch Blanks
>
> FB -- Field Blanks
>
> PE -- Performance Evaluation
>
> SB -- Shipping Blanks
>
> ST -- Split Blanks
>
> MR -- Maximum Residence Time
>
> MS -- Matrix Spike
>
> This is a required field. If the sample type is entered or changed to
> any value other than Routine (RT), Repeat (RP), or Confirmation (CO),
> the software will uncheck the For Compliance checkbox. A user may
> recheck it (even if the Sample Type is not equal to RT, RP, or CO) but
> the sample will not be considered or processed by SDWIS compliance
> determination.
>
> If the sample type is RP (Repeat) or CO (Confirmation), the Original
> Sample button will be enabled and the Original Sample Information page
> will be presented for capture of the original sample when the sampling
> point is supplied.

*Replacement* The Replacement box is used to indicate whether the sample
is taken as a replacement for another sample. Replacement samples either
replace lost or damaged samples that the lab could not analyze or they
replace invalid samples that the lab refused to analyze due to technical
reasons. When the user check this box and tabs off, the Original Sample
button will be enabled and Original Sample Information page will be
presented for capture of the original sample which is being replaced
when the sampling point is supplied.

*Date Lab Rcpt* The date the sample was received by the lab. A calendar
function is available to aid input.

This is an optional field and must not be a future date. The error
message will be: **Date must not be a future date.** When it is
provided, it must be greater than or equal to the collection date or
error message **The date of Lab Receipt cannot be prior to the date of
Sample Collection.** will be given.

> This is an optional field.

*Water System No.* The specific Water System No., which consists of the
two-character state code plus the seven-character number field.

> The state code portion will default to the state_identification_code
> in the SYSTEM_VARIABLE entity view.
>
> When tabbing off or clicking outside this field after supplying a
> value, the water system will be retrieved and the name displayed and
> the WSF State Asgn ID field, sampling point and sampling point
> location and sampling point **Go To** button will be enabled. Any
> value in the WSF ID, WSF Name, Sampling Point and Sample Location
> fields will be removed.
>
> If a valid water system is entered but is not part of the user's
> current Water System Group or Regulating Agency, invoke exit state
> error message: **WS is not part of current group/agency. Change
> group/agency to access this WS.**
>
> If the supplied value is invalid, the Water System Maintenance List
> will be presented listing only Water Systems in the current WS group
> or regulating agency.

This is a required field. If it is left blank, the error message will
be: **Water System No. must not be blank.**

*\[Water System\] Name* The name of the water system of the sample
location.

> Standard 40-character Public Water System Name may be entered
> completely, partially, or left blank. If the user specifies a partial
> string in this field, display the closest matching water system at the
> top of the list. (Closest matching means a match with the Water System
> Name, sorted alphabetically, that starts with the same text string as
> supplied.)
>
> If a valid water system name is entered, the Water System No. is
> populated, and the WSF State Asgn ID, sampling point and sampling
> point location fields and sampling point **Go To** button are enabled.
> Any value in the WSF State Asgn ID and Name, Sampling Point and Sample
> Location fields will be removed.
>
> If a valid water system is entered but is not part of the user's
> current Water System Group or Regulating Agency, invoke exit state
> error message: **WS is not part of current group/agency. Change
> group/agency to access this WS.**
>
> If the name entered is not found, the software will flow to the Water
> System Maintenance List. The user may then select a value and
> continue.

*WSF State Asgn ID* The Water System Facility State Assign ID of the
sample location.

> When tabbing off or clicking outside this field after supplying a
> value, the value will be retrieved and the name displayed
>
> If the supplied value is invalid, the error message will be: **The WSF
> State Asgn ID entered does not belong to this water system.**

This is an optional entry field. It will be valued with the WSF of the
selected sampling point.

If the value of this field is modified the values in \[WSF\] Name,
Sampling Point, and Location will be cleared.

> This field will remain protected until a valid Water System has been
> supplied.

*Sampling Point* The ID of the sampling point where the sample was
taken.

> When tabbing off or clicking outside this field after supplying a
> value, the software will function the same as described for this field
> on the Coliform Sample Maintenance page with the following exception:
> if the sample type is a repeat or [confirmation;]{.underline} or is a
> routine with the replacement indicator checked and the collection date
> is provided, the Original Sample Information will be presented.
>
> This field will remain protected until a valid Water System has been
> supplied.

*\[Sampling Point\]*

*Location* The name of the sampling point.

> When tabbing off this field after supplying a value, the software will
> function the same as described for this field on the Coliform Sample
> Mainteannce page with the following exception: if the sample type is a
> repeat or [confirmation;]{.underline} or is a routine with the
> replacement indicator checked and the collection date is provided, the
> Original Sample Information will be presented.
>
> This field will remain protected until a valid Water System has been
> supplied.

*Lab* *ID No.* The identification number assigned by the to the
laboratory, which performed the analysis. This field will be
automatically populated when a valid value is either input or selected
in Laboratory Name.

> When a value is supplied that is not found, the lab maintenance list
> page will be presented. A valid value in this field will also populate
> the Laboratory Name. (R0059:5.5.1.b)
>
> This is a required field. If left blank, the error message will be:
> **Laboratory may not be left blank.**

*Certifying Agency* Select a value from the dropdown list. The value
will be matched against the laboratory's Certifying Agency. The
selections available via the dropdown list will be retrieved from the
TINPVALS table where code_name = "CERT_AG."

> If an exact match is found using the Lab ID No. and Certifying Agency,
> the laboratory name will be displayed.
>
> If none is found, the Laboratory Maintenance List will be presented in
> single-select mode.
>
> Certifying Agency will be a required field. It will default to STATE.
> (R0059:A.5.5.1.c)
>
> (R0059:A.5.5.1.d)

*\[Laboratory\] Name* The name of the laboratory. This field will be
automatically populated when a valid value is either input or selected
in Lab ID No. and Certifying Agency.

> When a value is supplied that is not found, the lab maintenance list
> page will be presented. The selection will also populate the Lab ID
> No. and Certifying Agency . (A0059:A.5.5.1.e)

*Collector Name* The name of the individual who collected the sample.

> If the entered individual does not exist as a valid legal entity with
> collector_indicator_code = 'Y,' then set TSASAMPL informal_collector
> equal to entered individual.
>
> This is an optional field.

*Collection Method* The standard method used to collect the sample. When
a value is supplied, it must be pre-defined in the standard methods
table. If the value supplied is not found, a selection list of standard
methods will be presented.

*Rejection Reason* The reason a lab rejected a sample for further
analysis. Permitted values will be available in a dropdown list.

> BR - Broken
>
> CL - Chlorine present
>
> EH - Exceeds holding time
>
> HS - Excessive headspace
>
> FZ - Frozen sample
>
> IN - Insufficient information
>
> VO - Insufficient volume
>
> BP - Invalid sampling point
>
> IP - Invalid sampling protocol
>
> LA - Lab accident
>
> LT - Leaked in transit
>
> This is an optional field. When this field is valued in the Add mode,
> the **Add Results** button will be disabled.

*Sample Purpose* This will allow the state to document why sample was
taken. The values entered by the System Administrator will be available
in a "permitted values" dropdown list. The values will be retrieved from
the CODE table, code_name of 'SMPLPURPOS'.

This is an optional field.

*Sample Volume* The volume of sample collected and submitted to the
laboratory. Permitted values are:

1 liter

100 ml

300 ml

400 ml

500 ml

\[Spaces\] (default)

This is an optional field.

**Other Sample Measure(s)** **List Box**

The "Other Sample Measure(s)" list box will allow a user to record
additional measures associated with a sample. This capability will be
added specifically to enable users to record additional sample measures
related to cryptosporidium sampling proposed in the Long-Term 2 Enhanced
Surface Water Treatment Rule (e.g., number of filters used, the packed
pellet volume, sample volume spiked, estimated number of oocysts
spiked).

[List Fields]{.underline}:

Display four rows, allow up to 100 rows, default sort by Name ascending.

*Name* The name of the other measure type as recorded in table Other
Sample Measures (TSAOSM), field Name.

*Value* The numeric or text value of the other sample measure. Only one
will contain a value.

*UOM* The unit of measure abbreviation for the other sample measure
value.

*Comment* A free-form comment area where descriptive text about the
sample can be recorded.

This is an optional field.

**Analytical Results List Box**

In change mode, this list will show all analytical results associated to
the sample sorted by analyte code ascending. Display up to 10 rows,
allow up to 200 rows.

[List Fields]{.underline}:

*Analyte Code* The four-digit code of an analyte.

*Analyte Name* The name of the analyte for which the sample was tested.

*Monitoring Period Name* The name of the monitoring period for the
result. If the result is associated to multiple monitoring periods (via
multiple SSMPA rows), this field will show the word "Multiple".

*Result* For a Microbiological analyte, the software will display
whether the analyte was present or absent plus the count of organisms
(all three fields).

For a Radiological analyte, if the result is less than detect, the
software will display the less-than sign (\<) plus the detection limit
value and unit of measure. If it is not less-than detect, the software
will display the result concentration value and unit of measure plus the
counting error.

For all other analytes, if the result is less than detect, the software
will display the less-than sign (\<) plus the detection limit value and
unit of measure. If it is not less-than detect, the software will
display the result concentration value and unit of measure.

*Level Type* The level type that the detection was measured against.
Values are MDL (Regulatory Minimum Reporting Level) or MRL (Lab
Reporting Level).

*Reporting Level* When MDL this value is the reporting level set by the
regulation. When it is MRL, it is the value set by the laboratory, which
must be less than the regulatory level.

*\[Monitoring Period\]*

*Begin Date* The begin date of the monitoring period for which this
sample result applies. If the Monitoring Period Name shows the word
'Multiple' the begin date will be populated with the begin date of
earliest monitoring period associated to the result via any SSMPA rows.

*\[Monitoring Period\]*

*End Date* The end date of the monitoring period for which this sample
result applies. If the Monitoring Period Name shows the word 'Multiple'
the end date will be populated with the end date of earliest monitoring
period associated to the result via any SSMPA rows.

*Data Quality* The data quality of this result; preliminary, accepted,
validated or rejected.

*Method Code* The code associated to the method used by the laboratory
during the analysis.

*Analysis Date* The date the sample was analyzed for this result.

[Buttons:]{.underline}

*\[analyte group\]*

**Go To** Will present the Analyte Group Maintenance List. Only the
'select' menu will be enabled. Add/change will not be allowed for
security reasons.

*\[water system\]*

**Go To** Will present the Water System Maintenance List with water
system from the current WS group or regulating agency. Only the 'select'
menu will be enabled. Add/change will not be allowed for security
reasons.

*\[sampling point\]*

**Go To** Will present the Sampling Point Maintenance List. Only the
'select' menu will be enabled. Add/change will not be allowed for
security reasons.

*\[laboratory\]*

**Go To** Will present the Laboratory Maintenance List. Only the
'select' menu will be enabled. Add/change will not be allowed for
security reasons.

*\[collector\]*

**Go To** Will present the Legal Entity Maintenance List displaying only
INDIVIDUALs designated as collectors. Only the 'select' menu will be
enabled. Add/change will not be allowed for security reasons.

*\[collection method\]*

**Go To** Will present the Collection Method Maintenance List. Only the
'select' menu will be enabled. Add/change will not be allowed for
security reasons.

*\[Other Sample Measure(s)\]*

**Add** Will perform all edits as if **OK** button were pressed. After
successfully adding or modifying the sample, the software will present
the Other Sample Measure maintenance page in add mode.

*\[Other Sample Measure(s)\]*

**Change** Will perform all edits as if **OK** button were pressed.
After successfully modifying the sample, will present the Other Sample
Measure maintenance page in change mode. This item is only available if
a row has been selected in the list area.

*\[Other Sample Measure(s)\]*

**Delete** Will perform all edits as if **OK** button were pressed.
After successfully modifying the sample, the software will delete the
Other Sample Measure record. This item is only available if a row has
been selected in the list area. No delete confirmation message is
presented.

**Original Sample** Will present the Original Sample Information. This
button is enabled when the sample is a confirmation, repeat or a routine
with the replacement indicator checked and the collection date and
sampling point have been supplied. Reference page documentation above
for more details on the Original Sample Information page.

**Add Result** Will perform all edits as if **OK** button were pressed.
After successfully adding or modifying the sample, the software will
present the Analytical Result Maintenance page. If an Analyte Group was
selected and no results exist, pressing this button will present the
Analytical Result maintenance page that corresponds to the analyte type
(as specified below) of the first analyte in the group. Otherwise, the
user will be prompted to enter an analyte on the Analyte Entry page.
Based on the Type Code of the analyte, the software will flow to the
appropriate result maintenance page.

**Analyte Entry**

Exhibit 5-17 depicts the Analyte Entry advisory.

![](media/image17.png){width="5.992361111111111in"
height="4.2027777777777775in"}

[]{#__RefHeading___Toc173657202 .anchor}**Exhibit 5-17.** Analyte Entry
Advisory

> [Entry field:]{.underline}
>
> *Analyte Code* The four-digit analyte code for which a result will be
> entered for this sample.
>
> This is a required field. When a valid value is entered, the name will
> be presented. If an invalid value is entered, the Analyte Selection
> List will be presented.
>
> *\[Analyte\] Name* The name of the analyte.
>
> [Buttons:]{.underline}
>
> *\[analyte\]*
>
> **Go To** Will present the Analyte Selection List
>
> **OK** Using the Type Code of the selected analyte, the software will
> flow to the appropriate Result Maintenance page as specified below.

  ------------------------------ ----------------------------------------
  **Analyte Type Code**          **Result Maintenance Page**

  IOC, OC, WQ, OT                General Result

  RA                             Radiological

  MOR                            Microbiological
  ------------------------------ ----------------------------------------

> **Cancel** Will close the page and return to the General Sample
> maintenance page.
>
> **Help** Will invoke the system online Help facility.

**Change Result** Will perform all edits as if **OK** button were
pressed. After successfully modifying the sample, will present the
Analytical Result maintenance page in change mode. This item is only
available if a result has been selected in the list area.

**Delete Result** Will perform all edits as if **OK** button were
pressed and successfully modifying the sample.

> If the result has an association to a violation, the delete request
> will be denied. The error message will be: **May not delete this
> Result because it is associated to a Violation.**

Before deleting a result, if the result was created by CDSSETUP
(d_userid = CDSSETUP), the software will present the advisory **CDS
Setup automatically created this result and will not recreate it if
deleted. Do you wish to proceed?** The advisory dialog box will have
**Yes** and **No** buttons to allow the user to confirm or cancel the
delete request. If Yes is chosen, the Delete Result confirmation dialog
box will be presented. If No is chosen the page will return to the
General Sample Maintenance page.

> If no conflicts or advisory conditions exist, the Delete Result
> confirmation will be presented.
>
> This item is only available if a result has been selected in the list
> area.
>
> Exhibit 5-18 depicts the Delete Result confirmation dialog box.
>
> ![](media/image10.png){width="5.99375in"
> height="3.0493055555555557in"}

[]{#__RefHeading___Toc173657203 .anchor}**Exhibit 5-18.** Delete Result
Dialog Box

> [Buttons:]{.underline}
>
> **OK** If confirmed and the result is associated to one or more SSMPA,
> the software will update the timestamp for each associated SSMPA to
> the current date and time and set the d_userid to CDSSETUP. The
> software will next delete the associative record between the result
> and SSMPA (a new entity introduced in SSWr1) and finally will delete
> the result. The informational message **Sample Analytical Result has
> been removed from the database** will be presented and then the
> General Sample Maintenance page will be presented with the result
> removed from the list.
>
> **Cancel** Will abort the delete and return to the General Sample
> Maintenance page.

**Associate All**

**Results to Different**

**Monitoring Period** Will present the Monitoring Period Maintenance
List in single-select mode. Once a monitoring period is selected, the
software will do the following for each result. These changes will not
be undone if the **Cancel** button is subsequently selected.

> Associate the result directly to the selected monitoring period.

-   For each SSMPA associated to the Sample Analytical Result (via the
    SSMPA_SAR_ASSOCIATION (TMNSPSRA)):

```{=html}
<!-- -->
```
-   update the d_last_updt_ts to current timestamp

-   update the d_userid_code to CDSSETUP

-   delete the SSMPA_SAR_ASSOCIATION (TMNSPSRA) record.

```{=html}
<!-- -->
```
-   For each sub-SSMPA associated to the SAMPLE ANALYTICAL RESULT (via
    the SPUBA_SAR_ASSOCIATION (TMNSBSRA)):

```{=html}
<!-- -->
```
-   update the d_last_updt_ts to current timestamp

-   update the d_userid_code to CDSSETUP

-   delete the SPUBA_SAR_ASSOCIATION (TMNSBSRA)

> If the SAR is not a TCR result (see specifications elsewhere) and the
> sample is a "for compliance" sample, the software will display the
> following advisory: **CDS Setup will use the selected Monitoring
> Period rather than the sample date to determine the schedule and
> monitoring period satisfied by this result** (Exhibit 5-21).

**Add New Sample** Will perform all edits as if **OK** button were
pressed. After successfully adding the sample, the maintenance window
will redisplay. The following fields will have their value retained:

-   For Compliance

-   Analyte Group

-   State Classification

-   Collection Date

-   Sample Type

-   Date Lab Received

-   Water System No. and Name

-   All WSF and Sampling Point fields

-   All Lab fields

-   Collector

-   Collection Method

-   Sample Purpose

-   Sample Volume

> This button will be available in both add and change mode.

**Field Results** Will perform all edits as if **OK** button were
pressed. After successfully adding the sample and results, the software
will flow to the Field Results page described below.

**OK**

*Duplicate Check* Two duplicate checks may be performed prior to adding
or updating the sample as follows:

> The first is an advisory check that will occur on all samples. If a
> sample collected on the same date at the same water system and
> sampling point already exists for the same laboratory, the software
> will provide this advisory: **This is an advisory. A sample already
> exists that was analyzed by this lab for this water system and
> sampling point collected at the same date and time. If you still want
> to proceed to add/change the sample, press the Continue button.
> Otherwise, press the Cancel button to return to the Sample Maintenance
> Page.** Pressing **Continue** resumes the flow as if no advisory
> occurred. Pressing **Cancel** returns the user to the current page.
>
> The second duplicate check only occurs if a Lab Sample No. is
> supplied. If a sample is being added or modified and the Lab Sample
> No. is provided, the software will check to see if a sample with the
> same Lab Sample No., same collection year and analyzed by the same
> laboratory already exists. If so, the software will provide the error
> message: **This is a duplicate sample and cannot be added.**

*Add-mode* Will create a sample and associate it to the sampling point
from which it was taken, the water system which provided it, and the
laboratory that analyzed it. The sample d_initial_timestamp,
d_last_update_timestamp, d_userid_code and d_initial_userid will be set
to current values.

> If a collector was specified it will also be associated to the
> individual legal entity that collected it, if the name supplied is a
> valid legal entity. If not a valid legal entity the name will be
> populated in the TSASAMPL informal_collector field.
>
> If a standard method was supplied, it will also be associated to the
> standard method code.

If the sample is confirmation, repeat or routine with the replacement
indicator checked and the original sample was specified, it will be
associated to the original sample. If the sample is confirmation, the
SSMPA of the original sample will have the timestamp set to current
timestamp.

*Change-mode* Will update the sample:

> When Collector Name is changed :
>
> \- From spaces to a value, if the value is a valid LEGAL_ENTITY
> associate the two. If not, populated the TSASAMPL informal_collector
> with the name.
>
> \- From one value to a different value, remove the old value from
> TSASAMPL informal_collector or disassociate from the existing
> LEGAL_ENTITY. If the new value is a valid LEGAL_ENTITY associate the
> two. If not, populated the TSASAMPL informal_collector with the name.
>
> \- From an existing value to spaces, remove the old value from
> TSASAMPL informal_collector or disassociate from the existing
> LEGAL_ENTITY
>
> If the sample is confirmation, repeat or routine with the replacement
> indicator checked and the original sample was specified, it will be
> associated to the original sample. If the original sample selection is
> cleared, an advisory will be presented.
>
> If the Rejection Reason is changed from no value to a value, if the
> sample has any associated results with a data quality value of other
> than rejected, an advisory will be presented notifying that all
> associated results will be updated with a Data Quality value of
> "R-Rejected" and a Data Quality Reason code of "Other."
>
> When the Sample has as associated Field Result, the Field Result
> d_cds_trigger_ts should also be updated to current timestamp.
> (B.5.5.1.a)

**Cancel** Will present the standard cancel confirmation page.

**Help** Will invoke the system online Help facility.

####  Other Sample Measure Maintenance

Other Sample Measure Maintenance page (Exhibit 5-19) will allow a user
to enter and maintain additional measures associated with a sample. This
capability will be added specifically to enable users to record sample
measures related to cryptosporidium sampling proposed in the Long-Term 2
Enhanced Surface Water Treatment Rule (e.g., number of filters used, the
packed pellet volume, sample volume spiked, estimated number of oocysts
spiked). A sample can optionally have one or more additional sample
measures.

[Protected Fields:]{.underline}

*Lab Sample No.* The supplied Lab Sample No.

*State Sample No.* The supplied State Sample No.

*Water System No.* The number of the selected water system for the
sample.

*\[Water System\] Name* The name of the water system.

*WSF State Asgn ID* The state ID number of the water system facility to
which this sampling point belongs.

*\[WSF\] Name* The name of the water system facility to which the
sampling point belongs.

*Sampling Point* The user-assigned ID of the sampling point.

*\[Sampling Point\] Location* The user-supplied name of the sampling
point.

*Lab* *ID No.* A code assigned by the state certifying authority that

*(R0059:*A.5.5.1.1.a) uniquely identifies the lab.

*Certifying Agency* The agency that certified or issued the Lab ID No.
(R0059:A.5.5.1.1.b)

(R0059:A.5.5.1.1.c)

  ---------------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------------
  ![](media/image1.png){width="1.9270833333333333in"   ![](media/image18.png){width="3.841666666666667in"
  height="5.372916666666667in"}                        height="2.9611111111111112in"}

  ---------------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------------

[]{#__RefHeading___Toc173657204 .anchor}**Exhibit 5-19.** Other Sample
Measure Maintenance

[Entry Fields:]{.underline}

*Measure Name* The name of the measure type as recorded in table Other
Sample Measure (TSAOSM), field Name. This field is required.

> This will be a dropdown field. Permitted values for this field will be
> recorded in table Sample Measure Type (TSASMMT) and will include the
> following:
>
> VOLUME FILTERED
>
> NUMBER OF FILTERS
>
> VOLUME SPIKED
>
> EST NUMBER OOCYSTS SPIKED
>
> PACKED PELLET VOLUME

*Numeric Value* The numeric value of the other sample measure as
recorded in table Other Sample Measure (TSAOSM), field Value_num. The
size of the value that can be entered will be controlled by the
specifications recorded in table Sample Measure Type. A numeric value is
required if the data_type of the selected sample measure type is "N." If
the data_type of the selected sample measure type is not "N," this field
will be protected. Zero will be treated as a value.

*Text Value* The text value of the other sample measure as recorded in
table Other Sample Measure (TSAOSM), field Value_text. The size of the
value that can be entered will be controlled by the specifications
recorded in table Sample Measure Type. A text value is required if the
data_type of the selected sample measure type is "T." If the data_type
of the selected sample measure type is not "T," this field will be
protected.

*UOM* The unit of measure abbreviation for the sample measure value as
recorded in table Other Sample Measure (TSAOSM), field UOM_CODE.

> This field is optional for text values and required for numeric
> values. When not provided for a numeric value the error message will
> be: **UOM code is required for a numeric measure value.**
>
> The permitted values for this field will be controlled by the
> associations between the selected measure type and unit of measure as
> recorded in table Other Sample Permitted Measures (TSAOSPM). The
> following are examples

+-------------------------------------------+--------------------------+
| Sample Measure Type                       | Permitted UOM            |
+-------------------------------------------+--------------------------+
| NUMBER OF FILTERS                         | N (number)               |
+-------------------------------------------+--------------------------+
| PACKED PELLET VOLUME                      | G (gallons)              |
|                                           |                          |
|                                           | L (liters)               |
|                                           |                          |
|                                           | mL (milliliter)          |
+-------------------------------------------+--------------------------+
| VOLUME FILTERED                           | G (gallons)              |
|                                           |                          |
|                                           | L (liters)               |
|                                           |                          |
|                                           | mL (milliliter)          |
+-------------------------------------------+--------------------------+
| VOLUME SPIKED                             | G (gallons)              |
|                                           |                          |
|                                           | L (liters)               |
|                                           |                          |
|                                           | mL (milliliter)          |
+-------------------------------------------+--------------------------+

[Buttons:]{.underline}

**OK** If a value is not supplied for Name, the error message will be:
**Measure type Name must be supplied.**

> If the data type of the selected measure type is equal to N and
> Numeric Value or UOM are not supplied, the error message will be:
> **Both a numeric value and UOM are required for this measure type.**
>
> If the data type of the selected measure type is equal to T and a Text
> Value is not supplied, the error message will be: **A Text Value is
> required for this measure type.**

*Duplicate check* If a record is found in the database with the same
Measure Name for the current sample, the error message will be: **Other
Sample Measure already exists for current Sample.**

*Add-Mode* An Other Sample Measure will be created and associated to the
sample.

*Change-Mode* The Other Sample Measure will be changed.

The software will flow back to the previous sample maintenance page in
Change mode.

**Cancel** If changes have been made the standard cancel confirmation
page will be presented. If no changes have been made the page will close
and return to the sample maintenance page in change mode.

**Help** Will invoke the system online Help facility.

### General Result Maintenance

Exhibit 5-20 depicts the General Results Maintenance page.

The General Result Maintenance page has two different methods of
capturing information. One is based upon individual analyte selection,
the second is based upon an analyte group selection whereby the analytes
contained by the group are automatically presented on the page. The
Microbiological Result Maintenance page and the Radiological Result
Maintenance page function similarly to the General Result Maintenance
page. Design for those pages only discusses the exceptions to this page.

  ---------------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------------
  ![](media/image1.png){width="2.2493055555555554in"   ![](media/image19.png){width="4.841666666666667in"
  height="5.947916666666667in"}                        height="6.002083333333333in"}

  ---------------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------------

[]{#__RefHeading___Toc173657205 .anchor}**Exhibit 5-20.** General
Results Maintenance

[Protected Fields:]{.underline}

*Lab Sample No.* The supplied Lab Sample No.

*State Sample No.* The supplied State Sample No.

*Water System No.* The number of the selected water system for the
sample.

*\[Water System\] Name* The name of the water system.

*WSF State Asgn ID* The state ID number of the water system facility to
which this sampling point belongs.

*\[WSF\] Name* The name of the water system facility to which the
sampling point belongs.

*Sampling Point* The user-assigned ID of the sampling point.

*\[Sampling Point\] Location* The user-supplied name of the sampling
point.

*Lab* *ID No.* A code assigned by the state certifying authority that
uniquely identifies the lab. *(R0059:A.5.5.2.a)*

*Certifying Agency* The agency that certified or issued the Lab ID No.
(R0059:A.5.5.2.b)

(R0059:A.5.5.2.c)

*\[Laboratory\] Name* The commonly used name of the laboratory.

*Analyte Group \[Code\]* The code of the analyte group selected for
which the displayed analyte is a component.

*\[Analyte Group\] Name* The user-specified name of the analyte group.

*Sequence n of N* An indication of which analyte within the group is
currently presented.

*Monitoring Period* This field will be display-only list box showing all
monitoring periods associated to this result via the SSMPA rows. Only
two rows will be visible without vertical scrolling. Three columns
showing name, begin date and end date will be displayed but no column
headings will be presented to conserve page space. This field is always
protected in add mode but modifiable with the use of the **Go To**
button in change mode.

*Record updated*

*by XXXXXXXX on*

*MM/DD/YYYY*

*HH:MI:SS* The User ID and the timestamp from the last time the result
record (TSASAR) was updated.

*Record created*

*by XXXXXXXX on*

*MM/DD/YYYY*

*HH:MI:SDWIS/STATE* The initial User ID and timestamp when the result
(TSASAR) record was initially added to the database.

[Data Entry Fields]{.underline}:

*Analyte* The analyte code for which the result is going to be entered.
If the value input is not a valid analyte, the analyte maintenance list
will be displayed in single-select mode sorted by ascending analyte
code. The analyte maintenance list will display only analyte codes where
the type_code equals "OC," "IOC" or "WQ" or where the State Code for the
Analyte is not equal to HQ and its type_code is "OT."

This is a required field. If it is left blank, the error message will
be: **Analyte Code may not be left blank.**

> The default Method Code and default Lab Reporting Level for the result
> will be populated from the Lab Analyte Method Assignment table that is
> associated to the Laboratory, has as relationship to Standard Method
> Analyte Association that is related to the specified analyte, has
> default method indicator = 'Y', has certification indicator = 'Y' and
> has the most recent issuance date \<= (analysis end date or analysis
> start date, or sample collection end date to be checked in this order
> based upon the date being not null.) (R0059:A.5.5.2.e)

*\[Analyte Name\]* The name of the analyte code selected. Will be
populated when valid analyte code is supplied.

When a value is entered directly is not a valid analyte, the analyte
maintenance list will be displayed in single-select mode sorted by
ascending analyte name. The analyte maintenance list will display only
analyte codes where the type_code equals "OC," "IOC" or "WQ" or where
the State Code for the Analyte is not equal to HQ and its type_code is
"OT."

*Concentration*

*(and unit of measure)* A value that represents the result obtained from
a sample analysis.

> This field will accept negative values.
>
> Enter the concentration and choose the unit from the dropdown list.
> Permitted values are those rows from the Unit of Measure table for all
> result types except radiological (RA), sorted by the Sort Priority
> recorded in the Unit of Measure table. This will produce the following
> list of UOM Codes:
>
> mg/L
>
> ug/L
>
> %LUM
>
> %PUR
>
> ADMIU
>
> AGGR
>
> C
>
> CM-1
>
> CT
>
> CU
>
> F
>
> FTU
>
> L/mg-m
>
> L/mg-cm
>
> LANG
>
> Lbs/CFt
>
> Lbs/gal
>
> MFL
>
> ng/L
>
> nm
>
> NTU
>
> OBSVNS
>
> pH
>
> Ratio
>
> SU
>
> TON
>
> umho/cm
>
> This is an optional field. If a concentration value is provided the
> Unit of Measure must be selected. If it is not, the error message will
> be: **Analysis Result Concentration Measure Unit may not be left
> blank.**
>
> If the selected analyte contains a reportable start date, previous
> releases of the software only allowed the unit of measure to be mg/L
> or ug/L. This edit check is removed in this release.

The concentration must be a numeric value. If it is not, the error
message will be: **Reported Measure may only be a valid number.** If the
value is greater than 999,999, the error message will be: **Value too
Large. SDWIS can support up to 6 digits to the left of the decimal.**

If the concentration value is greater than the reporting level for this
analyte, the error message will be: **Concentration MUST NOT exceed
Reporting Level.**

*Reporting Level Type*

*(including the less than*

*check box)* Indicates that the analytical result (Concentration) was
less than the regulatory minimum reporting level or the laboratory
reporting level, which must be less than or equal to the regulated
maximum contaminant level (MCL) for the analyte. The error message will
be: **Lab Reporting Level may not be greater than MCL for this
Analyte.** Results "less than" these levels are sometimes referred to as
"not quantifiable" or "none detected"; selecting the "less than"
checkbox and either "Regulating Minimum Reporting Level" or "Lab
Reporting Level" is the equivalent of specifying "non-detect" for the
analyte.

> If the result is less than either level, select the box beside Less
> Than and then choose either Regulatory Minimum Reporting Level (MDL)
> or Lab Reporting Level (MRL).
>
> If the user chooses MDL, the current analyte's regulatory method
> detection limit is retrieved from the Analyte Level Rule (or TMNALRA)
> table and displayed in the protected level field.
>
> If the user chooses MRL, the user must enter a result level in the
> Level field that is not above the regulated MCL for the current
> analyte. If left blank, the error message will be: **Analysis Result
> Level may not be left blank.**
>
> When the "less than" box is checked a reporting level type must be
> selected. If it is not, the error message will be: **Reporting Level
> Type may not be left blank.**

*Level*

*(and unit of measure)* The limit established by the laboratory below
which scientifically reliable results cannot be achieved. In many cases,
if the lab's detection limit is below the EPA-mandated method detection
limit (MDL), then the MDL is used as the detection limit. If the lab's
detection limit is above the EPA's MDL, then the lab's detection limit
is used.

> Enter the result and choose the unit from the dropdown list. Permitted
> values are those rows from the Unit of Measure table for all result
> types except radiological (RA), sorted by the Sort Priority recorded
> in the Unit of Measure table. This will produce the same list as above
> for the Concentration unit of measure field.

This field is available and required only if the Reporting Level Type is
designated as Lab Reporting Level (MRL).

> If the value entered in the field is greater than the maximum
> contaminant level for this analyte in the Analyte Level Rule (or
> TMNALRA) table, the warning message **Lab Reporting level may not be
> greater than the MCL for this Analyte** will be presented.
>
> If no value is found in the Analyte Level Rule for the MCL, the level
> value entered will be checked against the maximum contaminant level
> goal value in the Analyte Level Rule table for this analyte. If the
> value in the level field is greater than the maximum contaminant level
> goal (MCLG) for this analyte in the Analyte Level Rule (or TMNALRA)
> table, the warning message **Lab Reporting level may not be greater
> than the MCLG for this Analyte** will be presented.
>
> If no value is found in the Analyte Level Rule for the MCLG, the level
> value entered will be checked against the action level goal value in
> the Analyte Level Rule table for this analyte. If the value in the
> level field is greater than the action level goal (ACL) for this
> analyte in the Analyte Level Rule (or TMNALRA) table, the warning
> message **Lab Reporting level may not be greater than the ACL for this
> Analyte** will be presented.

*Method Code* Represents the method used to analyze the sample, such as
the EPA-assigned method code EPA 525.1. If a value is supplied, it must
be a valid standard method code assigned to this analyte. If it is not,
the list of valid methods will be presented for selection. If lab
certification edit is enabled (reference details under the **OK**
button), list only those standard methods approved for the laboratory
and analyte. (R2001:A.5.5.2.g)

When the Laboratory and Method Code are entered, if neither RMDL nor LRL
detection level radio button has been set, set LRL detection level radio
button and default Lab reporting limit and UOM. Result will be populated
from the Lab Analyte Method Assignment table that is associated to the
Laboratory, has as relationship to Standard Method Analyte Association
that is related to the analyte, has certification indicator = 'Y' and
has the most recent issuance date \<= (analysis end date or analysis
start date, or sample collection end date to be checked in this order
based upon the date being not null.) (R0059:A.5.5.2.h)

This is an optional field.

*Volume Assayed* The unit of measure for microbiological analysis.
Permitted values are:

> 1 ml

5 ml

> 10 ml
>
> 100 ml
>
> 300 ml
>
> 400 ml
>
> 500 ml
>
> \<spaces\> (the default)

This is an optional field.

*Analysis Start Date* The start date that the analysis began.

> This is an optional field. Must not be a future date. The error
> message will be: **Date must not be a future date.** If it is
> provided, it cannot be earlier than the sample's collection date. If
> it is, the error message will be: **The date of Result Analysis cannot
> be prior to the date of Sample Collection.** If a complete date is
> also provided, the start date must precede the end date. If it does
> not, the error message will be: **Start Date must precede End Date.**

*Analysis Start Time* The time that the analysis was started. The value
cannot be greater than or equal to 2400. If so, the error message will
be: **This field must match pattern HH:MM.**

> If the result complete date is equal to the sample collection date,
> the result complete time cannot be greater than the sample collection
> time. If it is, the error message will be: **The time of Result
> Analysis cannot be prior to the time of Sample Collection.**

This is an optional field.

*Analysis Complete Date* The date the analysis was completed.

> This is an optional field. Must not be a future date. The error
> message will be: **Date must not be a future date.** If provided, it
> may not be prior to the sample collection date. If it is, the error
> message will be: **The date of Result Analysis cannot be prior to the
> date of Sample Collection.**
>
> If a Lab Receipt Date is provided for the sample, the supplied
> Analysis Complete Date must be on or after the Lab Receipt date. The
> error message will be: **The Analysis Complete Date cannot be prior to
> the Lab Receipt Date.**

*Analysis Complete Time* The time that the analysis was complete. The
value cannot be greater than or equal to 2400. If so, the error message
will be: **This field must match pattern HH:MM.**

> If the result complete date is equal to the sample collection date,
> the result complete time cannot be greater than the sample collection
> time. If it is, the error message will be: **The time of Result
> Analysis cannot be prior to the time of Sample Collection.**
>
> If the result complete date is equal to the result start date, the
> result complete time cannot be greater than the result start time. If
> it is, the error message will be: **The complete cannot be prior to
> the start time of Result Analysis.**

This is an optional field.

*State Notification Date* The date that the state was notified of the
sample result for this analyte.

> This is an optional field. Must not be a future date. The error
> message will be: **Date must not be a future date.** If provided, it
> may not be prior to:

-   The sample collection date. If it is, the error message will be:
    **The date of State Notification cannot be prior to the date of
    Sample Collection.**

-   The result analysis complete date. If it is, the error message will
    be: **The date of State Notification cannot be prior to the date of
    Result Analysis.**

-   The sample lab receipt date. If it is, the error message will be:
    **The date of State Notification cannot be prior to the date of Lab
    Receipt.**

*Water System Notification*

*Date* The date the laboratory notified the water system of the
analytical result.

> This is an optional field. Must not be a future date. The error
> message will be: **Date must not be a future date.** If provided, it
> may not be prior to:

-   The sample collection date. If it is, the error message will be:
    **The date of State Notification cannot be prior to the date of
    Sample Collection.**

-   The result analysis complete date. If it is, the error message will
    be: **The date of State Notification cannot be prior to the date of
    Result Analysis.**

-   The sample lab receipt date. If it is, the error message will be:
    **The date of State Notification cannot be prior to the date of Lab
    Receipt.**

*Data Quality* Indicates whether the sample analytical result meets
established data quality acceptance criteria. The laboratory is
responsible for providing data quality information for a sample
analysis. Entries include the following:

> A - Accepted
>
> P - Preliminary
>
> R -- Rejected
>
> V -- Validated
>
> This is a required field that will default to Accepted. If it is
> changed to other than accepted but then changed back, it will become
> protected and any value in Data Quality Reason will be removed.
>
> If no value is selected, the error message will be: **Analysis Result
> Data Quality Code may not be left blank.**
>
> If V-Validated is selected, the following edits will be performed when
> tabbing from the field.

-   If the analyte code is not equal to total coliform (3100), fecal
    coliform (3013), or *E. coli* (3014), the error message will be:
    **Only Distribution TCR Results can be validated.**

-   If the analyte code is equal to total coliform (3100), fecal
    coliform (3013), or *E. coli* (3014), and the water system facility
    type for the sample is equal to a distribution system (DS) the error
    message will be: **Validate Distribution TCR Results in the
    Compliance Determination component.**

-   If the analyte code is equal to total coliform (3100), fecal
    coliform (3013), or *E. coli* (3014), and the water system facility
    type for the sample is equal to any type other than distribution
    system (DS), the error message will be: **Only Distribution TCR
    Results can be validated.**

*Data Quality Reason* The reason for rejection of an analytical result.
Entries include the following:

> IF - Instrument failure
>
> LC- Lab not certified
>
> LE - Lab error
>
> OT - Other
>
> RC - Requester canceled
>
> WR - Water system rejected the result
>
> This field becomes required if the Data Quality is selected as
> Rejected. If left blank for a rejected data quality selection, the
> error message will be: **A Data Quality Reason must be entered to
> reject a result.**

*Comment* A free-form comment area where descriptive text about the
result can be recorded.

This is an optional field.

[Buttons:]{.underline}

*\[analyte\]*

**Go To** Will present the Analyte Maintenance List.

*\[monitoring period\]*

**Go To** Will present the Monitoring Period Maintenance List in
single-select mode. The selected value will be returned to the
maintenance page and updated when the **OK** button is selected. This
button should always be enabled in Change mode but will not be available
in add mode. Instead of trying to read monitoring periods through
SSMPAs, the software will display all Monitoring Periods sorted by End
Date descending, Begin Date descending.

**Reset Monitoring**

**Period Association** This button is only enabled in change mode and
only if the result is associated to a monitoring period (either directly
or via an SSMPA). When this button is pressed the following actions will
occur. These changes will not be undone if the **Cancel** button is
subsequently selected.

-   Disassociate the SAMPLE ANALYTICAL RESULT from the MONITORING PERIOD
    by setting the TSASAR.tmnmprd_is_number and TSASAR.tmnmprd_st_code
    to nulls.

-   For each SSMPA associated to the SAMPLE ANALYTICAL RESULT (via the
    SSMPA_SAR_ASSOCIATION (TMNSPSRA)):

> \- update the d_last_updt_ts to current timestamp
>
> \- delete the SSMPA_SAR_ASSOCIATION (TMNSPSRA) record.

-   For each sub-SSMPA associated to the SAMPLE ANALYTICAL RESULT (via
    the SPUBA_SAR_ASSOCIATION (TMNSBSRA)):

> \- update the d_last_updt_ts to current timestamp
>
> \- delete the SPUBA_SAR_ASSOCIATION (TMNSBSRA)

**Clear Detection** Will clear Less Than Indicator, Regulatory Minimum
Reporting Level radio button, Lab Reporting Level radio button,
detection level, and detection level unit of measure fields.

*\[method code\]*

**Go To** Will present the Analyte Standard Method Maintenance List. If
lab certification edit is enabled (reference details under the **OK**
button), list only those standard methods approved for the laboratory
and analyte. (R2001:A.5.5.2.f)

**Add New Result** Will perform all edits as if **OK** button were
pressed. After successfully adding the sample result the Analyte Entry
advisory (documented in above section) will be presented. If the new
analyte will result in the General Result Maintenance page being
presented, the following fields will be carried forward. If either the
Radiological or Microbiological Result Maintenance pages will be
presented, no data is carried forward.

-   Less Than

-   Reporting level type

> (If reporting level type is Reporting Minimum Reporting Level, then
> look
>
> up level in TMNALRA and value)

-   UOM

-   Method Code

-   Analysis date and time

-   State and Water System Notification dates

-   Data Quality

-   Data Quality Reason

> This button will be available in both add and change mode when a
> single analyte is being processed. When an analyte group is being
> used, this button will be disabled until the last analyte within the
> analyte group is presented.

**Set Results to**

**All Group** Set the results of all remaining analytes in the Analyte
Group to the contents of the Results box (Reporting Level type,
Concentration, method code, etc.) specified for the current analyte in
the Analyte Group. The results will be created and the user will flow to
the General Sample Maintenance page. This button will only be enabled in
Add mode if an analyte group is selected on the Sample Maintenance page.
If a result fails an edit check during creation, advise the user as
follows.

-   If method code is not appropriate: **The Standard Method specified
    was not valid for all analytes in the specified Analyte Group.
    Please check results.**

-   If Regulating Reporting Level is specified and no Regulating
    Reporting Level exists for this analyte: **All analytes do not have
    a Regulating Reporting Level.**

-   If analyte for first result is not type code ="RAD" and analyte for
    subsequent results being created are type code ="RAD": **Some
    analytes are Radionuclides, user may wish to add counting error.**

-   If analyte for first result is not type code="MOR" and analyte for
    subsequent results being created are type code="MOR": **Some
    analytes are microbiological, user must modify result and add
    Absent/Present and Count data.**

**Skip** Will advance to the next analyte in the analyte group without
processing the current analyte, even if information was input. All data
input will be carried forward to the next analyte.

There is no way to traverse backward through the analyte group. If
position is at the end of the analyte group, **Skip** will become
disabled.

**OK** If the "less than" box is not checked, no Reporting Level Type
selection was made, no Concentration value was provided, and the Data
Quality is not "R," the error message will be: **Report Level Type and
Concentration may not both be left blank.**

*Lab Certification*

*Check (R2001:A.5.5.2.d)*

> If the sample rejection reason is blank and the SDWIS Configuration
> Parameter table with Configuration ID = 'LABCERT' and Code Table name
> of 'LC_EDITCHK' has a paramter value of 'ERROR', continue with the Lab
> Certification check.

If the data quality code is not equal to R- Rejected, use the specified
Laboratory,Method code for specified analyte (analysis complete time,
analysis start time, or sample collection end date, in this order of
priority and dependent upon a not null value), check for a laboratory
analyte method assignment with certification indicator = 'Y' and most
recent issuance date \<= the provided date that is for the analyte. If
not found, error message will be: **This lab was not certified for this
analyte and method during sample processing**. Turn the method code and
date that was used in the check red, reverse video.

*Duplicate Check* If a sample analytical result is found for the same
sample, analyte, analytical method and uom_category the error message
will be: **Result for the same sample, analyte, method and category of
UOM already exists.** The uom_category will be determined using the uom
code of the concentration value, if specified, or the detection limit
uom code if the less-than box is checked.

*Add-Mode* The Sample Analytical Result will be created and associated
to the sample and analyte. The d_initial_timestamp, d_initial_userid,
d_last_update_timestamp and d_userid_code will be set to current values.
If a method code was provided, it will also be associated to the
standard method code. See documentation below regarding SSMPA
processing.

If the individual analytes of an analyte group are being processed, the
page will be presented with the next analyte in the analyte group. When
the last analyte has been processed, the page will close and return to
the General Sample Maintenance page.

If a single analyte result was created, the page will close and return
to the General Sample Maintenance page.

*Change-Mode* The Sample Analytical Result (SAR) will be changed.

> If a different analyte is chosen:

-   The SAR will be re-associated to the new analyte;

-   For each SSMPA associated to the Sample Analytical Result (via the
    SSMPA_SAR_ASSOCIATION (TMNSPSRA)):

> \- Update the d_last_updt_ts to current timestamp
>
> \- Update the d_userid_code to CDSSETUP
>
> \- Delete the SSMPA_SAR_ASSOCIATION (TMNSPSRA) record.

-   For each sub-SSMPA associated to the SAMPLE ANALYTICAL RESULT (via
    the SPUBA_SAR_ASSOCIATION (TMNSBSRA)):

> \- Update the d_last_updt_ts to current timestamp
>
> \- Update the d_userid_code to CDSSETUP
>
> \- Delete the SPUBA_SAR_ASSOCIATION (TMNSBSRA)

If a different monitoring period is chosen:

-   The SAR will be directly associated to the selected monitoring
    period.

-   For each SSMPA associated to the Sample Analytical Result (via the
    SSMPA_SAR_ASSOCIATION (TMNSPSRA)):

> \- Update the d_last_updt_ts to current timestamp
>
> \- Update the d_userid_code to CDSSETUP
>
> \- Delete the SSMPA_SAR_ASSOCIATION (TMNSPSRA) record.

-   For each sub-SSMPA associated to the SAMPLE ANALYTICAL RESULT (via
    the SPUBA_SAR_ASSOCIATION (TMNSBSRA)):

> \- Update the d_last_updt_ts to current timestamp
>
> \- Update the d_userid_code to CDSSETUP
>
> \- Delete the SPUBA_SAR_ASSOCIATION (TMNSBSRA)

-   If the SAR is not a TCR result (one of analyte codes (3100,
    3013, 3014) for a distribution water system facility) and the sample
    routine or repeat (type of RT or RP) and is a "for compliance"
    sample, the software will display the following advisory: **CDS
    Setup will use the selected Monitoring Period rather than the sample
    date to determine the schedule and monitoring period satisfied by
    this result** (Exhibit 5-21).

> ![](media/image20.png){width="5.540972222222222in" height="2.6875in"}

[]{#__RefHeading___Toc173657206 .anchor}**Exhibit 5-21.** No SSMPA
Advisory Dialog Box

> [Button:]{.underline}
>
> **Continue** The Advisory dialog box will close and return the user to
> the invoking Maintenance page. The user may either change the
> monitoring period again, or leave the selected monitoring period in
> place. If the selected monitoring period is not changed, the software
> understands that the user wishes to keep the selected monitoring
> period and the advisory dialog box is not invoked again.

**Cancel** If changes have been made the standard cancel confirmation
page will be presented. If no changes have been made, the page will
close and return to the sample maintenance page.

**Help** Will invoke the system online Help facility.

### Microbiological Result Maintenance

Exhibit 5-22 depicts the Microbiological Results Maintenance page. The
Microbiological Result Maintenance page has two different methods of
capturing information. One is based upon individual analyte selection,
the second is based upon an analyte group selection whereby the analytes
contained by the group are predetermined and fed to the page. This page
is very similar to the General Result Maintenance page. The following
design lists only the exceptions between the pages.

  ---------------------------------------------------- -----------------------------------------------------
  ![](media/image1.png){width="1.4256944444444444in"   ![](media/image21.png){width="4.517361111111111in"
  height="6.377083333333333in"}                        height="5.497222222222222in"}

  ---------------------------------------------------- -----------------------------------------------------

[]{#__RefHeading___Toc173657207 .anchor}**Exhibit 5-22.**
Microbiological Results Maintenance

[Protected Fields:]{.underline}

All the same as the General Result Maintenance page.

Rename Lab State ID No. to Lab ID No.

Remove Lab Fed ID No.

Add Certifying Agency

(R0059:A.5.5.3.a)

[Entry Fields:]{.underline}

All fields the same as General Result Maintenance page with the
following exceptions.

This maintenance page does not have these fields: *Concentration (and
unit of measure), Reporting Level Type (including the less than check
box), Level (and unit of measure).* It does have these additional fields
and/or specifications:

*Analyte* The analyte code for which the result is going to be entered.
If the value input is not a valid analyte, the analyte maintenance list
will be displayed in single-select mode sorted by ascending analyte
code. The analyte maintenance list will display only microbiological
analyte codes with type_code = "MOR." A selection will be returned and
populate both the analyte name and analyte code fields.

> This is a required field. If it is left blank, the error message will
> be: **Analyte Code may not be left blank.**
>
> The default Method Code for the result will be populated from the Lab
> Analyte Method Assignment table that is associated to the Laboratory,
> has as relationship to Standard Method Analyte Association that is
> related to the specified analyte, has default method indicator = 'Y',
> has certification indicator = 'Y' and has the most recent issuance
> date \<= (analysis end date or analysis start date, or sample
> collection end date to be checked in this order based upon the date
> being not null.) (R0059:A.5.5.3.b)

*\[Analyte Name\]* The name of the analyte code when selected. Will be
populated when valid analyte code is supplied.

If a value that is entered directly is not found to be a valid analyte
name, the analyte maintenance list will be displayed in single-select
mode sorted by ascending analyte name. The analyte maintenance list will
display only microbiological analyte codes with type_code = "MOR." A
selection will be returned and populate both the analyte name and
analyte code fields.

*\[Microbes\]*

*Absent/Present* One value may be selected to indicate if the
contaminant analyte is absent (A) or present (P).

> This is an optional field. If left blank and a result count is
> provided, it will be automatically set to present (P).
>
> If absent is selected, the count fields will be reset to zero or
> spaces and protected from input.
>
> To remove a selection, press the **Clear Microbes A/P** button.

*Count*

*(represented by 3 Entry Fields)*

> Count is a number of organisms counted or estimated in a microbial
> analytical result, usually expressed as the number of organisms per
> unit sample. If a user does not enter a value, this field will be
> blank (i.e., true null). If zero is displayed, it means that the user
> entered zero as the count.
>
> The types of organisms counted for a microbiological measurement. The
> permitted values are:
>
> TUBES - Multiple Tube Method
>
> COLONIES - Membrane Filter Method
>
> (default value)
>
> CFU - Colony Forming Units
>
> CYSTSC - Cysts, Calculated
>
> CYSTSO - Cysts, Observed
>
> MPN - Most Probable Number
>
> OBSVNS - Observations
>
> OCYSTSC - Oocysts, Calculated
>
> OCYSTSO - Oocysts, Observed
>
> PFU - Plaque Forming Units
>
> Enter the unit for the count from the dropdown list. Permitted values
> are:

100ml (default value)

> 400ml
>
> Liter
>
> ML
>
> 100 gal
>
> 100 L
>
> 400 gal
>
> Field@100 Pwr
>
> Gal
>
> Sample Volume
>
> Slide
>
> These are optional fields. One may contain a value without the others
> but will not be allowed if the Microbe is indicated as absent.

*Interference* Comments regarding the analyzed sample that indicate the
reason for an unquantifiable result. The lab determined that
microorganisms may exist in the sample but they could not quantify the
results with confidence. In this case, a lab may report that coliforms
are present, but may add comments to ensure that follow-up samples are
collected. Permitted entries for interference include the following:

> TNTC - Too numerous to count: Using the membrane filter method, the
> lab could not physically or feasibly count all the coliform
> colonies.\*
>
> CNFG - Confluent growth: Using the membrane filter method, the lab
> determined that numerous colonies are overgrown across the filter,
> making identification and quantification of individual colonies
> impossible.\*
>
> TCNG - Turbid culture, no gas: Using the multiple tube fermentation
> method, the lab determined that microorganisms were present (turbid
> culture), but the normal indicator of coliform organisms (gas produced
> in an inverted tube) did not occur.\*

\* This situation sometimes indicates improper sample or analytical
technique and may also indicate extremely contaminated water. This
situation may (or may not) be used by the lab to indicate coliform
presence.

> This is an optional field. If a value is present in this field the
> Absent indicator cannot be the selection.

**Other Analysis Measure(s)** **List Box**

The "Other Analysis Measure(s)" list box will allow a user to record
additional measures associated with an analytical result. This
capability will be added specifically to enable users to record
additional analytical result measures related to cryptosporidium
sampling proposed in the Long-Term 2 Enhanced Surface Water Treatment
Rule (e.g., percent filtered volume analyzed, number of oocysts, volume
of resuspended concentrate, etc.).

[List Fields:]{.underline}

Display four rows, allow up to 100 rows, default sort by Name ascending.

*Measure Name* The name of the other measure type as recorded in table
Other Sample Measures (TSAOSM), field Name.

*Value* The numeric value of the other sample measure.

*UOM* The unit of measure abbreviation for the other sample measure
value.

[Buttons:]{.underline}

All fields the same as General Result Maintenance page with the
following exceptions:

**Reset Monitoring**

**Period Association** This button is only enabled in change mode and
only if the result is [not]{.underline} a result to satisfy the Total
Coliform Rule (A TCR result must have the following criteria: the result
is for 3100, 3013, or 3014 ­and the sample is a routine or repeat and the
sample is a "for compliance" sample and the sample is associated to a
distribution system) and the result is associated to a monitoring period
(either directly or via an SSMPA). When this button is pressed the
following actions will occur. These changes will not be undone if the
**Cancel** button is subsequently selected

-   Disassociate the SAMPLE ANALYTICAL RESULT from the MONITORING PERIOD
    by setting the TSASAR.tmnmprd_is_number and TSASAR.tmnmprd_st_code
    to nulls.

-   For each SSMPA associated to the SAMPLE ANALYTICAL RESULT (via the
    SSMPA_SAR_ASSOCIATION (TMNSPSRA)):

> \- update the d_last_updt_ts to current timestamp
>
> \- delete the SSMPA_SAR_ASSOCIATION (TMNSPSRA) record.

-   For each sub-SSMPA associated to the SAMPLE ANALYTICAL RESULT (via
    the SPUBA_SAR_ASSOCIATION (TMNSBSRA)):

> \- update the d_last_updt_ts to current timestamp
>
> \- delete the SPUBA_SAR_ASSOCIATION (TMNSBSRA)

*\[Other Analysis Measure(s)\]*

**Add Measure** Will perform all edits as if **OK** button were pressed.
After successfully adding or modifying the result, the software will
present the Other Sample Analysis Measure maintenance page in add mode.

*\[Other Analysis Measure(s)\]*

**Change Measure** Will perform all edits as if **OK** button were
pressed. After successfully modifying the sample, will present the Other
Sample Analysis Measure maintenance page in change mode. This item is
only available if a row has been selected in the list area.

*\[Other Analysis Measure(s)\]*

**Delete Measure** Will perform all edits as if **OK** button were
pressed. After successfully modifying the sample, the software will
delete the Other Sample Analysis Measure record. This item is only
available if a row has been selected in the list area. No delete
confirmation message is presented.

**Add New Result** Will perform all edits as if **OK** button were
pressed. After successfully adding the sample result the Analyte Entry
advisory (documented in above section) will be presented. If the new
analyte will result in the Microbiological Result Maintenance page being
presented, the following fields will be carried forward. If either the
Radiological or General Result Maintenance pages will be presented, no
data is carried forward.

> Absent\
> Present\
> Count\
> Count Quantity\
> UOM
>
> This button will be available in both add and change mode when a
> single analyte is used. When an analyte group is used, this button
> will be disabled until the last analyte of the analyte group has been
> presented.

**Clear Microbes A/P** Will reset the Microbes presence/absence
indicator to spaces. No radio button will be indicated as being on.

**OK** If the Microbe is not selected as either Absent or Present and
the result is not indicated as being rejected by either Data Quality of
rejected or the data quality reason code, the error message will be: **A
TCR/Microbiological Result must show microbes either Absent or
Present.**

> If the Interference field has a value, the Absent indicator may not be
> the selection. If it is, the error message will be: **Absent is not a
> valid selection with supplied Inteference value.**

*Duplicate Check* If a sample analytical result is found for the same
sample, analyte, analytical method and count uom code (field in TSAMAR)
the error message will be: **Result for the same sample, analyte, method
and count type already exists.**

*Lab Certification*

*Check (R2001:A.5.5.3.c)*

> If the sample rejection reason is blank and the SDWIS Configuration
> Parameter table with Configuration ID = 'LABCERT' and Code Table name
> of 'LC_EDITCHK' has a paramter value of 'ERROR', continue with the Lab
> Certification check.
>
> If the data quality code is not equal to R-Rejected, use the specified
> Laboratory, Method code for specified analyte (analysis complete time,
> analysis start time, or sample collection end date, in this order of
> priority and dependent upon a not null value), check for a laboratory
> analyte method assignment with certification indicator = 'Y' and most
> recent issuance date \<= the provided date that is for the analyte. If
> not found, error message will be: **This lab was not certified for
> this analyte and method during sample processing**. Turn the method
> code and date that was used in the check red, reverse video.

*Add-Mode* If the candidate result is for total coliform, fecal
coliform, or *E. coli* (analyte codes 3100, 3013, 3014) and will be
associated to a for-compliance sample of type routine or repeat (RT or
RP), which is associated to a distribution system facility, the software
will try to associate the result to the appropriate TCR monitoring
period as described for the Coliform Sample Maintenance page. If an
association cannot be made, the software will return the same error
message.

If an appropriate TCR monitoring period is identified (refer to rules
for determination documented on the Coliform Sample Maintenance page
above):

-   A sample analytical result will be created and associated to the
    analyte entered.

-   If a standard method was supplied, the result will also be
    associated to the standard method code.

-   A microbial analytical result will be created and associated to the
    sample analytical result. If count contains no value, the count_qty
    field will be set to null.

-   The result will be associated to the appropriate TCR monitoring
    period.

If the result is not for the Total Coliform Rule (A TCR result must have
the following criteria: the result is for 3100, 3013, or 3014 ­and the
sample is a routine or repeat and the sample is a "for compliance"
sample and the sample is associated to a distribution system)

-   A sample analytical result will be created and associated to the
    analyte entered.

-   If a standard method code was supplied, the result will also be
    associated to the standard method code.

-   A microbial analytical result will be created and associated to the
    sample analytical result. If count contains no value, the count_qty
    field will be set to null.

> If the individual analytes of an analyte group are being processed,
> the page will be presented with the next analyte in the analyte group.
> When the last analyte has been processed, the page will close and
> return to the General Sample Maintenance page.
>
> If a single analyte has been processed, the page will close and return
> to the General Sample Maintenance page.

*Change-Mode* The Sample Analytical Result (SAR) and Microbiological
Analytical Result (MAR) will be changed.

> If a different analyte is chosen:

-   The SAR will be re-associated to the new analyte;

-   For each SSMPA associated to the Sample Analytical Result (via the
    SSMPA_SAR_ASSOCIATION (TMNSPSRA)):

> \- Update the d_last_updt_ts to current timestamp
>
> \- Update the d_userid_code to CDSSETUP
>
> \- Delete the SSMPA_SAR_ASSOCIATION (TMNSPSRA) record.

-   For each sub-SSMPA associated to the SAMPLE ANALYTICAL RESULT (via
    the SPUBA_SAR_ASSOCIATION (TMNSBSRA)):

> \- Update the d_last_updt_ts to current timestamp
>
> \- Update the d_userid_code to CDSSETUP
>
> \- Delete the SPUBA_SAR_ASSOCIATION (TMNSBSRA)

If a different monitoring period is chosen:

-   The SAR will be directly associated to the selected monitoring
    period.

-   For each SSMPA associated to the Sample Analytical Result (via the
    SSMPA_SAR_ASSOCIATION (TMNSPSRA)):

> \- Update the d_last_updt_ts to current timestamp
>
> \- Update the d_userid_code to CDSSETUP
>
> \- Delete the SSMPA_SAR_ASSOCIATION (TMNSPSRA) record.

-   For each sub-SSMPA associated to the SAMPLE ANALYTICAL RESULT (via
    the SPUBA_SAR_ASSOCIATION (TMNSBSRA)):

> \- Update the d_last_updt_ts to current timestamp
>
> \- Update the d_userid_code to CDSSETUP
>
> \- Delete the SPUBA_SAR_ASSOCIATION (TMNSBSRA)

-   If the SAR is not a TCR result (A TCR result must have the following
    criteria: the result is for 3100, 3013, or 3014 ­and the sample is a
    routine or repeat and the sample is a "for compliance" sample and
    the sample is associated to a distribution system), the software
    will display the following advisory: **CDS Setup will use the
    selected Monitoring Period rather than the sample date to determine
    the schedule and monitoring period satisfied by this result**
    (Exhibit 5-21).

####  Other Analysis Measure Maintenance

Other Analysis Measure Maintenance (Exhibit 5-23) will allow a user to
enter and maintain additional measures associated with an analysis. This
page will be a dialog box. This capability will be added specifically to
enable users to record analytical measures related to cryptosporidium
analysis proposed in the Long-Term 2 Enhanced Surface Water Treatment
Rule. An analysis can optionally have one or more additional measures.

  ---------------------------------------------------- -----------------------------------------------
  ![](media/image1.png){width="1.9270833333333333in"   ![](media/image22.png){width="3.8375in"
  height="5.372916666666667in"}                        height="5.245833333333334in"}

  ---------------------------------------------------- -----------------------------------------------

[]{#__RefHeading___Toc173657208 .anchor}**Exhibit 5-23.** Other Analysis
Measure Maintenance

[Protected Fields:]{.underline}

*Lab Sample No.* The supplied Lab Sample No.

*State Sample No.* The supplied State Sample No.

*Water System No.* The number of the selected water system for the
sample.

*\[Water System\] Name* The name of the water system.

*WSF State Asgn ID* The state ID number of the water system facility to
which this sampling point belongs.

*\[WSF\] Name* The name of the water system facility to which the
sampling point belongs.

*Sampling Point* The user-assigned identifying code of the sampling
point.

*\[Sampling Point\] Location* The user-supplied name of the sampling
point.

*Lab* *ID No.* A code assigned by the certifying authority that uniquely
identifies the lab. (R0059:A.5.5.3.1.a)

*Certifying Agency* The agency that certified or issued the Lab ID No.
(R0059:A.5.5.3.1.b)

. (R0059:A.5.5.3.1.c)

*\[Laboratory\] Name* The commonly used name of the laboratory.

*Analyte Code* The analyte code associated to the parent result.

*Analyte Name* The analyte name associated to the parent result.

*Present/Absent* The present/absence indicator for the parent result.

*Record Created by/on* The User ID and timestamp of when the Other
Analysis Measure was created.

*Record Last Updated by/on* The User ID and timestamp of when the Other
Analysis Measure was last updated.

[Entry Fields]{.underline}:

*Measure Name* The name of the measure type as recorded in table Other
Sample Analysis Measures (TSAOSAM), field Name. This field is required.

> This will be a dropdown field. Permitted values for this field will be
> recorded in table Sample Analysis Measure Type (TSASAMT) and will
> include the following:
>
> PERCENT FILTERED VOLUME ANALYZED
>
> NUMBER OF OOCYSTS
>
> VOLUME OF RESUSPENDED CONCENTRATE
>
> VOLUME OF RESUSPENDED CONC. PROCESSED

*Numeric Value* The numeric value of the other sample analysis measure
as recorded in table Other Sample Analysis Measure (TSAOSAM), field
Value. The size of the value that can be entered will be controlled by
the specifications recorded in table Sample Analysis Measure Type
(TSASAMT). A numeric value is required if the data_type of the selected
sample analysis measure type is "N." If the data_type of the selected
sample analysis measure type is not "N," this field will be disabled.
Zero will be treated as a value.

*Text Value* The text value of the other sample analysis measure as
recorded in table Other Sample Analysis Measure (TSAOSAM), field
Value_txt. The size of the value that can be entered will be controlled
by the specifications recorded in table Sample Analysis Measure Type. A
text value is required if the data_type of the selected sample analysis
measure type is "T." If the data_type of the selected sample analysis
measure type is not "T," this field will be disabled.

*UOM* The unit of measure abbreviation for the sample analysis measure
value as recorded in table Other Sample Analysis Measure (TSAOSAM),
field UOM_CODE.

> This field is optional for text values and required for numeric
> values. When not provided for a numeric value the error message will
> be: **UOM code is required for a numeric measure value.**
>
> The permitted values for this field will be controlled by the
> associations between the selected measure type and unit of measure as
> recorded in table Other Sample Analytical Permitted Measures
> (TSAOSAPM).

[Buttons]{.underline}:

**OK** If a value is not supplied for Name, the error message will be:
**Measure Type Name must be supplied.**

> If the data type of the selected measure type is equal to N and
> Numeric Value or UOM are not supplied, the error message will be:
> **Both a numeric value and UOM are required for this Measure Type.**
>
> If the data type of the selected measure type is equal to T and a Text
> Value is not supplied, the error message will be: **A Text Value is
> required for this Measure Type.**
>
> *Duplicate Check* If a record is found in the database with the same
> Measure Name for the current result, the error message will be:
> **Other Sample Measure already exists for current Result.**

*Add-Mode* An Other Sample Analysis Measure will be created and
associated to the result.

*Change-Mode* The Other Sample Analysis Measure will be changed.

The software will flow back to the previous result maintenance page in
Change mode.

**Cancel** If changes have been made the standard cancel confirmation
page will be presented. If no changes have been made the page will close
and return to the result maintenance page in change mode.

**Help** Will invoke the system online Help facility.

### Radiological Result Maintenance

Exhibit 5-24 depicts the Radiological Results Maintenance page.

The Radiological Result Maintenance page has two different methods of
capturing information. One is based upon individual analyte selection,
the second is based upon an analyte group selection whereby the analytes
contained by the group are predetermined and fed to the page. This page
is very similar to the General Result Maintenance page. The following
design lists only the exceptions between the pages.

[Protected Fields:]{.underline}

All fields same as General Results page.

Rename Lab State ID No. to Lab ID No.

Remove Lab Fed ID No.

Add Certifying Agency

(R0059:A.5.5.4.a)

[Entry Fields:]{.underline}

All fields the same as General Result Maintenance page with following
exception.

*Analyte Code* The analyte code for which the result is going to be
entered. If the value input is not a valid analyte, the analyte
maintenance list will be displayed in single-select mode in ascending
analyte code order. The analyte maintenance list will display only
radiological analyte codes. When a selection is made both the analyte
code and analyte name fields will be populated.

> This is a required field. If it is left blank the error message will
> be: **Analyte Code may not be left blank.**
>
> The default Method Code and default Lab Reporting Level for the result
> will be populated from the Lab Analyte Method Assignment table that is
> associated to the Laboratory, has as relationship to Standard Method
> Analyte Association that is related to the specified analyte, has
> default method indicator = 'Y', has certification indicator = 'Y' and
> has the most recent issuance date \<= (analysis end date or analysis
> start date, or sample collection end date to be checked in this order
> based upon the date being not null.) (R0059:A.5.5.4.b)

  ---------------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------------
  ![](media/image1.png){width="1.6395833333333334in"   ![](media/image23.png){width="4.999305555555556in"
  height="7.127083333333333in"}                        height="6.999305555555556in"}

  ---------------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------------

[]{#__RefHeading___Toc173657209 .anchor}**Exhibit 5-24.** Radiological
Results Maintenance

*Reported Measure*

*(including unit of measure*

*and counting error)* The result obtained from a sample analysis with
its associated unit of measure in the \[Unit of Measure\] field. Enter
the counting error in the \[Counting Error\] field along with the
reported measure. The laboratory due to turbidity in the sample or other
analytical anomalies estimates this amount of error (usually expressed
as a value plus or minus the pCi/L measure).

This field will allow negative values.

The user enters the result and chooses the unit from the dropdown list.
Permitted values are those rows from the Unit of Measure table for
chemical or radiological result types (C or RA), sorted by the Sort
Priority recorded in the Unit of Measure table. This will produce the
following list of UOM Codes.

pCi/l -- default

mremy

mrem

mg/L

ug/L

ng/L

This is an optional field. The default value will be pCi/l. If a result
measure value is provided the Unit of Measure must be selected. If it is
not, the error message will be: **Analysis Result Concentration Measure
Unit may not be left blank.**

> The result measure must be a numeric value. If it is not, the error
> message will be: **Reported Measure may only be a valid number.** If
> the value is greater than 99999, the error message will be: **Value
> too Large. SDWIS can support up to 6 digits to the left of the
> decimal.**
>
> If the reported level is greater than the level for a result that is
> indicated as less than, the error message will be: **Concentration
> MUST NOT exceed Reporting Level.**

*Level*

*(including the less than*

*check box)* Indicates that the analytical result (Concentration) was
less than the regulatory minimum reporting level or the laboratory
reporting level, which must be less than or equal to the regulated
maximum contaminant level (MCL) for the analyte. Results "less than"
these levels are sometimes referred to as "not quantifiable" or "none
detected"; selecting the "less than" checkbox and either "Regulating
Minimum Reporting Level" or "Lab Reporting Level" is the equivalent of
specifying "non-detect" for the analyte.

> If the result is less than either level, select the box beside Less
> Than and then choose either Regulatory Minimum Reporting Level (MDL)
> or Lab Reporting Level (MRL).
>
> If the user chooses MDL, the current analyte's regulatory method
> detection limit is retrieved from the Analyte Level Rule (or TMNALRA)
> table and displayed in the protected level field.
>
> If the user chooses MRL, he/she must enter a result level in the Level
> field that is not above the regulated MCL for the current analyte. If
> left blank, the error message will be: **Analysis Result Level may not
> be left blank.**
>
> When the "less than" box is checked, a reporting level type must be
> selected. If it is not, the error message will be: **Reporting Level
> Type may not be left blank.**
>
> Level is the limit established by the laboratory below which
> scientifically reliable results cannot be achieved. In many cases, if
> the lab's detection limit is below the EPA-mandated method detection
> limit (MDL) then the MDL is used as the detection limit. If the lab's
> detection limit is above the EPA's MDL, then the lab's detection limit
> is used.

The user enters the result and chooses the unit from the dropdown list.
Permitted values are those rows from the Unit of Measure table for
chemical or radiological result types (C or RA), sorted by the Sort
Priority recorded in the Unit of Measure table. This will produce the
following list of UOM Codes.

pCi/l -- default

mremy

mrem

mg/L

ug/L

ng/L

The default value is pCi/L.

[Buttons:]{.underline}

All buttons the same as General Result Maintenance page with the
following exception.

*\[Method Code\]*

***Go*** *To* If lab certification edit is enabled (reference details
under the **OK** button), list only those standard methods approved for
the laboratory and analyte. (R2001:A.5.5.4.c)

***OK***

*Lab Certification*

*Check (R2001:A.5.5.4.d)*

> If the sample rejection reason is blank and the SDWIS Configuration
> Parameter table with Configuration ID = 'LABCERT' and Code Table name
> of 'LC_EDITCHK' has a paramter value of 'ERROR', continue with the Lab
> Certification check.
>
> If the data quality code is not equal to R-Rejected, use the specified
> Laboratory,Method code for specified analyte (analysis complete time,
> analysis start time, or sample collection end date, in this order of
> priority and dependent upon a not null value), check for a laboratory
> analyte method assignment with certification indicator = 'Y' and most
> recent issuance date \<= the provided date that is for the analyte. If
> not found, error message will be: **This lab was not certified for
> this analyte and method during sample processing**. Turn the method
> code and date that was used in the check red, reverse video.

**Add New Result** Will perform all edits as if **OK** button were
pressed. After successfully adding the sample result the Analyte Entry
advisory (documented in above section) will be presented. If the new
analyte will result in the Radiological Result Maintenance page being
presented, the following fields will be carried forward. If either the
Micrological or General Result Maintenance pages will be presented, no
data is carried forward.

> Less Than
>
> Reporting level type
>
> (If reporting level type is Reporting Minimum Reporting Level then
> look
>
> up level in TMNALRA and value)

-   UOM

-   Method Code

-   Analysis date and time

-   State and Water System Notification dates

-   Data Quality

-   Data Quality Reason

> This button will be available in both add and change mode when a
> single analyte is used. When an analyte group is used, this button
> will be disabled until the last analyte of the analyte group has been
> presented.
>
> Composite Sample Maintenance Pages

### Composite Sample Maintenance

Exhibit 5-25 depicts the Composite Sample Maintenance page

  -------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------------
  ![](media/image24.png){width="2.3in"   ![](media/image25.png){width="4.896527777777778in"
  height="6.6402777777777775in"}         height="5.56875in"}

  -------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------------

[]{#__RefHeading___Toc173657210 .anchor}**Exhibit 5-25.** Composite
Sample Maintenance

[Entry Fields]{.underline}: In tab sequence.

*Lab* *ID No.* The identification number assigned to the laboratory,
which performed the analysis. When a value is supplied that is not
found, the lab maintenance list page will be presented. A valid value in
this field will also populate the Laboratory Name.

> This is a required field. If left blank, the error message will be:
> **Laboratory may not be left blank.** (R0059:A.5.5.5.a)

*Certifying Agency* Select a value from the dropdown list. The value
will be matched against the laboratory's Certifying Agency. The
selections available via the dropdown list will be retrieved from the
TINPVALS table where code_name = "CERT_AG."

> If an exact match is found using the Lab ID No. and Certifying Agency,
> the laboratory name will be displayed.
>
> If none is found, the Laboratory Maintenance List will be presented in
> single-select mode.
>
> Certifying Agency will be a required field. It will default to STATE.
> (R0059:A.5.5.5.b)

(R0059:A.5.5.5.c)

*\[Laboratory\] Name* The name of the laboratory. This field will be
automatically populated when a valid value is either input or selected
in Lab ID No. and Certifying Agency.

> When a value is supplied that is not found the lab maintenance list
> page will be presented. The selection will also populate the Lab ID
> No. and Certifying Agency. (R0059:A.5.5.5.d)

*Analyte Group \[Code\]* The user specified four-character code for the
analyte group. Selecting an analyte group in Add mode will determine the
type and order of the analytes presented for entry of results. This is
used for data entry only and is not stored with the sample.

This is an optional field. When valid code supplied, the analyte group
name will be valued. This field is protected in the Change mode.

*\[Analyte Group Name\]* The user specified name of the analyte group.

This is an optional field. When valid name supplied, the analyte group
code will be valued. This field is protected in the Change mode.

*State Classification \[Code\]* This field will allow user to assign the
sample to a pre-defined sample group. The permitted values for the
dropdown will be retrieved from the CODE table, code_name of
'SMPSTCLASS'.

> If left blank, will default to the state classification code of the
> analyte of the first sample analytical result added. . (Increase size.
> (R0036:A.5.5. 5.e))

This is an optional field.

*Composite Date* The date the sample was composited. A calendar function
is available to aid input.

This is an required field. If left blank, the error message will be:
**The date may not be blank.** Must not be a future date. The error
message will be: **Date must not be a future date.**

*Sample Purpose* This will allow the state to document why sample was
taken. The values entered by the System Administrator will be available
in a "permitted values" dropdown list. The values will be retrieved from
the CODE table, code_name of 'SMPLPURPOS'.

This is an optional field.

*Sample Volume* The volume of sample after being composited. Permitted
values are:

1 liter

100 ml

300 ml

400 ml

500 ml

\[Spaces\] (default)

*Composite Lab*

*Sample No* The sample identification number assigned by the laboratory
for tracking the composite sample within the lab.

This is a required field for all new samples. If the Lab Sample No. is
not supplied for a new sample, the error message is **Samples must have
a Lab Sample No.** (Note that this is a change to the way SDWIS/STATE
8.0 works. In SDWIS/STATE 8.0, Lab Sample No. is optional for compliance
samples and required for noncompliance samples.)

In change mode, if valued with other than spaces, it may be changed but
may not be changed to spaces.

*Composite State*

*Sample No.* The sample identification number assigned by a state to
uniquely identify a specific composite sample within the state.

This is an optional field.

[Individual Sample Members List Items:]{.underline}

Display 4 rows, allow up to 10 rows, default sort, Water System No., WSF
State Asgn. ID, Sampling Point, Collection Date, ascending.

*Water System No.* The number of the water system for the member sample.

*WSF*

*State Asgn ID* The water system facility State Assign ID of the sample
location.

*Sampling Point* The sampling point code where the member sample was
collected.

*Collection Date* The date the sample member was collected. Must not be
a future date. The error message will be: **Date must not be a future
date.**

*Sample Type* The sample type of the member sample.

*Lab Sample No.* The number assigned by the lab to the member sample.

*Water System Name* The name of the water system for the member sample.

*WSF Name* The name of the water system facility (WSF) for the member
sample.

*Sampling Location* The name of the sampling point where the member
sample was collected.

[Buttons:]{.underline}

*\[laboratory\]*

**Go To** Will present the Laboratory Maintenance List. Only the
'select' menu will be enabled. Add/change will not be allowed for
security reasons.

*\[analyte group\]*

**Go To** Will present the Analyte Group Maintenance List. Only the
'select' menu will be enabled. Add/change will not be allowed for
security reasons.

***\[Individual Member\]***

**Add** Will present the Individual Sample Member Information page. If
the composite already contains five sample members, this button will be
disabled. In change mode, all changes made to the parent composite
sample should be committed as if the **OK** buttons was selected prior
to presenting the Individual Sample Maintenance page. (Event
13284:B.5.5.5.b)

***\[Individual Member\]***

**Change** Will present the Individual Sample Member Information page
for the selected sample in the list box. In change mode, all changes
made to the parent composite sample should be committed as if the **OK**
buttons was selected prior to presenting the Individual Sample
Maintenance page. (Event 13284:B.5.5.5.c)

This button will only be enabled if a selection has been made in the
list box.

***\[Individual Member\]***

**Deselect** Will remove highlight from all selections in the Individual
Sample Members list box.

This button will only be enabled if a selection has been made in the
list box.

***\[Individual Member\]***

**Delete** Will attempt to delete the sample member. If the sample has
any results associated to it, the delete request will be denied. If any
associated results have an association to a violation or sample
schedule, the error message will be: **May not delete the result because
it is associated to a violation.** Otherwise the error message will be:
**At least one Result exists for this Sample -- first delete all Results
for Sample.**

> If no results are associated, will present the Delete Confirmation
> page (Exhibit 5-26).

![](media/image26.png){width="5.992361111111111in"
height="2.553472222222222in"}

[]{#__RefHeading___Toc173657211 .anchor}**Exhibit 5-26.** Delete
Confirmation

[Buttons:]{.underline}

> **OK** Will delete the composite member sample.
>
> **Cancel** Will abort the delete request and return to the Composite
> Sample Maintenance page.

**OK** Will be enabled when all required information, including at least
one individual sample member has been provided**.**

*Add-mode* The parent composite sample is added when the first
individual sample is created.

*Change-mode* The changes to the parent composite sample will be
committed. (Event 13284:B.5.5.5.a)

**Cancel** If no changes were made, the page will close and return to
either the Sample/Sample Summary Maintenance List

If changes were made, the standard confirmation page will be presented.

**Help** Will invoke the system online Help facility.

[Analytical Results List Fields:]{.underline}

Display 4 rows, allow up to 100 rows, default sort analyte code
ascending. The sample analytical results presented are those associated
to the composite sample.

*\[Analyte\] Code* The four-digit code of an analyte.

*Analyte Name* The name of the analyte for which the sample was tested.

*Monitoring Period Name* The name of the monitoring period for the
result.

*Result* For a Microbiological analyte, the software will display
whether the analyte was present or absent plus the count of organisms
(all three fields).

For a Radiological analyte, if the result is less than detect, the
software will display the less-than sign (\<). If it is not less-than
detect, the software will display the result plus the counting error
plus the unit of measure.

For all other analytes, if the result is less than detect, the software
will display the less-than sign (\<). If it is not less-than detect, the
software will display the result plus the unit of measure.

*Level Type* The level type against which the detection was measured.
Values are MDL (Regulatory Minimum Reporting Level) or MRL (Lab
Reporting Level).

*Reporting Level* When MDL, this value is the reporting level set by the
regulation. When it is MRL, it is the value set by the laboratory, which
must be less than the regulatory level.

*\[Monitoring Period\]*

*Begin Date* The begin date of the monitoring period for which this
sample result applies. Must not be a future date. The error message will
be: **Date must not be a future date.**

*\[Monitoring Period\]*

*End Date* The end date of the monitoring period for which this sample
result applies. May be a future date.

**Add Result** Will perform all edits as if **OK** button were pressed.
After successfully adding or modifying sample(s), the software will
present the Analytical Result Maintenance page. If an Analyte Group was
selected and no results exist, pressing this button will present the
Analytical Result maintenance page that corresponds to the analyte type
(as specified for the Add Result button for the General Sample
Maintenance page) of the first analyte in the group. Otherwise, the user
will be prompted to enter an analyte on the Analyte Entry page (Exhibit
5-16). Based on the Type Code of the analyte, the software will flow to
the appropriate result maintenance page.

**Analyte Entry**

Exhibit 5-27 depicts the Analyte Entry Selection page.

![](media/image17.png){width="5.992361111111111in"
height="4.2027777777777775in"}

[]{#__RefHeading___Toc173657212 .anchor}**Exhibit 5-27.** Analyte Entry

> [Entry field:]{.underline}
>
> *Analyte Code* The four-digit analyte code for which a result will be
> entered for this sample.
>
> This is a required field. When a valid value is entered, the name will
> be presented. If an invalid value is entered, the Analyte Maintenance
> List will be presented in single-select mode.
>
> *\[Analyte\] Name* The name of the analyte. When a valid value is
> entered, the code will be presented. If an invalid value is entered,
> the Analyte Maintenance List will be presented in single-select mode.
>
> [Buttons:]{.underline}
>
> \[analyte\]
>
> **Go To** Will present the Analyte Maintenance List.
>
> **OK** Using the Type Code of the selected analyte, the software will
> flow to the appropriate Result Maintenance page as specified below.

  ------------------------------ ----------------------------------------
  **Analyte Type Code**          **Result Maintenance Page**

  IOC, OC, WQ, OT                General Result

  RA                             Radiological

  MOR                            Microbiological
  ------------------------------ ----------------------------------------

> **Cancel** Will close the page and return to the General Sample
> maintenance page.
>
> **Help** Will invoke the system online Help facility.

**Change Result** Will present the Analytical Result maintenance page in
change mode. This item is only available if a result has been selected
in the list area.

**Delete Result** Will present the Delete Confirmation page (Exhibit
5-28).

> ![](media/image10.png){width="5.990972222222222in"
> height="3.0506944444444444in"}

[]{#__RefHeading___Toc173657213 .anchor}**Exhibit 5-28.** Delete
Confirmation

> [Buttons:]{.underline}
>
> **OK** If the result has an association to a violation, the delete
> request will be denied.
>
> Before deleting a result, if the result was created by CDSSETUP
> (d_userid = CDSSETUP), the software will present the advisory **CDS
> Setup automatically created this result and will not recreate it if
> deleted. Do you wish to proceed?** The advisory dialog box will have a
> **Yes** and **No** buttons to allow the user to confirm or cancel the
> delete request.
>
> When the delete is confirmed, the following actions are performed for
> the selected sample analytical result associated to the composite
> sample. These changes will not be undone if the **Cancel** button is
> subsequently selected

-   Locate each SAR associated to an individual sample member of the
    same Composite sample which has a matching analyte, uom_code, and
    detection_limit_uom_code as the composite's sample analytical result
    that is selected for deletion. For each SAR found:

-   For Each SSMPA associated to the SAR (via the SSMPA_SAR_ASSOCIATION
    (TMNSPSRA))

> \- update the d_last_updt_ts to the current timestamp
>
> \- update the d_userid_code to CDSSETUP.

-   For Each sub-SSMPA associated to the SAR (via the
    SPUBA_SAR_ASSOCIATION (TMNSBSRA))

> \- update the d_last_updt_ts to the current timestamp
>
> \- update the d_userid_code to CDSSETUP.

-   Delete the individual member's sample analytical result (TSASAR)
    along with a cascade delete of all associated:

> \- SSMPA\_ SAR_ASSOCIATION (TMNSPSRA)
>
> \- SPUBA\_ SAR_ASSOCIATION (TMNSBSRA)
>
> \- OTHER SAMPLE MEASURE (TSAOSM)

-   Finally the sample analytical result (TSASAR) of the composite
    sample is deleted along with a cascade delete of all associated:

> \- OTHER SAMPLE MEASURE (TSAOSM)
>
> **Cancel** Will abort the delete and return to the sample result
> maintenance list.

[Protected Fields:]{.underline}

*Record updated*

*by XXXXXXXX on*

*MM/DD/YYYY*

*HH:MI:SS* The User ID and the timestamp from the last time the sample
record (TSASAMPL) was updated.

*Record created*

*by XXXXXXXX on*

*MM/DD/YYYY*

*HH:MI:SDWIS/STATE* The initial User ID and timestamp when the sample
(TSASAMPL) record was initially added to the database.

### Individual Sample Member Information

Exhibit 5-29 depicts the Individual Sample Member Information page.

[Protected Fields:]{.underline}

*Total Composite Members* The number of member samples composing the
composite sample.

*\[Water System Facility\]*

*Name* The name of the selected water system facility. Populated when a
valid water system facility number is entered or a valid sampling
point/location is entered.

*Record updated*

*by XXXXXXXX on*

*MM/DD/YYYY*

*HH:MI:SS* The User ID and the timestamp from the last time the sample
record (TSASAMPL) was updated.

*Record created*

*by XXXXXXXX on*

*MM/DD/YYYY*

*HH:MI:SS* The initial User ID and timestamp when the sample (TSASAMPL)
record was initially added to the database.

  ----------------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------------
  ![](media/image24.png){width="1.9944444444444445in"   ![](media/image27.png){width="4.895833333333333in"
  height="5.752777777777778in"}                         height="5.180555555555555in"}

  ----------------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------------

[]{#__RefHeading___Toc173657214 .anchor}**Exhibit 5-29.** Individual
Sample Member Information

[Entry Fields:]{.underline}

*For Compliance* This check box marks the sample as being used for
compliance determination. When it is checked, the sample will be used
for compliance if the sample type is Routine, Repeat, or Confirmation.
The default is checked. Compliance samples have different rules than
noncompliance samples. These are indicated below.

*Lab Sample No.* The unique number assigned by the laboratory for
tracking this sample.

This is a required field for all new samples. If the Lab Sample No. is
not supplied for a new sample, the error message is **Samples must have
a Lab Sample No.** (Note that this is a change to the way SDWIS/STATE
8.0 works. In SDWIS/STATE 8.0, Lab Sample No. is optional for compliance
samples and required for noncompliance samples.

> In change mode, if valued with other than spaces, it may be changed
> but may not be changed to spaces.

*State Sample No.* The unique number assigned by the state for tracking
this sample.

This is an optional field.

*Type* The reason for the sample collection. Valid selections are:

> RT -- Routine
>
> RP -- Repeat
>
> CO - Confirmation
>
> BB - Batch Blanks
>
> DU - Duplicate
>
> FB - Field Blanks
>
> PE - Performance Evaluation
>
> SB - Shipping Blanks
>
> SP -- Special
>
> SL - Split
>
> ST - Split Blanks
>
> This is a required field. If the sample type is entered or changed to
> any value other than Routine (RT), Repeat (RP), or Confirmation (CO),
> the software will uncheck the For Compliance checkbox. A user may
> recheck it (even if the Sample Type is not equal to RT, RP, or CO) but
> the sample will not be considered or processed by SDWIS compliance
> determination.

*Collection Date* The date the sample was collected. A calendar function
is available to aid input.

This is a required field. Must not be a future date. The error message
will be: **Date must not be a future date.** If left blank, the error
message is **All samples must have a Collection Date**

When the composite date is provided, the collection date must be same or
prior to the composite date. When it is not, the error message will be:
**Composite sample member collection date may not be after Composite
date.**

*Collection Time* The time the sample was collected (in local time).

This is an optional field. The value cannot be greater than or equal to
2400. If so, the error message will be: **Time entries must be between
00:01 and 23:59.**

*Water System No.* The specific Water System No., consisting of the
two-character state code plus the seven-character number field.

> The state code portion will default to the state_identification_code
> in the SYSTEM_VARIABLE entity view.
>
> When tabbing off this field after supplying a value, the water system
> will be retrieved and the name displayed and the WSF State Asgn ID,
> sampling point, and sampling point location field and sampling point
> **Go To** button will be enabled. Any value in the WSF State Asgn ID,
> WSF Name, Sampling Point and Sampling Location fields will be removed.
>
> If the supplied value is invalid, the Water System Maintenance List
> will be presented.
>
> If a valid water system is entered but is not part of the user's
> current Water System Group or Regulating Agency, invoke exit state
> error message: **WS is not part of current group/agency. Change
> group/agency to access this WS.**

This is a required field. If it is left blank, the error message will
be: **Water System No. must not be blank.**

*\[Water System\] Name* Standard 40-character Public Water System Name
may be entered completely, partially, or left blank. If the user
specifies a partial string in this field, display the closest matching
water system at the top of the list. (Closest matching means a match
with the Water System Name, sorted alphabetically, that starts with the
same text string as supplied.)

> If a valid water system name is entered the Water System No. is
> populated and the WSF State Asgn ID, sampling point and sampling point
> location and sampling point **Go To** button will be enabled. Any
> value in the WSF State Asgn ID, WSF Name, Sampling Point and Sampling
> Location fields will be removed.
>
> If a valid water system is entered but is not part of the user's
> current Water System Group or Regulating Agency, invoke exit state
> error message: **WS is not part of current group/agency. Change
> group/agency to access this WS.**
>
> If the name entered is not found, the software will flow to the Water
> System Maintenance List. The user may then select a value and
> continue.

*WSF State Asgn ID* The water system facility state assigned ID of the
sample location. This field will be enabled when the water system is
selected.

> When tabbing off this field after supplying a value, the value will be
> retrieved and the name displayed. Any existing value in the sampling
> point or location will be removed.
>
> If the supplied value is invalid, the error message will be: **The WSF
> State Asgn ID entered does not belong to this water system.**

This is an optional entry field. It will be valued with the WSF of the
selected sampling point/location.

If this field is modified, the value of the \[WSF\] Name, Sampling
Point, and Sample Location fields will be cleared.

*Sampling Point* The ID of the sampling point where the sample was
taken. This field will be enabled when the water system is selected.

> When tabbing off or clicking outside this field after supplying a
> value, the software will function the same as described for this field
> on the Coliform Sample Maintenance page with the following exception:
> if the sample type is a repeat or [confirmation;]{.underline} or is a
> routine with the replacement indicator checked and the collection date
> is provided, the Original Sample Information will be presented.
>
> Sampling Point is an optional entry field since it can be populated
> with entry in the Sampling Point Location field. The Sampling Point is
> required to complete processing of the Composite Sample. Providing a
> valid sampling point will also populate the WSF State Asgn ID and the
> Sampling Point Location fields.

*\[Sampling Point\]*

*Location* The name of the sampling point. This field will be enabled
when the water system is selected.

> When tabbing off this field after supplying a value, the software will
> function the same as described for this field on the Coliform Sample
> Mainteannce page with the following exception: if the sample type is a
> repeat or [confirmation;]{.underline} or is a routine with the
> replacement indicator checked and the collection date is provided, the
> Original Sample Information will be presented.
>
> Sampling Point Location is an optional entry field since it can be
> populated with entry in the Sampling Point field. Providing a valid
> sampling point will also populate the WSF State Asgn ID and the
> Sampling Point Location fields.

*Quarter* The quarter number (1, 2, 3, or 4) during which the
radionuclide sample to be composited was taken. Quarter normally
corresponds to a calendar quarter, i.e., the first quarter includes
January through March, the second quarter includes April through June,
etc.

> This is an optional field.

*Collector Name* The name of the individual who collected the sample.

> If the entered individual does not exist as a valid legal entity with
> collector_indicator_code = 'Y,' then set TSASAMPL informal_collector
> equal to entered individual.
>
> This is an optional field.

*Collection Method* The standard method used to collect the sample. When
a value is supplied, it must be pre-defined in the standard methods
table. If the value supplied is not found, a selection list of standard
methods will be presented.

> This is an optional field.

*Rejection Reason* The reason a lab rejected a sample for further
analysis. Permitted values will be:

> BR - Broken
>
> CL - Chlorine present
>
> EH - Exceeds holding time
>
> HS - Excessive headspace
>
> FZ - Frozen sample
>
> IN - Insufficient information
>
> VO - Insufficient volume
>
> BP - Invalid sampling point
>
> IP - Invalid sampling protocol
>
> LA - Lab accident
>
> LT - Leaked in transit
>
> This is an optional field.

*Sample Purpose* This will allow the state to document why sample was
taken. The values entered by the System Administrator will be available
in a "permitted values" dropdown list. The values will be retrieved from
the CODE table, code_name of 'SMPLPURPOS'.

This is an optional field.

*Sample Volume* The volume of sample collected and submitted to the
laboratory. Permitted values are:

1 liter

100 ml

300 ml

400 ml

500 ml

> \[Spaces\] (default)

[Analytical Results List Fields:]{.underline}

Display 4 rows, allow up to 100 rows, default sort analyte code
ascending. The sample analytical results presented are those associated
to the individual sample member.

*\[Analyte\] Code* The four-digit code of an analyte.

*Analyte Name* The name of the analyte for which the sample was tested.

*Monitoring Period Name* The name of the monitoring period for the
result.

*Result* For a Microbiological analyte, the software will display
whether the analyte was present or absent plus the count of organisms
(all three fields).

For a Radiological analyte, if the result is less than detect, the
software will display the less-than sign (\<). If it is not less-than
detect, the software will display the result plus the counting error
plus the unit of measure.

For all other analytes, if the result is less than detect, the software
will display the less-than sign (\<). If it is not less-than detect, the
software will display the result plus the unit of measure.

*Level Type* The level type against which the detection was measured.
Values are MDL (Regulatory Minimum Reporting Level) or MRL (Lab
Reporting Level).

*Reporting Level* When MDL, this value is the reporting level set by the
regulation. When it is MRL, it is the value set by the laboratory, which
must be less than the regulatory level.

*\[Monitoring Period\]*

*Begin Date* The begin date of the monitoring period for which this
sample result applies. Must not be a future date. The error message will
be: **Date must not be a future date.**

*\[Monitoring Period\]*

*End Date* The end date of the monitoring period for which this sample
result applies. May be a future date.

[Buttons:]{.underline}

*\[water system\]*

**Go To** Will present the water system maintenance list. Only the
Edit/Select item will be enabled. Once a valid water system is selected,
the software will remove any existing value from WSF State Asgn ID, WSF
Name, Sampling Point, and Sampling Location.

*\[sampling point\]*

**Go To** Will present the sampling point maintenance list of sampling
points for the selected water system. Only the Edit/Select item will be
enabled.

> This button will be enabled with a valid water system has been
> supplied.

*\[collector\]*

**Go To** Will present the Legal Entity Maintenance List displaying
INDIVIDUALs designated as collectors. Only the Edit/Select item will be
available.

**Add New Individual**

**Sample Member** Will perform all edits as if **OK** button were
pressed. After successfully adding the sample, the maintenance window
will redisplay. The following fields will have their value retained:

> Sample Type
>
> Water System No. and Name
>
> Water System Facility information
>
> Sampling Point information
>
> The *Total Composite Members* count will be incremented by the
> addition.

**Associate All**

**Results to Different**

**Monitoring Period** Will present the Monitoring Period Maintenance
List in single-select mode. Once a monitoring period is selected, the
software will do the following for each result associated to the
Individual Sample Member. These changes will not be undone if the
**Cancel** button is subsequently selected

-   Associate the SAR to the newly selected monitoring period.

-   For Each SSMPA associated to the SAR(via the SSMPA_SAR_ASSOCIATION
    (TMNSPSRA))

> \- update the d_last_updt_ts to the current timestamp
>
> \- update the d_userid_code to CDSSETUP.

-   For Each sub-SSMPA associated to the SAR (via the
    SPUBA_SAR_ASSOCIATION (TMNSBSRA))

> \- update the d_last_updt_ts to the current timestamp
>
> \- update the d_userid_code to CDSSETUP.

**Field Results** Will perform all edits as if **OK** button were
pressed. After successfully editing the sample and results, the software
will flow to the Field Results page described below.

**OK** If both Sampling Point and Location are blank, the error message
will be: **Each Sample must have EITHER a Sampling Point or Sample
Location.**

> *Duplicate Check* Will be performed first on the composite, then on
> each sample member prior to adding or updating the sample.
>
> The duplicate check is performed when Lab Sample No. is supplied. If a
> record with the same Lab Sample No., Laboratory, and Collection
> Year/Composite Year already exists in the database, then the software
> will present the following error message: **A sample with this same
> Lab Sample No. for the same Laboratory collected in the same year
> already exists.** On clicking **OK** on the error message dialog box,
> the software will return to the maintenance page with the cursor at
> the end of the value entered in the Lab Sample No. field.

*Add-mode* When the first sample member is added, the parent composite
will be added first. The composite sample will be associated to the same
water system (EV13282.B.5.5.6.a) as the first member sample. The
composite's sample type will be the same as the first member sample. The
composite_indicator_code will be set to 'Y' on both the parent composite
and the individual member samples. The d_last_update_timestamp,
d_initial_timestamp, and d_userid_code, and d_initial_userid will be set
to current values.

> When additional member samples are added, they will be associated to
> the parent composite sample. The composite_indicator_code will be set
> to 'Y' on the individual member sample. The d_last_update_timestamp,
> d_initial_timestamp, and d_userid_code, and d_initial_userid will be
> set to current values. If the subsequent sample members are for a
> different water system, then the parent composite sample will be
> disassociated from any water system indicating that the composite is
> over geography. The composite sample will retain the sample type as
> the first member.
>
> If the water system or water system facility is different from
> existing members, an advisory will be presented: (EV13282.B.5.5.6.b)
>
> **The Water System** **or WSF** **for the composite member you are
> entering is different from the previous composite member(s) in the
> group.**
>
> **This is an advisory. You can, however, proceed with the entry of the
> composite member using the current water system.**
>
> [Buttons:]{.underline}
>
> **Proceed** Will continue with the addition.
>
> **Cancel** Will abort the add request.
>
> The page will close and return to the Composite Sample Maintenance
> page. The new member sample will display in the list area.
>
> A total of ten member samples may comprise a composite. When the tenth
> sample is added, the page will return to the Composite Sample
> Maintenance List. The **ADD** button will be disabled.
>
> *Change-Mode* Any information about the selected member sample can be
> changed but is subject to all business rules as an add request.
>
> When Collector Name is changed
>
> From spaces to a value, if the value is a valid LEGAL_ENTITY associate
> the two. If not, populated the TSASAMPL informal_collector with the
> name.
>
> From one value to a different value, remove the old value from
> TSASAMPL informal_collector or disassociate from the existing
> LEGAL_ENTITY. If the new value is a valid LEGAL_ENTITY associate the
> two. If not, populated the TSASAMPL informal_collector with the name.
>
> From an existing value to spaces, remove the old value from TSASAMPL
> informal_collector or disassociate from the existing LEGAL_ENTITY
>
> All changes should be reflected in the list area when the page returns
> to the Composite Sample Maintenance page.

**Cancel** Will return to the Composite Sample Maintenance page.

> If changes have been made, the standard cancel confirmation will be
> presented.

**Help** Will invoke the system online Help facility.

## MDBP Summaries

Monitoring under the Surface Water Treatment Rules,
Disinfectant/Disinfection By Products Rules, and Ground Water Rule will
generally be conducted onsite with sampling at a high frequency.
Therefore, Water Systems will send summarized data to the primacy
agency. Much of this summarized data will be entered and maintained in
the new MDBP Summaries.

### Model Changes for MDBP Summary

No Model changes planned for this release.

### Water Treatment (WT) Summary Page Flow

The *SDWIS/STATE Page* will present the following options when the
Sampling option is selected:

-   Add Sample/Sample Summary

-   Maintain Sample/Sample Summary

-   MDBP Summaries

-   Maintain Results Averages

-   Maintain WQP Days Out of Compliance

The following options will be presented when the MDBP Summaries option
is selected:

-   WT Summary (B.5.6.a)

-   MRDL Summary

-   General MDBP Summary

### Water Treatment Summary

This series of six pages is intended for the entry of summarized data
that will track Water Systems' compliance with the MDBP rules. This
group will include all systems with disinfection treatment. Users will
be able to use an "automated" flow from one page to what is most
commonly the next page or to use a button to alter the automated flow as
desired.

From the *SDWIS/STATE Home Page* Sampling option, if the user selects
MDBP Summaries and the WT Summary option, the software will flow to the
WT Summary Category Selection page (Exhibit 5-30), where the user must
specify the Water System and Monitoring Period.

![](media/image28.png){width="5.992361111111111in"
height="4.054166666666666in"}

[]{#__RefHeading___Toc173657215 .anchor}**Exhibit 5-30.** WT Summary
Category Selection

These pages are designed so that users can move easily from one page to
another, in any direction. Alternatively, users may press the **Next**
button to follow a prescribed page flow that moves sequentially through
the buttons starting with **Combined Filter Effluent Turbidity**,
**Individual Filter Effluent Turbidity**, **Entry Point RDC**, **EP**
\[Entry Point\] **Chlorine Dioxide/Chlorite**, **Distribution RDC**, and
**MRDL Chlorine/Chloramine**.

[Protected Fields:]{.underline}

*Regulating Agency*

*Used/Current WS*

*Group Used* This protected field will show the user's current Water
System

> Group Name or Regulating Agency depending on which the user has made
> current. The software will dynamically change the prompt depending on
> whether Water System Group Name or Regulating Agency is current. The
> prompt will be "Current WS Group" if the user's current Water System
> Group is valued, otherwise the prompt will be "Regulating Agency
> Used."

[Entry Fields:]{.underline}

*Water System No.* The specific Water System No., which consists of the
two-character state code plus the seven-character number field.

> The state code portion will default to the state_identification_code
> in the SYSTEM_VARIABLE entity view.
>
> The cursor will be positioned in the numeric portions.

The **Go To** button may be pressed to select a water system from the
Water System Maintenance List in single-select mode, which will display
a list of water systems that are part of the current Water System Group
or Regulating Agency. Once a valid water system has been entered or
picked from a list, the water system name will be displayed on the page.
If the user specifies a partial string in this field, display the
closest matching water system at the top of the list. (Closest matching
means a match with the Water System No., sorted alphabetically, that
starts with the same text string as supplied.)

> If a valid water system is entered but is not part of the user's
> current Water System Group or Regulating Agency, invoke exit state
> error message: **WS is not part of current group/agency. Change
> group/agency to access this WS.**

Water System No. will be a required field.

> Once a valid Water System is selected, the software will enable the
> \[Monitoring Period\] Begin Date and \[Monitoring Period\] Duration
> fields and return the cursor to the first Monitoring Period field.

*\[Water System\]*

*Name* Standard 40-character Public Water System Name may be entered
completely, partially, or left blank. If the user specifies a partial
string in this field, display the Water System Maintenance List in
single-select mode with the closest matching water system at the top of
the list. (Closest matching means a match with the Water System Name,
sorted alphabetically, that starts with the same text string as
supplied.)

If a valid water system name is entered, the Water System No. is
populated.

> If a valid water system is entered but is not part of the user's
> current Water System Group or Regulating Agency, invoke exit state
> error message: **WS is not part of current group/agency. Change
> group/agency to access this WS.**

If the name entered is not found, the software will flow to the Water
System Maintenance List in single-select mode. The user may then select
a value and continue.

*Monitoring Period* The four Monitoring Period fields will be enabled
only after the user values Water System No. The user may select a valid
monitoring period by any of this combination: Mon. Period \[Name\];
Begin Date + Duration; Begin Date + End Date; Duration + End Date or by
pressing the Monitoring Period **Go To** button.

Monitoring Period is a required field.

*\[Monitoring Period\]*

*Begin Date* If Begin Date and either End Date or Duration are valued,
on tabbing off, the software will retrieve the monitoring period that
matches the criteria and display it in all monitoring period fields. If
no monitoring period exists that matches the criteria, it will invoke
the Monitoring Period Maintenance List in single-select mode, sorted on
Monitoring Period Begin Date descending then on Monitoring Period End
Date ascending. The software will take no action if only Begin Date is
valued.

*\[Monitoring Period\]*

*End Date* If End Date and either Begin Date or Duration are valued, on
tabbing off the software will retrieve the monitoring period that
matches the criteria and display it in all monitoring period fields. If
no monitoring period exists that matches the criteria, it will invoke
the Monitoring Period Maintenance List in single-select mode, sorted on
Monitoring Period Begin Date descending then on Monitoring Period End
Date ascending. The software will take no action if only End Date is
valued.

*Mon. Period \[Name\]*

> If the user enters a valid monitoring period name, on tabbing off, the
> software will retrieve the monitoring period that matches the criteria
> and display it in all monitoring period fields. If the user enters a
> partial string or an invalid monitoring period name, the Monitoring
> Period Maintenance List will be invoked in single-select mode, sorted
> on Monitoring Period Name ascending.

*\[Monitoring Period\]*

*Duration* The user may enter a valid monitoring period Duration.
(B.5.6.3.a) If Duration and either Begin Date or End Date are valued, on
tabbing off, the software will retrieve the monitoring period that
matches the criteria and display it in all monitoring period fields. If
no monitoring period exists that matches the criteria, the software will
invoke the Monitoring Period Maintenance List in single-select mode. The
software will take no action if only Duration is valued.

Once a valid Water System and Monitoring Period have been selected, the
six buttons, **Combined Filter Effluent Turbidity**, **Individual Filter
Effluent Turbidity**, **Entry Point RDC**, **EP Chlorine
Dioxide/Chlorite**, **Distribution RDC**, and **MRDL
Chlorine/Chloramines** will be enabled.

[Tab Sequence:]{.underline}

Water System No. \[the seven-character, number field\], Water System No.
**Go To** button, \[Water System Name\], \[Monitoring Period\] Begin
Date, \[Monitoring Period\] Duration, \[Monitoring Period\] End Date,
Mon. Period \[Name\], Monitoring Period **Go To** button, **Combined
Filter Effluent Turbidity** button, **Individual Filter Effluent
Turbidity** button, **Entry Point RDC** button, **EP Chlorine
Dioxide/Chlorite** button, **Distribution RDC** button, **MRDL
Chlorine/Chloramines** button, **Next** button, **Cancel** button,
**Help** button.

[Buttons:]{.underline}

*\[water system\]*

**Go To** Will present the Water System Maintenance List in
single-select mode. If the user has typed part of the Water System No.,
it will be used in the search to invoke the Water System Maintenance
List in single-select mode. The user may select a water system from this
list.

*\[monitoring period\]*

**Go To** The user may use this **Go To** button to select a single,
valid monitoring period from the Monitoring Period Maintenance page. The
**Go To** Button will be enabled only after the user values the Water
System No. field (B.5.6.3.b). As the user selects the Monitoring Period,
the software will then populate the retrieved Monitoring Period Begin
Date and Duration.

**Combined Filter**

**Effluent**

**Turbidity** When the user presses this button, the following actions
will occur:

(1) If there is only one treatment plant (active or inactive) for the
    current Water System, the software will select that treatment plant
    (Water System Facility of type "TP").

-   If a WSF of type "TP" is not found, the following error message will
    be invoked: **Treatment Plant WSF not found for this Water System.**
    If more than one is found, the Water System Facility Maintenance
    List in single-select mode will be invoked which will display active
    and inactive treatment plants for the current Water System where the
    user must choose one.

\(2\) After the WSF has been selected, the software will select each
Facility Analyte Level (FANL) that is linked to the current WSF and
establish for turbidity (Analyte Code 0100) an average level (under the
old Turbidity Rule---Level Type is equal to "AVG"), or a maximum single
result level (Level Type is equal to "MAX"), and/or a level that at
least 95% of the results must be less than or equal to (Level Type is
equal to "95P"). This will result in the selection of one and possibly
two FANL records:

-   One whose field Summary Type is either "AVGT" or "MAXT."

```{=html}
<!-- -->
```
-   One whose field Summary Type is "95PT."

> If no FANL meeting any one of these criteria is found, invoke exit
> state error: **FANL of type AVG, MAX, or 95P not found for this WSF.**
>
> \(3\) If a FANL meeting these criteria is found, the software will run
> the selected FANL(s) through the following checks that may let the
> user know that a FANL exists but still cannot be used. If any of these
> checks is validated, an error message will be invoked.

-   If one or more FANL is found but none of the FANL found are in
    effect on the first day of the user-selected monitoring period (FANL
    Effective Begin Date is on or before the Monitoring Period Begin
    Date), the following error message will be invoked: No FANL of type
    "AVG," "MAX," or "95P" is in effect during this monitoring period.

```{=html}
<!-- -->
```
-   If one or more FANL is found but none of the FANLs found have the
    field MDBP Summary Check Flag set to Y (Yes), the following error
    message will be invoked: **No Facility Analyte Level** with **MDBP
    Summary Check Flag set to YES not found***.*

```{=html}
<!-- -->
```
-   If one or more FANL is found but none of the FANL found indicate a
    Summary Type of "AVGT," "MAXT," or "95PT," invoke error exit state
    message: **Facility Analyte Level with MDBP Summary type AVGT, MAXT,
    or 95PT not found.**

```{=html}
<!-- -->
```
-   If one or more FANL is found that satisfies the above criteria and
    is in effect on the first day of the user-selected monitoring
    period, the software will select it and go to step (4).

> \(4\) The software will next select:

-   One MDBP Summary that is linked to the FANL whose field Summary Type
    is either "AVGT" or "MAXT" and is linked to the user-specified
    monitoring period; in addition, it will select

```{=html}
<!-- -->
```
-   One MDBP Summary that is linked to the FANL whose field Summary Type
    is "95PT" and is linked to the user-specified monitoring period.

> \(5\) The software will then flow to the Combined Filter Effluent
> Turbidity page, displaying the selected Water System No., Water System
> Name, WSF State Asgn ID., WSF Name, Monitoring Period Begin Date,
> Monitoring Period Duration, and FANL.

-   If it finds one of the first two MDBP Summaries described above, it
    will also display its data in the page in Change mode with the
    cursor in the first entry field.

```{=html}
<!-- -->
```
-   If it finds an MDBP Summary of Type "95PT," it will display its data
    in the page in Change mode.

```{=html}
<!-- -->
```
-   If it does not find any of the three possible MDBP Summaries, this
    page will appear in Add mode.

**Individual Filter**

**Effluent Turbidity** When the user presses this button, the following
actions will occur:

> \(1\) If there is only one treatment plant (active or inactive) for
> the current Water System, the software will select it (WSF of type
> "TP").
>
> If WSF of type "TP" is not found, the following error message will be
> invoked: **Treatment Plant WSF not found for this Water System**.

-   If more than one is found, invoke the Water System Facility
    Maintenance List, which will display active and inactive treatment
    plants for the current Water System where the user must choose one.

> \(2\) After the WSF has been selected, the software will select the
> FANL that establishes a level for turbidity (Analyte Code 0100) that
> at least 95% of the results must be less than or equal to (LEVEL_TYPE
> is equal to "95P"), and that requires individual filters to be
> monitored
>
> (INDIV_FILTER_MNTRNG_REQD_FLAG is equal to "Y"), and is linked to the
> current WSF. This will result in the selection of zero or one FANL
> record.
>
> If a FANL meeting these criteria is not found, the following error
> message will be invoked: **A FANL requiring that individual filters be
> monitored not found for this WSF.**
>
> \(3\) If a FANL meeting these criteria is found, the software will run
> the selected FANL through the following checks that would let the user
> know that a FANL may exist but still cannot be used. If any of these
> checks is validated, an error message will be invoked. After the user
> presses **OK** on the message.

-   If the FANL found is not in effect on the first day of the
    user-selected monitoring period (FANL Effective Begin Date is on or
    before the Monitoring Period Begin Date), the following error
    message will be invoked: **Facility Analyte Level not in effect
    during this monitoring period.**

```{=html}
<!-- -->
```
-   If the FANL found does not have its field MDBP Summary Check Flag
    set to Y, the following error message will be invoked: **Facility
    Analyte Level with MDBP Summary Check Flag set to YES not found*.***

```{=html}
<!-- -->
```
-   If the FANL found does not indicate a Summary Type of "95PT," the
    following error message will be invoked: **Facility Analyte Level
    with MDBP Summary type 95PT not found*. ***

```{=html}
<!-- -->
```
-   If a FANL is found that satisfies the above criteria and is in
    effect on the first day of the user-selected monitoring period, the
    software will select it and go to step (4).

> \(4\) The software will next select an MDBP Summary for Individual
> Filter Effluent Turbidities (Summary Type is "IFT") that is linked to
> the selected FANL and linked to the user-specified monitoring period.
>
> \(5\) The software will then flow to the Individual Filter Effluent
> Turbidity page, displaying the selected Water System No., Water System
> Name, WSF State Asgn ID., WSF Name, Monitoring Period Begin Date,
> Monitoring Period Duration, and FANL.

-   If it finds an MDBP Summary that satisfies the criteria in Step (4),
    it will also display its data in the page in Change mode, with the
    cursor in the first entry field.

```{=html}
<!-- -->
```
-   If it does not find an MDBP Summary that satisfies the criteria in
    Step (4), this page will appear in Add mode.

**Entry Point RDC** When the user presses this button, the following
actions will occur:

\(1\) If there is only one treatment plant (active or inactive) for the
current Water System, the software will select that treatment plant
(Water System Facility of type "TP").

If a WSF of type "TP" is not found, the following error message will be
invoked: **Treatment Plant WSF not found for this Water System**.

> If more than one is found, the Water System Facility Maintenance List
> in single-select mode will be invoked, which will display active and
> inactive treatment plants for the current Water System where the user
> must choose one.
>
> \(2\) If there is only one entry point sampling point (sampling point
> of Type "EP," whether active or inactive) associated to the only
> treatment plant for the current Water System (WSF of Type "TP,"
> whether active or inactive), the software will select it.

-   If not found, the following error message will be invoked: **Entry
    point/sampling point not found for this Treatment Plant WSF.**

```{=html}
<!-- -->
```
-   If more than one entry point sampling point is associated to a
    treatment plant, the software will invoke the Sampling Point
    Maintenance/Selection List, which will display Sampling Points of
    type EP for WSFs of type TP for the current Water System, where the
    user must choose one.

> \(3\) After a treatment plant and entry point sampling point have been
> selected, the software will select the FANL that establishes a minimum
> level for either chlorine (Analyte Code 0999) or chloramine (Analyte
> Code 1006) for the selected treatment plant. This will result in the
> selection of zero, one, or two FANL records.
>
> If a FANL meeting these criteria is not found, the following error
> message will be invoked: **FANL for chlorine (0999) or chloramine
> (1006) of type MIN not found for this WSF*.***
>
> \(4\) If a FANL meeting these criteria is found, the software will run
> the selected FANL(s) through the following checks that may let the
> user know that a FANL exists but still cannot be used. If any of these
> checks is validated, an error message will be invoked.

-   If one or more FANL are found but none of the FANL found are in
    effect on the first day of the user-selected monitoring period (FANL
    Effective Begin Date is not on or before the Monitoring Period Begin
    Date), the following error message will be invoked: **Facility
    Analyte Level not in effect during this monitoring period.**

```{=html}
<!-- -->
```
-   If one or more FANL is found but none of the FANL found have its
    field MDBP Summary Check Flag set to "Y," the following error
    message will be invoked: **Facility Analyte Level with** **MDBP
    Summary Check Flag set to YES not found.**

```{=html}
<!-- -->
```
-   If one or more FANL is found but none of the FANL found indicate a
    Summary Type of "EPRD" (i.e., federal Entry Point Residual
    Disinfectant Concentration) or " SERD" (state Entry Point Residual
    Disinfectant Concentration), the following error message will be
    invoked: **Facility Analyte Level with MDBP Summary Type EPRD or
    SERD not found.**

```{=html}
<!-- -->
```
-   If one or more FANL is found that satisfies the above criteria and
    is in effect on the first day of the user-selected monitoring
    period, the software will select it and go to step (5).

> \(5\) The software will next select:

-   One MDBP Summary that is linked to the FANL whose field Summary Type
    is "EPRD" and is linked to the user-specified monitoring period; it
    will also select

```{=html}
<!-- -->
```
-   One MDBP Summary that is linked to the FANL whose field Summary Type
    is "SERD" and is linked to the user-specified monitoring period.

> \(6\) The software will then flow to the Entry Point RDC page,
> displaying the selected Water System No., Water System Name, WSF State
> Asgn ID., WSF Name, Monitoring Period Begin Date, Monitoring Period
> Duration, and FANL.

-   If it finds either one of the MDBP Summaries described above, it
    will also display its data in the page in Change mode with the
    cursor in the first entry field.

```{=html}
<!-- -->
```
-   If it does not find any of the possible MDBP Summaries, this page
    will appear in Add mode.

**EP Chlorine Dioxide/**

**Chlorite** When the user presses this button, the following actions
will occur:

> \(1\) If there is only one treatment plant (active or inactive) for
> the current Water System, the software will select that treatment
> plant (Water System Facility of type "TP").

-   If a WSF of type "TP" is not found, the following error message will
    be invoked: **Treatment Plant WSF not found for this Water System.**

> If more than one is found, the Water System Facility Maintenance List
> in single-select mode will be invoked which will display active and
> inactive treatment plants for the current Water System where the user
> must choose one.
>
> \(2\) If there is only one entry point sampling point (sampling point
> of Type "EP," whether active or inactive) associated to the only
> treatment plant for the current Water System (WSF of Type "TP,"
> whether active or inactive), the software will select it.

-   If not found, the following error message will be invoked: **Entry
    point/sampling point not found for this Treatment Plant WSF.**

```{=html}
<!-- -->
```
-   If more than one entry point sampling point is associated to a
    treatment plant, the software will invoke the Sampling Point
    Maintenance/Selection List, which displays Sampling Points of type
    "EP" for WSFs of type "TP" for the current Water System, where the
    user must choose one.

> \(3\) After the WSF and sampling point have been selected, the
> software will select the FANL that establishes a maximum level (Level
> Type is "MAX") for either chlorine dioxide (Analyte Code 1008) or
> chlorite (Analyte Code 1009) that is linked to the current WSF. This
> will result in the selection of zero, one, or two FANL records.
>
> If a FANL meeting these criteria is not found, the following error
> message will be invoked: **FANL for chlorine dioxide (1008) or
> chlorite (1009) of type MAX not found for this WSF.**
>
> \(4\) If a FANL meeting these criteria is found, the software will run
> the selected FANL(s) through the following checks that would let the
> user know that a FANL exists but still cannot be used. If any of these
> checks is validated, an error message will be invoked.

-   If one or more FANL is found but none of the FANL found are in
    effect on the first day of the user-selected monitoring period (FANL
    Effective Begin Date is not on or before the Monitoring Period Begin
    Date), the following error message will be invoked: **Facility
    Analyte Level not in effect during this monitoring period.**

```{=html}
<!-- -->
```
-   If one or more FANL is found but none of the FANL found have its
    MDBP Summary Check Flag set to "Y," the following error message will
    be invoked: **Facility Analyte Level with MDBP Summary Check Flag
    set to YES not found.**

```{=html}
<!-- -->
```
-   If a FANL record is found but does not indicate a Summary Type of
    "CLO2" or "CLO3," the following error message will be invoked:
    **Facility Analyte Level with MDBP Summary type CLO2 or CLO3 not
    found.**

```{=html}
<!-- -->
```
-   If one or more FANL is found that satisfies the above criteria and
    is in effect on the first day of the user-selected monitoring
    period, the software will select it and go to step (5).

> \(5\) The software will next select:

-   One MDBP Summary that is linked to the FANL whose field Summary Type
    is "CLO2" and is linked to the user-specified monitoring period, it
    will also select

```{=html}
<!-- -->
```
-   One MDBP Summary that is linked to the FANL whose field Summary Type
    is "CLO3" and is linked to the user-specified monitoring period.

> \(6\) The software will then flow to the to the EP Chlorine
> Dioxide/Chlorite page, displaying the selected Water System No., Water
> System Name, WSF State Asgn ID., WSF Name, Monitoring Period Begin
> Date, Monitoring Period Duration, and FANL.

-   If it finds either one of the MDBP Summaries described above, it
    will also display its data in the page in Change mode with the
    cursor in the first entry field.

```{=html}
<!-- -->
```
-   If it does not find any of the possible MDBP Summaries, this page
    will appear in Add mode.

**Distribution RDC** When the user presses this button, the following
actions will occur:

> \(1\) If there is only one distribution system (WSF of type "DS") for
> the selected Water System, whether active or inactive, the software
> will select it.
>
> If a WSF of type "DS" is not found, the following error message will
> be invoked: **Distribution WSF not found for this Water System.**

-   If more than one is found, invoke the Water System Facility
    Maintenance List displaying WSFs of type "DS" for the current Water
    System from which the user must choose one.

> \(2\) After the WSF has been selected, the software will select the
> FANL that establishes a minimum level (Level Type is "MIN") for
> chlorine (Analyte Code 0999) or chloramine (Analyte Code 1006) that is
> linked to the current WSF. This will result in the selection of zero,
> one, or two FANL records:
>
> If a FANL meeting these criteria is not found, the following error
> message will be invoked: **FANL for chloramine (1006) or chlorine
> (0999) of type MIN not found for this WSF.**
>
> \(3\) If a FANL meeting these criteria is found, the software will run
> the selected FANL through the following checks that would let the user
> know that a FANL exists but still cannot be used. If any of these
> checks is validated, an error message will be invoked.
>
> If one or more FANL is found but none of the FANL found are in effect
> on the first day of the user-selected monitoring period (FANL
> Effective Begin Date is not on or before the Monitoring Period Begin
> Date), the following error message will be invoked: **Facility Analyte
> Level not in effect during this monitoring period.**

-   If one or more FANL is found but none of the FANL found have its
    MDBP Summary Check Flag set to "Y," the following error message will
    be invoked: **Facility Analyte Level with MDBP Summary Check Flag
    set to YES not found.**

> If a FANL record is found but does not indicate a Summary Type of
> "DSRD" or " SDRD," the following error message will be invoked:
> **Facility Analyte Level with MDBP Summary type DSRD or SDRD not
> found.**

-   If one or more FANL is found that satisfies the above criteria and
    is in effect on the first day of the user-selected monitoring
    period, the software will select it and go to step (4).

> \(4\) The software will next select:

-   One MDBP Summary that is linked to the FANL whose field Summary Type
    is "DSRD" and is linked to the user-specified monitoring period; it
    will also select

```{=html}
<!-- -->
```
-   One MDBP Summary that is linked to the FANL whose field Summary Type
    is "SDRD" and is linked to the user-specified monitoring period.

> \(5\) The software will then flow to the Distribution RDC page,
> displaying the selected Water System No., Water System Name, WSF State
> Asgn ID., WSF Name, Monitoring Period Begin Date, Monitoring Period
> Duration, and FANL.

-   If it finds one of the MDBP Summaries described above, it will also
    display its data in the page in Change mode, with the cursor in the
    first entry field.

```{=html}
<!-- -->
```
-   If it does not find any of the possible MDBP Summaries, this page
    will appear in Add mode.

**MRDL Chlorine/**

**Chloramine** When the user presses this button, the following actions
will occur:

> \(1\) If there is only one distribution system (WSF of type "DS") for
> the selected Water System, whether active or inactive, the software
> will select it.
>
> If a WSF of type "DS" is not found, the following error message will
> be invoked: **Distribution WSF not found for this Water System***.*

-   If more than one is found, invoke the Water System Facility
    Maintenance List, which will display WSFs of type "DS" for the
    current Water System, where the user must choose one.

> \(2\) After the WSF has been selected, the software will select the
> FANL that establishes a maximum level (Level Type is "MAX") for
> chlorine (Analyte Code 0999) or chloramine (Analyte Code 1006) that is
> linked to the current WSF. This will result in the selection of zero,
> one, or two FANL records.
>
> If a FANL meeting these criteria is not found, the following error
> message will be invoked: **FANL for chloramine (1006) or chlorine
> (0999) of type MAX not found for this WSF**.
>
> \(3\) If a FANL meeting these criteria is found, the software will run
> the selected FANL through the following checks that would let the user
> know that a FANL exists but still cannot be used. If any of these
> checks is validated, an error message will be invoked.

-   If one or more FANL is found but none of the FANL found are in
    effect on the first day of the user-selected monitoring period (FANL
    Effective Begin Date is not on or before the Monitoring Period Begin
    Date), the following error message will be invoked: **Facility
    Analyte Level not in effect during this monitoring period.**

```{=html}
<!-- -->
```
-   If one or more FANL is found but none of the FANL found have its
    MDBP Summary Check Flag set to "Y," the following error message will
    be invoked: **Facility Analyte Level with MDBP Summary Check Flag
    set to YES not found.**

> If a FANL record is found but does not indicate a Summary Type of
> "MRDL," the following error message will be invoked: **Facility
> Analyte Level with MDBP Summary type MRDL not found.**

-   If one or more FANL is found that satisfies the above criteria and
    is in effect on the first day of the user-selected monitoring
    period, the software will select it and go to step (4).

> \(4\) The software will next select one MDBP Summary whose field
> Summary Type is MRDL that is linked to the FANL and is linked to the
> user-specified monitoring period.
>
> \(5\) The software will then flow to the MRDL Chlorine/Chloramine DS
> page, displaying the selected Water System No., \[Water System\] Name,
> WSF State Asgn ID., \[WSF\] Name, Analyte Code, \[Analyte Code\] Name,
> Monitoring Period Begin Date, Monitoring Period Duration, and FANL.

-   If it finds the MDBP Summary described above, it will also displays
    its data in the page in Change mode, with the cursor in the first
    entry field.

```{=html}
<!-- -->
```
-   If it does not find the MDBP Summary, this page will appear in Add
    mode.

**Next** This button will not be enabled until a valid Water System and
Monitoring Period have been selected. This will be the default button.

-   This button will sequentially invoke the FANL selection criteria
    that have previously been specified for each of the six WT buttons,
    in order, stopping at the first FANL that can be selected. From the
    Water Treatment Summary Category Selection page, this button will
    first check for a FANL as specified for the **Combined Filter
    Effluent Turbidity** button. From any other WT page, **Next** will
    take the user to the next WT page, using the following sequence:

> \- Combined Filter Effluent Turbidity.
>
> \- Individual Filter Effluent Turbidity.
>
> \- Entry Point RDC.
>
> \- EP Chlorine Dioxide/Chlorite.
>
> \- Distribution RDC.
>
> \- MRDL Chlorine/Chloramine.

-   When the "next" WT button FANL record is found, the logic will
    proceed as specified for that particular WT button.

```{=html}
<!-- -->
```
-   If no FANL records exist that meet any of the search criteria for
    the six buttons, invoke information exit state message: **No FANL
    exists for any of the** **WT buttons for this Water System or Mon.
    Period.** (B.5.6.3.c) Return the cursor to the Water System No.
    field.

**Cancel** Will disregard any data and return the user to the previous
page.

**Help** Will invoke online Help for this page.

####  Water Treatment Summary Jump

Each of the six WT pages will have a **WT Jump** button that will invoke
the WT Summary Jump page (Exhibit 5-31). The Water Treatment Summary
Jump, which will have seven buttons (one for each WT page and one for
the Water Treatment Summary Category Selection page), will allow the
user to move freely in any direction among WT pages.

When the Summary Jump page is used from a Water Treatment Summary page
and the page to which the user chooses to jump is in Add mode, the
software will carry forward the following data from the previous page:

Date Reported.

-   Lab ID No, Certifying Agency., and Laboratory Name.

```{=html}
<!-- -->
```
-   .

(R059:A.5.6.3.1.a)

[Tab Sequence:]{.underline}

**Combined Filter Effluent Turbidity** button, **Individual Filter
Effluent Turbidity** button, **Entry Point RDC** button, **EP Chlorine
Dioxide/Chlorite** button, **Distribution RDC** button, **MRDL
Chlorine/Chloramines** button, **WT** **Summary Category Selection**
button, **Help** button. (B.5.6.3.1.a)

![](media/image29.png){width="5.992361111111111in"
height="4.054166666666666in"}

[]{#__RefHeading___Toc173657216 .anchor}**Exhibit 5-31.** Water
Treatment Summary Jump

[Protected Fields:]{.underline}

*Water System No.* User-specified Water System No. for which the MDBP
summary is reported.

*\[Water System\]*

*Name* Name of the selected Water System.

*\[Monitoring Period\]*

*Begin Date* Begin Date of the user-specified monitoring period.

*\[Monitoring Period\]*

*Duration* Duration of the user-specified monitoring period.

[Buttons:]{.underline}

**Combined Filter**

**Effluent Turbidity** Pressing this button will trigger the same
actions as specified for the corresponding button on the Water Treatment
Summary Category Selection page.

**Individual Filter**

**Effluent Turbidity** Pressing this button will trigger the same
actions as specified for the corresponding button on the Water Treatment
Summary Category Selection page.

**Entry Point RDC** Pressing this button will trigger the same actions
as specified for the corresponding button on the Water Treatment Summary
Category Selection.

**EP Chlorine**

**Dioxide/Chlorite** Pressing this button will trigger the same actions
as specified for the corresponding button on the Water Treatment Summary
Category Selection page.

**Distribution RDC** Pressing this button will trigger the same actions
as specified for the corresponding button on the Water Treatment Summary
Category Selection page.

**MRDL Chlorine/**

**Chloramines** Pressing this button will trigger the same actions as
specified for the corresponding button on the Water Treatment Summary
Category Selection page.

**WT** **Summary**

**Category Selection** Pressing this button will return the user to the
Water Treatment Summary Category Selection page displaying the Water
System and monitoring period data. (B.5.6.3.1.b)

**Help** Will invoke online Help for this page.

####  Combined Filter Effluent Turbidity

The Combined Filter Effluent Turbidity page (Exhibit 5-33) will be used
to enter summarized data for turbidity samples collected at the combined
filter effluent in accordance with the Turbidity Rule, Surface Water
Treatment Rule (SWTR), Interim Enhanced Surface Water Treatment Rule
(IESWTR), and Long Term 1 Surface Water Treatment Rule (LT1SWTR).

When supporting data is in place, this page will create two MDBP
Summaries.

-   These data will be associated to the previously selected treatment
    plant and FANL (i.e., a WSF of type "TP" and a FANL record with an
    analyte code of "0100" and associated to an MDBP Summary).

```{=html}
<!-- -->
```
-   For each treatment plant that must meet the Turbidity Rule
    requirements, there should be one FANL type "AVG." Summaries created
    for this scenario will be of type "AVGT."

```{=html}
<!-- -->
```
-   For each treatment plant that must meet the other surface water
    treatment rules, there will typically be two FANL records; one of
    type "MAX" for the single sample maximum turbidity level and one of
    type "95P" for the turbidity level that 95% of samples must meet.
    Summaries created for this scenario will be of type "MAXT" and
    "95PT" respectively.

```{=html}
<!-- -->
```
-   To determine which of the rules applies to the treatment plant, the
    FANL records will be associated with a monitoring and reporting
    violation and a level type violation. This association will also be
    used to determine the appropriate violation type to be created by
    *CDS*. Exhibit 5-32, lists the federal violation types generally
    associated with the three turbidity rules.

The Combined Filter Effluent Turbidity page is shown in Exhibit 5-33.

+-----------+----------+--------------+--------------------+----------+
| **        | **FANL** | **Level**    | **Monitoring and   |          |
| Federal** |          |              | Reporting**        |          |
|           | *        | *            |                    |          |
| **Rule**  | *Level** | *Violation** | **Violation**      |          |
+-----------+----------+--------------+--------------------+----------+
| Turbidity | AVG      | 01 or 02     | 03-Major           |          |
+-----------+----------+--------------+--------------------+----------+
| SWTR      | MAX      | 41           | Unfiltered WTP     | 31-Major |
+-----------+----------+--------------+--------------------+----------+
|           | 95P      |              | Filtered WTP       | 36-Major |
+-----------+----------+--------------+--------------------+----------+
| IESWTR    | MAX      | 44           | 38-Major           |          |
+-----------+----------+--------------+--------------------+----------+
|           | 95P      | 46           |                    |          |
+-----------+----------+--------------+--------------------+----------+

[]{#__RefHeading___Toc173657217 .anchor}**Exhibit 5-32.** Violation
Types for Three Turbidity Rules

  ---------------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------------
  ![](media/image1.png){width="1.9270833333333333in"   ![](media/image30.png){width="3.842361111111111in"
  height="5.372916666666667in"}                        height="5.290972222222222in"}

  ---------------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------------

[]{#__RefHeading___Toc173657218 .anchor}**Exhibit 5-33.** Combined
Filter Effluent Turbidity

[Protected Fields:]{.underline}

*Water System No.* User-specified Water System No. for which the MDBP
summary is reported.

*\[Water System\]*

*Name* Name of the selected Water System.

*WSF State Asgn ID* State Asgn ID of the WSF for which the MDBP summary
is reported.

*\[WSF\] Name* Name of the selected Water System Facility.

*Analyte Code* The Analyte Code specified in the associated Facility
Analyte Level record.

*\[Analyte\] Name* The analyte name associated with the analyte code.

*\[Monitoring Period\]*

*Begin Date* Begin Date of the user-specified monitoring period.

*\[Monitoring Period\]*

*Duration* Duration of the user-specified monitoring period.

*Individual* *ID*

*Number* *and Name* The ID Number and Name for the individual that is
associated to the MDBP Summary. This association is now obsolete with
the ability to designate an Individual as a laboratory analyst. It is no
longer maintainable but an existing association is presented.
(R0059:A.5.6.3.2.f)

[Entry Fields:]{.underline}

*Date* *Reported* If the previous page is the Water Treatment Summary
Category page, this field will default to today's date, otherwise it
will default to Date Reported in the previous page.

> Date may not be after today. The error message will be: **Date must
> not be a future date.** Return the cursor to the Date Reported field.
>
> Data entered in this field will be stored as REPORTED_DATE in both
> summaries.

*Number of*

*Samples Required* This field will default to the value calculated using
the Number of Samples Per Day and Number of Days to Monitoring Per Month
from the associated FANL.

> In particular, it will default to z, calculated as follows:
>
> z = x \* y
>
> Where: x = FANL Number of Samples Per Day.
>
> y = FANL Number of Days to Monitor per Month or the number of days in
> the monitoring period, whichever is less.
>
> If the user changes the default, set the changed value to Number of
> Samples Taken field.
>
> This field will be stored as attribute SAMPLES_REQUIRED in both
> summaries.

*Number of Samples*

*Taken* Defaults to the value in attribute SAMPLES_REQUIRED as
calculated above. If value is changed in either add or change mode and
number of samples exceeded field for the 95 NTU is greater than one, the
percent of samples exceeded will be recalculated.

> Stored as attribute SAMPLES_COLLECTED with both summary records.

*Turbidity M&R*

*Complied?* Permitted Values: Y=YES; NMJ=No-Major; NMN=No-Minor.

> Use the following calculation to set the default value for this field:
>
> x = (Number of Samples Taken/Number of Samples Required)\* 100
>
> If x \>= 100, default to "Y."

If x \<89.9, default to NMJ.

> Otherwise, default to NMN.
>
> Store as attribute MR_COMPLIANCE_INDICATOR with both summary records.
> If either the number of samples required or taken fields is modified
> in change mode, this field will be recalculated. If this field is
> modified in change mode, the change will be stored with both
> summaries.

First Protected

Prompt/Label

*\[Number of*

*XXXXXXXXXXXX*

*Exceeded 999 NTU*\] If FANL of Control Level Type MAX or AVG is not
found,

-   Clear First Protected Prompt/Label*.*

```{=html}
<!-- -->
```
-   Clear and Protect attribute TOTAL_SAMPLES_BEYOND_MSR_LVL's entry
    field.

```{=html}
<!-- -->
```
-   Disable **Avg/Max Comments** button.

> Otherwise if found,

-   If FANL Control Level Type = MAX. Set XXXXXXXXXXXX to "Number of
    Samples Exceeded 999 NTU."

```{=html}
<!-- -->
```
-   If FANL Control Level Type = AVG

> Set XXXXXXXXXXXX to "Number of Days Average Exceeded 999 NTU."

-   Set 999 to value in FANL CONTROL_LEVEL_TEXT.

```{=html}
<!-- -->
```
-   Enable attribute TOTAL_SAMPLES_BEYOND_MSR_LVL's entry field and
    default to 0.

```{=html}
<!-- -->
```
-   Enable **Avg/Max Comments** button.

```{=html}
<!-- -->
```
-   The number value will be stored in attribute
    TOTAL_SAMPLES_BEYOND_MSR_LVL for the MAXT/AVGT summary.

*Highest Single*

*Turbidity Reading* If FANL of Control Level Type MAX or AVG is not
found,

-   Clear Highest Single Turbidity Reading prompt.

```{=html}
<!-- -->
```
-   Clear and Protect attribute HIGHEST_MEASURE's entry field.

> Otherwise if found,

-   Display Highest Single Turbidity Reading prompt.

```{=html}
<!-- -->
```
-   Display/enable attribute HIGHEST_MEASURE's entry field.

```{=html}
<!-- -->
```
-   This value will be needed for CCR and will not be used by *CDS*
    processes. The value will be stored in attribute HIGHEST_MEASURE of
    the summary associated to the MAX or AVG FANL.

Second Protected

Prompt/Label

*\[Number of Samples*

*Exceeded 999 NTU*\] If FANL of Control Level Type 95P is not found,

-   Clear Second Protected Prompt/Label.

```{=html}
<!-- -->
```
-   Clear and Protect attribute TOTAL_SAMPLES_BEYOND_MSR_LVL's entry
    field.

```{=html}
<!-- -->
```
-   Disable **95P Comments** button.

Otherwise if found,

-   Set XXXXXXXXXXXX to "Number of Samples Exceeded 999 NTU."

```{=html}
<!-- -->
```
-   Set 999 to value in FANL CONTROL_LEVEL_TEXT.

```{=html}
<!-- -->
```
-   Enable attribute TOTAL_SAMPLES_BEYOND_MSR_LVL's entry field and
    default to 0.

```{=html}
<!-- -->
```
-   Enable **95P Comments** button.

-   The number value will be stored in attribute
    TOTAL_SAMPLES_BEYOND_MSR_LVL for the 95PT summary.

Third Protected

Prompt/Label

*\[% of Samples*

*Exceeding 999 NTU*\] If FANL of Control Level Type 95P is not found,

-   Clear Third Protected Prompt/Label*.*

```{=html}
<!-- -->
```
-   Clear and Protect attribute PERCENT_SAMPS_BYND_MSR_LVL_TXT's entry
    field.

Otherwise if found,

-   Set XXXXXXXXXXXX to "% of Samples Exceeding 999 NTU."

```{=html}
<!-- -->
```
-   Set 999 to value in FANL REPORTED_MSR

```{=html}
<!-- -->
```
-   Enable attribute PERCENT_SAMPLES_BEYOND_MSR_LVL's entry field and
    default value according to following calculation: value = (number of
    samples exceeding level/number of samples taken) \* 100, with two
    significant digits after the decimal point.

-   In change mode if TOTAL_SAMPLES_BEYOND_MSR_LVL for the 95PT summary
    is modified this field should be recalculated.

> Store as attributes PERCENT_SAMPLES_BEYOND_MSR_LVL and
> PERCENT_SAMPS_BYND_MSR_LVL_TXT with 95PT summary.

Laboratory/Analyst Group Boxes:

If the previous page was the Water Treatment Summary Category page, all
fields in the Laboratory/Analyst group boxes will default to spaces
(except for Certifying Agency); otherwise they will default to whatever
laboratory and analyst selection was made (including none) for the
previous page.

*Lab* *ID No.* The Lab ID Number that the user wishes to associate to
the MDBP Summary. This field will be optional.

> The user may enter a valid Lab ID or use the **Go To** button to
> select a laboratory from the Lab Maintenance list in single-select
> mode. As the user enters/changes a value and tabs off the Lab ID
> Number field, the software will check that the supplied Lab ID is
> valid, (R0059:A.5.6.3.2.a)
>
> If the supplied Lab ID Number does not exist in the database, the
> software will not supply a message but will directly invoke the Lab
> Maintenance List in single-select mode from where the user may select
> a valid Laboratory. After selection, return the cursor to
> \[Laboratory\] Name.

*Certifying Agency* Select a value from the dropdown list. The value
will be matched against the laboratory's Certifying Agency. The
selections available via the dropdown list will be retrieved from the
TINPVALS table where code_name = "CERT_AG."

> If an exact match is found using the Lab ID No. and Certifying Agency,
> the laboratory name will be displayed.
>
> If none is found, the Laboratory Maintenance List will be presented in
> single-select mode.
>
> Certifying Agency will be a required field. It will default to STATE.
> (R0059:A.5.6.3.2.b)

*C*

> (R0059:A.5.6.3.2.c)

*Name* The laboratory/analyst name which the user wishes to associate to
the MDBP Summary. This field will be optional.

> The user may enter a valid laboratory/analyst name or use the **Go
> To** button to select a laboratory/analyst from the Lab Maintenance
> List in single-select mode. As the user enters/changes a value and
> tabs off the Name field, the software will check that the supplied
> Name is valid, then populate the retrieved Lab ID Number andCertifying
> Agency . (R0059:A.5.6.3.2.d)
>
> If the supplied Name does not exist in the database, the software will
> not supply a message but will directly invoke the Lab Maintenance List
> in single-select mode from where the user may select a valid
> Laboratory/Analyst. After selection, return the cursor to
> \[Laboratory\] Name.

[Tab Sequence:]{.underline}

Date Reported, Number of Samples Required, Number of Samples Taken,
Turbidity M&R Complied? \[Number of XXXXXXXXXXXX Exceeding 999 NTU\],
Highest Single Turbidity Reading, \[Number of Samples Exceeding 999
NTU\], \[Percent of Samples Exceeding 999 NTU\], Lab/Analyst ID No., Lab
**Go To** button,Certifying Agency, ., Name, , **Avg./Max Comments**
button, **95P Comments** button, **WT** **Jump** button, **Next**
button, **Cancel** Button, **Help** button. (R0059:A.5.6.3.2.d,
B.5.6.3.2.a)

[Buttons:]{.underline}

*\[Laboratory/Analyst\]*

**Go To** The user may use the **Go To** button to display the Lab
Maintenance List in single-select mode. As the user makes a selection,
the software will then populate the retrieved Lab ID Number, Certifying
Agency and Lab Name fields. . (R0059:A.5.6.3.2.e)

(R0059:A.5.6.3.2.g)

**Avg./Max**

**Comments** Invokes a dialog box where the user can record any
additional information about the average or single maximum sample
summary data. Stores value as COMMENT_TEXT with MAXT/AVGT summary.

**95P Comments** Invokes a dialog box where the user can record any
additional information about the sample summary data associated with the
NTU level that 95 percent of samples must meet. Stores value as
COMMENT_TEXT with 95PT summary.

**WT** **Jump** When the user presses this button, the software will:
(B.5.6.3.2.b)

-   Check that Reported Date is not after today. The error message will
    be: **Date must not be a future date.** Return the cursor to the
    Reported Date field.

```{=html}
<!-- -->
```
-   Set LEVEL_COMPLIANCE_INDICATOR according to the following algorithm:

> For AVGT or MAXT summaries, if TOTAL_SAMPLES_BEYOND_MSR_LVL is greater
> than zero, value with NO, else value with YES.

For 95P summaries if PERCENT_SAMPLES_BEYOND_MSR_LVL rounded to a whole
number is greater than 5, value with NO, else value with YES. For
example, 5.4% is in compliance, 5.5% is not.

-   Create or update the MAXT/AVGT and or 95P summary(ies). In change
    mode if any of the fields store in both summaries, date reported,
    number of samples received, number of samples taken, M&R complied,
    association to laboratory and association to individual, is modified
    both summaries must be updated.

```{=html}
<!-- -->
```
-   Invoke the Water Treatment Jump page.

**Next** When the user presses this button, the following actions will
occur:

-   The software will check that Reported Date is not after today. The
    error message will be: **Date must not be a future date.** Return
    the cursor to the Reported Date field.

```{=html}
<!-- -->
```
-   Set LEVEL_COMPLIANCE_INDICATOR according to the following algorithm.

> For AVGT or MAXT summaries if TOTAL_SAMPLES_BEYOND_MSR_LVL is greater
> than zero, value with NO, else value with YES.

For 95P summaries if PERCENT_SAMPLES_BEYOND_MSR_LVL rounded to a whole
number is greater than 5, value with NO, else value with YES. For
example, 5.4% is in compliance, 5.5% is not.

-   Create or update the MDBP summary(ies) and associate it with the
    selected FANL and user-specified monitoring period. In change mode
    if any of the fields store in both summaries, date reported, number
    of samples received, number of samples taken, M&R complied,
    association to laboratory and association to individual, is modified
    both summaries must be updated.

```{=html}
<!-- -->
```
-   The software will then apply the same actions for this button as
    previously specified in Subsection 5.7.2.1.

**Cancel** Will disregard any data and return the user to the previous
page.

**Help** Will invoke online Help for this page.

####  Individual Filter Effluent Turbidity

The Individual Filter Effluent Turbidity page (Exhibit 5-34) will be
used to enter summarized data for turbidity samples collected at the
individual filter effluent in accordance with the Interim Enhanced
Surface Water Treatment Rule (IESWTR) and Long Term 1 Surface Water
Treatment Rule (LT1SWTR). When supporting data is in place, this page
will create one MDBP Summary.

-   This data will be associated to a WSF of type "TP" and a Facility
    Analyte Level (FANL) record with an analyte code of "0100\" and an
    MDBP Summary type of "95PT."

```{=html}
<!-- -->
```
-   For each treatment plant that must meet individual filter monitoring
    requirements, there should be one FANL type "95P" with the
    Individual Filter Monitoring Indicator valued.

```{=html}
<!-- -->
```
-   Due to the complexity of individual filter monitoring, the data
    stored will be answers to seven questions about the monitoring
    performed during the monitoring period. Each question, which may be
    answered with "Yes," "No," or Blank will be defaulted to the
    appropriate answer.

```{=html}
<!-- -->
```
-   There are no level violations for individual filter monitoring. If a
    filter exceeds a set limit, the operator must provide the primacy
    agency with one of three types of reports on the filter within a
    specified time frame. If the report is not provided within the time
    frame, the Water System will have a type "29" reporting violation.
    *CDS* will not create these candidate violations, although it will
    provide an alert to compliance officers who could then investigate
    the individual filter effluent turbidity levels and, if necessary,
    create a violation or a compliance schedule as desired.

```{=html}
<!-- -->
```
-   The FANL records will be associated with a monitoring and reporting
    violation and a level type violation. This association will also be
    used to determine the appropriate violation type to be created by
    *CDS*. Since the individual filter monitoring is a flag on the 95P
    FANL, the violations will be those used for the 95P FANL, which will
    generally be "38-Major" and "44." The violation type for individual
    filter effluent turbidity monitoring will also be "38-Major." As
    previously noted, there are no level violations associated with
    individual filter effluent monitoring.

[Protected Fields:]{.underline}

The protected fields in this display box will be the same as those
previously described for the Combined Filter Effluent Turbidity page.

Individual ID No. and Name fields become protected. (R0059:A.5.6.3.3.f)

[Entry Fields:]{.underline}

The default settings listed with each data entry field are to be
calculated prior to opening the Individual Filter Effluent Turbidity
page.

*Date Reported* This field will be the same as the Date Reported field
in the Combined Filter Effluent Turbidity page.

  ---------------------------------------------------- -----------------------------------------------
  ![](media/image1.png){width="1.9270833333333333in"   ![](media/image31.png){width="3.8375in"
  height="5.372916666666667in"}                        height="5.249305555555556in"}

  ---------------------------------------------------- -----------------------------------------------

[]{#__RefHeading___Toc173657219 .anchor}**Exhibit 5-34.** Individual
Filter Effluent Turbidity

*Question #1* Label will read: "Was Each Filter Monitored continuously?"

Permitted Values: Y=Yes; N=No; Blank.

Default to "Yes."

Value will be stored as Q1_IFT_MONITORED_INDICATOR in the IFT summary.

*Question #2* Label will read: "Were Measurements Recorded Every 15
minutes?"

Permitted Values: Y=Yes; N=No; Blank.

Default to "Yes."

Value will be stored as Q2_IFT_RECORED_INDICATOR in the IFT summary.

*Question #3* Label will read: "Was there a Failure of the continuously
monitoring equipment?"

Permitted Values: Y=Yes; N=No; Blank.

Default to "No."

Value will be stored as Q3_IFT_EQUIPMENT_INDICATOR in the IFT summary.

*Question #4* Label will read: "Was individual filter level greater than
1.0 NTU in two consecutive measurements?"

Permitted Values: Y=Yes; N=No; Blank.

Default to "No."

Value will be stored as Q4_IFT_GREATER_1_0_INDICATOR in the IFT summary.

*Question #5* Label will read: "Was individual filter level greater than
0.5 NTU in two consecutive measurements after on line for more than four
hours?"

Permitted Values: Y=Yes; N=No; Blank.

Default to "No."

Value will be stored as Q5_IFT_GREATER_0_5_INDICATOR in the IFT summary.

*Question #6* Label will read: "Was individual filter level greater than
1.0 NTU in two consecutive measurements in three consecutive months?"

Permitted Values: Y=Yes; N=No; Blank.

Default to "No."

Value will be stored as Q6_IFT_GREATER_1_DUR_3_MON_IND.

*Question #7* Label will read: "Was individual filter level greater than
2.0 NTU in two consecutive measurements in two consecutive months?"

Permitted Values: Y=Yes; N=No; Blank.

Default to "No."

Value will be stored as Q7_IFT_GREATER_2_DUR_2_MON_IND in the IFT
summary.

Laboratory/Analyst Information Box:

*Lab/Analyst*

*ID No.* This field will be the same as the Lab ID No. in the Combined
Filter Effluent Turbidity page. The same design specifications will
apply. (R0059:A.5.6.3.3.a)

*Certifying Agency* Select a value from the dropdown list. The value
will be matched against the laboratory's Certifying Agency. The
selections available via the dropdown list will be retrieved from the
TINPVALS table where code_name = "CERT_AG."

> If an exact match is found using the Lab ID No. and Certifying Agency,
> the laboratory name will be displayed.
>
> If none is found, the Laboratory Maintenance List will be presented in
> single-select mode.
>
> Certifying Agency will be a required field. It will default to STATE.
> (R0059:A.5.6.3.3.b)

. (R0059:A.5.6.3.3.c)

*Name* This field will be the same as the Laboratory/Analyst Name in the
Combined Filter Effluent Turbidity page. The same design specifications
will apply.

(R0059:A.5.6.3.3.g).

*Comments* User can record any additional information about the sample
summary data.

Store as COMMENT_TEXT with summary.

[Tab Sequence:]{.underline}

Date Reported, Question #1, Question #2, Question #3, Question #4,
Question #5, Question #6, Question #7, Lab/Analyst ID No., Certifying
Agency, Lab **Go To** button,., Name, Comments, **WT** **Jump** button,
**Next** button, **Cancel** button, **Help** button. (R0059:A.5.6.3.3.d,
B.5.6.3.3.a)

[Buttons:]{.underline}

*\[Laboratory/Analyst\]*

**Go To** The design specifications for this button previously described
on the Combined Filter Effluent Turbidity page will apply here.
(R0059:A.5.6.3.3.e)

. (R0059:A.5.6.3.3.g)

**WT** **Jump** **(B.5.6.3.3.b)** The design specifications for this
button previously described on the Combined Filter Effluent Turbidity
page will apply here with one exception. For the Individual Filter
Turbidity page only, just prior to creating/updating the IFT summary,
set LEVEL_COMPLIANCE_INDICATOR according to the following algorithm: if
Question #4, 5, 6, or 7 equals No, value NO, else value YES. Set
MR_COMPLIANCE_INDICATOR according to the following algorithm: if
Question #1, 2, 3 equals Null or if Question #1 or 2 equals NO or
Question #3 equals YES; value NMJ‑No Major, else value YES.

**Next** The design specifications for this button previously described
on the Combined Filter Effluent Turbidity page will apply here, with one
exception. For the Individual Filter Turbidity page only, just prior to
creating/updating the IFT summary, set LEVEL_COMPLIANCE_INDICATOR
according to the following algorithm: if Question #4, 5, 6, or 7 equals
No, value NO, else value YES. Set MR_COMPLIANCE_INDICATOR according to
the following algorithm: if Question #1, 2, 3 equals Null or if Question
#1 or 2 equals NO or Question #3 equals YES, value NO, else value YES.

**Cancel** Will disregard any data and return the user to the previous
page.

**Help** Will invoke online Help for this page.

####  Entry Point RDC

The **Entry Point RDC** page (Exhibit 5-35) will be used to enter
summarized data for residual disinfectant concentration (RDC) samples
collected at the entry point to the distribution system. When supporting
data is in place, this page will create two MDBP Summaries.

This data will be associated to the previously selected treatment plant
(WSF of type "TP") and Facility Analyte Level (FANL) record (i.e., FANL
with an analyte code of "0999"---Chlorine or "1006"---Chloramine and a
level type of "MIN"). Uniqueness criteria will not allow FANL records
for both chlorine and chloramine to be created with overlapping
effective periods. If a treatment plant uses both disinfectants
intermittently, the primacy agency must choose one to monitor.

For each treatment plant that must monitor the entry point for a federal
or state RDC level, a FANL must be created. The federal level will be
associated to an MDBP Summary of type "EPRD," the state level to a
summary of type "SERD." Both FANLs must be associated to the same
analyte.

To determine which rules apply to the treatment plant, the FANL records
will be associated with a monitoring and reporting violation and a level
type violation. This association will also be used to determine the
appropriate violation type to be created by *CDS.* Generally, the
federal M&R violation types will be "31---Major" for unfiltered
treatment plants, "36 ---Major" for filtered treatment plants, and type
"41---No severity" as the level violation type. (There are three
violation type 41 records: Single CFE exceedence, Monthly CFE
exceedence, and no severity). The third one is appropriate for entry
point RDC level violations.

If the state wishes to track state levels, a state level type violation
must be created and associated to the FANL. Since the samples required
and taken are the same for both the federal and state levels, a
monitoring and reporting violation type should not be associated to the
state FANL.

Since a treatment plant may have more than one entry point, the summary
will be associated with an entry point sampling point.

[Protected Fields:]{.underline}

The protected fields in this display box will be the same as previously
described for the Combined Filter Effluent Turbidity page, except that
two sampling point fields will have been added.

*Sampling Point* The state assigned ID of the selected sampling point.

*\[Sampling\] Location* The name/location of the selected sampling
point.

*Individual ID No.*

*And Name* Fields become protected. (R0059:A.5.6.3.4.f)

[Entry Fields:]{.underline}

The default settings listed beside each data entry field are to be
calculated prior to opening the Entry Point RDC page.

*Date Reported* The design specifications for this field previously
described on the Combined Filter Effluent Turbidity page will apply
here.

  ---------------------------------------------------- -----------------------------------------------------
  ![](media/image1.png){width="1.9270833333333333in"   ![](media/image32.png){width="3.8472222222222223in"
  height="5.372916666666667in"}                        height="3.620833333333333in"}

  ---------------------------------------------------- -----------------------------------------------------

[]{#__RefHeading___Toc173657220 .anchor}**Exhibit 5-35.** Entry Point
RDC

*Number of*

*Samples Required* The design specifications for this field previously
described on the Combined Filter Effluent Turbidity page will apply
here.

*Number of Samples*

*Taken* The design specifications for this field previously described on
the Combined Filter Effluent Turbidity page will apply here.

*Entry Point*

*RDC M&R*

*Complied?* The design specifications for this field previously
described on the Combined Filter Effluent Turbidity page will apply
here.

First Protected

Prompt/Label

*\[Number of Samples*

*Under 999 mg/l*

*Federal Level\]* If FANL indicating a Summary Type of "EPRD" is not
found,

-   Clear First Protected Prompt/Label.

```{=html}
<!-- -->
```
-   Clear and Protect TOTAL_SAMPLES_BEYOND_MSR_LVL.

```{=html}
<!-- -->
```
-   Disable **Fed RDC** button.

If FANL indicating a Summary Type of "EPRD" is found,

-   Display "Number of Samples Under 999 mg/l Federal Level" in the
    First Protected Prompt/Label.

```{=html}
<!-- -->
```
-   Set 999 to the value in the FANL CONTROL_LEVEL_TEXT.

```{=html}
<!-- -->
```
-   Default the field to zero.

```{=html}
<!-- -->
```
-   Store the value in the field as TOTAL_SAMPLES_BEYOND_MSR_LVL with
    EPRD summary.

Second Protected

Prompt/Label

*\[Number of Sample*

*Under 999 mg/l*

*State Level\]* If FANL indicating a Summary Type of "SERD" is not
found,

-   Clear Second Protected Prompt/Label.

```{=html}
<!-- -->
```
-   Clear and Protect TOTAL_SAMPLES_BEYOND_MSR_LVL.

```{=html}
<!-- -->
```
-   Disable **State RDC** button.

If FANL indicating a Summary Type of "SERD" is found,

-   Display "Number of Samples Under 999 mg/l State Level" in the Second
    Protected Prompt/Label.

```{=html}
<!-- -->
```
-   Set 999 to the value in the FANL CONTROL_LEVEL_TEXT.

```{=html}
<!-- -->
```
-   Default the field to zero.

```{=html}
<!-- -->
```
-   Store the value in the field as TOTAL_SAMPLES_BEYOND_MSR_LVL with
    SERD summary.

Laboratory/Analyst Information Box:

*Lab/Analyst*

*ID No.* This field will be the same as the Lab/Analyst ID No. in the
Combined Filter Effluent Turbidity page. The same design specifications
will apply. (R0059:A.5.6.3.4.a)

*Certifying Agency* Select a value from the dropdown list. The value
will be matched against the laboratory's Certifying Agency. The
selections available via the dropdown list will be retrieved from the
TINPVALS table where code_name = "CERT_AG."

> If an exact match is found using the Lab ID No. and Certifying Agency,
> the laboratory name will be displayed.
>
> If none is found, the Laboratory Maintenance List will be presented in
> single-select mode.
>
> Certifying Agency will be a required field. It will default to STATE.
> (R0059:A.5.6.3.4.b)

(R0059:A.5.6.3.4.c)

*Name* This field will be the same as the Laboratory/Analyst Name in the
Combined Filter Effluent Turbidity page. The same design specifications
will apply.

[Tab Sequence:]{.underline}

Date Reported, Number of Samples Required, Number of Samples Taken,
Entry Point RDC M&R Complied?, \[Number of Samples Under 999 mg/l
Federal Level\], \[Number of Samples Under 999 mg/l State Level\],
Lab/Analyst ID No., Certifying Agency, Lab **Go To** button, Name, ,
**Fed RDC** \[Comments\] button, **State RDC** \[Comments\] button,
**WT** **Jump** button, **Next** button, **Cancel** Button, **Help**
button. (R0059:A.5.6.3.4.d, B.5.6.3.4.a)

[Buttons:]{.underline}

*\[laboratory/analyst\]*

**Go To** This button will be the same as the Lab **Go To** in the
Combined Filter Effluent Turbidity page. The same design specifications
will apply. (R0059:A.5.6.3.4.e)

(R0059:A.5.6.3.4.g)

**Fed RDC**

\[Comments\] This button will be hidden if the FANL of Summary Type
"EPRD" is not found. Clicking on it will invoke a dialog box where the
user can record any additional information about the federal RDC level
summary data.

Store as COMMENT_TEXT with EPRD summary.

**State RDC**

\[Comments\] This button will be hidden if a FANL of Summary Type "SERD"
is not found. Clicking on this button will invoke a dialog box where the
user can record additional information about the sample summary data
associated with the state RDC level summary data.

Store as COMMENT_TEXT with SERD summary.

**WT** **Jump** **(B.5.6.3.4.b)** The design specifications for this
button previously described on the Combined Filter Effluent Turbidity
page will apply here, with one exception: for the Entry Point RDC page
only, just prior to creating/updating the EPRD and/or SERD summary
(ies), set LEVEL_COMPLIANCE_INDICATOR according to the following
algorithm: if TOTAL_SAMPLES_BEYOND_MSR_LVL is greater than zero, value
with NO, else value with YES.

**Next** The design specifications for this button previously described
on the Combined Filter Effluent Turbidity page will apply here, with one
exception: for the Entry Point RDC page only, just prior to
creating/updating the EPRD and/or SERD summary (ies), set
LEVEL_COMPLIANCE_INDICATOR according to the following algorithm: if
TOTAL_SAMPLES_BEYOND_MSR_LVL is greater than zero, value with NO, else
value with YES.

**Cancel** Will disregard any data and return the user to the previous
page.

**Help** Will invoke online Help for this page.

####  Entry Point Chlorine Dioxide/Chlorite

The Entry Point Chlorine Dioxide/Chlorite page (Exhibit 5-36), will be
used to enter summarized data for daily chlorine dioxide and chlorite
samples collected at the entry point to the distribution system for the
Stage1 Disinfectant/Disinfection By-Products Rule (D/DBP). The D/DBP
rule requires monitoring at the entry point for both analytes each day
that chlorine dioxide is used as a disinfectant. When supporting data is
in place, this page will create two MDBP Summaries.

This data will be associated to a WSF of type "TP" and a Facility
Analyte Level (FANL) record with an analyte code of "1008"---Chlorine
Dioxide or "1009"---Chlorite and a level type of "MAX," both of which
will have already been selected and will be displayed on this page. The
summaries created will be of type "CLO2" for chlorine dioxide and "CLO3"
for chlorite.

The FANL records will be associated with a monitoring and reporting
violation and a level type violation. This association will also be used
to determine the appropriate violation type to be created by *CDS*.
Generally, the federal violation will be type "27---Major" for
monitoring and reporting chlorite and type "27- Monitoring DBP with No.
of Missing Samples for chlorine dioxide. For level violations, the type
will be "11- Max Res Disinfect Lvl-MRDL" with no severity indicated for
chlorine dioxide and "02-MCL with No. of Exceedances" for chlorite.

Monitoring for these analytes at the entry point must be conducted by a
person approved by the state and may be stored as a summary. Monitoring
for these analytes at the distribution system level must be conducted by
a certified laboratory and should be stored individually. Therefore,
distribution system sample results will not be stored in MDBP Summary
but with samples and analytical results.

Monitoring at the entry point for chlorine dioxide and chlorite does not
directly result in level violations. If entry point sample results
exceed specified levels, additional monitoring must be conducted in the
distribution system. Therefore, *CDS* will not generate level
violations, but will give compliance officers a warning on the report
that levels have been exceeded. The compliance officer will then need to
ensure that the additional samples were collected.

Since a treatment plant may have more than one entry point, the summary
will be associated with an entry point sampling point.

[Protected Fields:]{.underline}

The protected fields in this display box will be the same as previously
described for the Entry Point RDC page, except that the Analyte Code and
\[Analyte\] Name fields have been omitted.

Individual ID No. and Name will become protected fields.
(R0059:A.5.6.3.5.f)

[Entry Fields:]{.underline}

The default settings listed beside each data entry field will be
calculated prior to opening the Entry Point Chlorine Dioxide/Chlorite
page.

*Date Reported* The design specifications for this field previously
described on the Combined Filter Effluent Turbidity page will apply
here.

  ---------------------------------------------------- -----------------------------------------------------
  ![](media/image1.png){width="1.9270833333333333in"   ![](media/image33.png){width="3.8493055555555555in"
  height="5.372916666666667in"}                        height="4.050694444444445in"}

  ---------------------------------------------------- -----------------------------------------------------

[]{#__RefHeading___Toc173657221 .anchor}**Exhibit 5-36.** Entry Point
Chlorine Dioxide/Chlorite

Chlorine Dioxide Entry Point Monitoring Group:

All prompts and fields located under the "Chlorine Dioxide Entry Point
Monitoring" label should be hidden if FANL of Summary Type "CLO2" is not
found, including the **Chlorine Dioxide Comments** button. All should be
displayed/enabled when FANL of Summary Type "CLO2" is found.

*Number of \[Chlorine*

*Dioxide \[Samples*

*Required\]* The design specifications for this field previously
described on the Combined Filter Effluent Turbidity page will apply
here. Store as SAMPLES_REQUIRED in "CLO2" summary record.

*Number of \[Chlorine*

*Dioxide\] Samples*

*Taken* Default to number of chlorine dioxide samples required. When the
user tabs off this field, populate the EP Chlorine Dioxide M&R Complied
field. Store as SAMPLES_COLLECTED with "CLO2" summary record.

*EP Chlorine Dioxide*

*M&R Complied?* The design specifications for this field previously
described on the Combined Filter Effluent Turbidity page apply here.
Store as MR_COMPLIANCE_INDICATOR with "CLO2" summary record.

*Number of Chlorine*

*\[Dioxide\] Samples*

*Exceeded*

*\[999 mg/l\]* Set xxxxx to value in FANL CONTROL_LEVEL_TEXT
concatenated with mg/l. Enable TOTAL_SAMPLES_BEYOND_MSR_LVL entry field
and default to 0. The number value will be stored in
TOTAL_SAMPLES_BEYOND_MSR_LVL for the CLO2 summary.

Chlorite Entry Point Monitoring Group:

All prompts and fields located under the "Chlorite Entry Point
Monitoring" label should be hidden if FANL of Summary Type "CLO3" is not
found, including the **Chlorite Comments** button. All should be
displayed/enabled when FANL of Summary Type "CLO3" is found.

*Number of \[Chlorite\]*

*Samples Required* The design specifications for this field previously
described on the Combined Filter Effluent Turbidity page will apply
here. Stored as SAMPLES_REQUIRED in "CLO3" summary record.

*Number of \[Chlorite\]*

*Samples Taken* Default to number of chlorite samples required. When the
user tabs off this field, populate the EP Chlorite M&R Complied field.
Store as SAMPLES_COLLECTED with "CLO3" summary record.

*EP Chlorite M&R*

*Complied?* The design specifications for this field previously
described on the Combined Filter Effluent Turbidity page will apply
here. Store as MR_COMPLIANCE_INDICATOR with "CLO3" summary record.

*Number of Chlorite*

*Samples Exceeded*

*\[999 mg/l*\] Set xxxxx to value in FANL CONTROL_LEVEL_TEXT
concatenated with mg/l. Enable TOTAL_SAMPLES_BEYOND_MSR_LVL entry field
and default to 0. The number value will be stored in
TOTAL_SAMPLES_BEYOND_MSR_LVL for the CLO3 summary.

Laboratory/Analyst Information Group Boxes:

*Lab/Analyst*

*ID No.* This field will be the same as the Lab/Analyst ID Number in the
Combined Filter Effluent Turbidity page. The same design specifications
will apply. (R0059:A.5.6.3.5.a)

*Certifying Agency* Select a value from the dropdown list. The value
will be matched against the laboratory's Certifying Agency. The
selections available via the dropdown list will be retrieved from the
TINPVALS table where code_name = "CERT_AG."

> If an exact match is found using the Lab ID No. and Certifying Agency,
> the laboratory name will be displayed.
>
> If none is found, the Laboratory Maintenance List will be presented in
> single-select mode.
>
> Certifying Agency will be a required field. It will default to STATE.
> (R0059:A.5.6.3.5.b)

. . (R0059:A.5.6.3.5.c)

*Name* This field will be the same as the Laboratory/Analyst Name in the
Combined Filter Effluent Turbidity page. The same design specifications
will apply.

[Tab Sequence:]{.underline}

Date Reported, Number of \[Chlorine Dioxide\] Samples Required, Number
of \[Chlorine Dioxide\] Samples Taken, EP Chlorine Dioxide M&R
Complied?, Number of Chlorine \[Dioxide\] Samples Exceeded \[999 mg/l\],
Number of \[Chlorite\] Samples Required, Number of \[Chlorite\] Samples
Taken, EP Chlorite M&R Complied?, Number of Chlorite Samples Exceeded
\[999 mg/l\], Lab/Analyst ID No**., Certifying Agency,** Lab **Go To**
button,., Name, , **Chlorine Dioxide Comments** button, **Chlorite
Comments** button, **WT** **Jump** button, **Next** button, **Cancel**
button, **Help** button. . (R0059:A.5.6.3.5.d,B.5.6.3.5.a)

[Buttons:]{.underline}

*\[laboratory/analyst\]*

**Go To** This button will be the same as the Lab **Go To** in the
Combined Filter Effluent Turbidity page. The same design specifications
will apply. . (R0059:A.5.6.3.5.e)

(R0059:A.5.6.3.5.g)

**Chlorine Dioxide**

**Comments** This button will be hidden if FANL of Summary Type CLO2 is
not found and otherwise displayed. This button will invoke a dialog box
where the user can record any additional information about the Chlorine
Dioxide summary data.

Store as COMMENT_TEXT with "CLO2\" summary.

**Chlorite**

**Comments** This button will be hidden if FANL of Summary Type CLO3 is
not found and otherwise displayed. This button will invoke a dialog box
where the user can record any additional information about the Chlorite
summary data.

Store as COMMENT_TEXT with "CLO3" summary.

**WT** **Jump** **(B.5.6.3.5.b)** The design specifications for this
button previously described on the Combined Filter Effluent Turbidity
page will apply here, with one exception. For the Entry Point Chlorine
Dioxide/Chlorite page only, just prior to creating/updating the CLO2
and/or CLO3 summary (ies), set LEVEL_COMPLIANCE_INDICATOR according to
the following algorithm: if TOTAL_SAMPLES_BEYOND_MSR_LVL is greater than
zero, value with NO, else value with YES.

**Next** The design specifications for this button previously described
on the Combined Filter Effluent Turbidity page will apply here, with one
exception. For the Entry Point Chlorine Dioxide/Chlorite page only, just
prior to creating/updating the CLO2 and/or CLO3 summary (ies), set
LEVEL_COMPLIANCE_INDICATOR according to the following algorithm: if
TOTAL_SAMPLES_BEYOND_MSR_LVL is greater than zero, value with NO, else
value with YES.

**Cancel** Will disregard any data and return the user to the previous
page.

**Help** Will invoke online Help for this page.

####  Distribution RDC

The Distribution RDC page (Exhibit 5-37) will be used to enter
summarized data for residual disinfectant concentration (RDC) samples
collected in the distribution system. When supporting data is in place,
this page will create one or two MDBP Summaries.

This data will be associated to a WSF of type "DS" and a Facility
Analyte Level (FANL) record with an analyte code of "0999"---Chlorine or
"1006"---Chloramine and a level type of "MIN." Uniqueness criteria will
not allow FANL records for both chlorine and chloramine to be created
with overlapping effective periods. If a Water System uses both
disinfectants intermittently, the primacy agency must choose one to
monitor.

One or two FANLs can be set for disinfectant residual: one that
establishes a federal minimum level and a second that establishes a
state minimum level. For the first, the FANL should indicate an MDBP
Summary Type of "DSRD." For a state minimum level, the FANL should
indicate an MDBP Summary Type of "SDRD." Both FANLs must be associated
to the same analyte (i.e., either chlorine or chloramine). The number of
required samples will be the same for both the federal and state levels
and will be derived from the Total Coliform Rule (TCR) schedules; not
from the FANL information.

To determine which rules apply to the treatment plant, the FANL records
will be associated with an M&R (monitoring and reporting) violation type
and a level violation type. This association will also be used to
determine the appropriate violation type to be created by *CDS.*
Generally, the federal M&R violation types will be "31---Major" for
unfiltered treatment plants, "36---Major" for filtered treatment plants,
and type "41---No severity" as the level violation type. (There are
three violation type 41 records: Single CFE exceedence, Monthly CFE
exceedence, and no severity.) FANLs for distribution RDC should be
connected to the latter.

If the state wishes to track state levels, a state level type violation
must be created and associated to the FANL. Since samples required and
taken will be the same for both the federal and state levels, a
monitoring and reporting violation type should not be associated to the
state FANL.

  ---------------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------------
  ![](media/image1.png){width="1.9270833333333333in"   ![](media/image34.png){width="3.845138888888889in"
  height="5.372916666666667in"}                        height="4.08125in"}

  ---------------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------------

[]{#__RefHeading___Toc173657222 .anchor}**Exhibit 5-37.** Distribution
RDC

[Protected Fields:]{.underline}

The protected fields in this display box will be the same as previously
described for the Combined Filter Effluent Turbidity page.

Individual ID No. and Name will become protected fields.
(R0059:A.5.6.3.6.f)

[Entry Fields:]{.underline}

The default settings listed beside each data entry field will be
calculated prior to opening the Distribution RDC page.

*Date Reported* This field will be the same as the Date Reported in the
Combined Filter Effluent Turbidity page.

*Number of Samples*

*Required* This field will default to the current TCR, routine schedule
(read the current RT---Routine or TR---Temporary Routine schedule). It
will not include Repeat schedules when calculating the default. The
user, however, can override the supplied default value (read and display
the sample count for the RT/TR schedule in effect on the first day of
the monitoring period).

> This value entered in this field will be stored as SAMPLES_REQUIRED in
> both summary records.

*Number of Samples*

*Taken*

> Default to Number of Samples Required. If the user changes the value
> in Number of Samples Required, default Number of Samples Taken to that
> value. Allow the user to override. When the user tabs off this field,
> populate the Distribution RDC M&R Complied? Field, based on a
> comparison of the Number of Samples Taken against the Number of Sample
> Required as indicated below.
>
> In change mode when the user tabs off this field, both the percent
>
> of samples without a detectable level should be recalculated.
>
> Store as SAMPLES_COLLECTED with both summary records.

*Distribution RDC*

*M&R Complied* Permitted Values: Y=Yes; NMJ=No-Major; NMN=No-Minor.

> Default this field to the value calculated as follows: if the Number
> of Samples Taken/Number of Samples Required times 100,

-   Is greater than or equal to 100, default to "Yes."

```{=html}
<!-- -->
```
-   Is less than 89.9, default to "NMJ" (No---Major M&R Violation).

```{=html}
<!-- -->
```
-   Otherwise, default to "NMN" (No---Minor M&R Violation).

> The user can override the calculated value. If the user overrides the
> calculated value and then changes either Number of Samples Required or
> Number of Samples Taken, recalculate and override the user's value.
>
> Store as MR_COMPLIANCE_INDICATOR with both summary records.

First Protected

Prompt/Label

*\[Number of Samples*

*Under 999 mg/l*

*Federal Level\]* If FANL indicating a Summary Type of "DSRD" is not
found,

-   Clear First Protected Prompt/Label.

```{=html}
<!-- -->
```
-   Clear and Protect TOTAL_SAMPLES_BEYOND_MSR_LVL field.

```{=html}
<!-- -->
```
-   Disable **Fed RDC** button.

If FANL indicating a Summary Type of "DSRD" is found,

-   Display "Number of Samples Under 999 mg/l Federal Level" in the
    First Protected Prompt/Label.

```{=html}
<!-- -->
```
-   Set 999 to the value in the FANL_CONTROL_LEVEL_TEXT.

```{=html}
<!-- -->
```
-   Default the field to zero.

```{=html}
<!-- -->
```
-   Store the value in the field as TOTAL_SAMPLES_BEYOND_MSR_LVL with
    DSRD summary.

*% of Samples without*

*a Detectable Federal*

*Level* If FANL of Summary Type DSRD is not found,

-   Clear % of Samples without a Detectable Federal Level prompt.

```{=html}
<!-- -->
```
-   Clear and Protect PERCENT_SAMPS_BYND_MSR_LVL_TXT entry field.

Otherwise if found,

-   Enable PERCENT_SAMPLES_BEYOND_MSR_LVL_TXT entry field and default
    value according to the following calculation: value = (number of
    samples exceeding level/number of samples taken) \* 100, with two
    significant digits after the decimal point.

```{=html}
<!-- -->
```
-   Store as PERCENT_SAMPLES_BEYOND_MSR_LVL and
    PERCENT_SAMPS_BYND_MSR_LVL_TXT with DSRD summary.

Second Protected

Prompt/Label

*\[Number of Sample*

*Under 999 mg/l State*

*Level\]* If FANL indicating a Summary Type of "SDRD" is not found,

-   ClearSecond Protected Prompt/Label.

```{=html}
<!-- -->
```
-   Clear and Protect TOTAL_SAMPLES_BEYOND_MSR_LVL.

```{=html}
<!-- -->
```
-   Disable **State RDC** button.

If FANL indicating a Summary Type of "SDRD" is found,

-   Display "Number of Samples Under 999 mg/l State Level" in the Second
    Protected Prompt/Label.

```{=html}
<!-- -->
```
-   Set 999 to the value in the FANL CONTROL_LEVEL_TEXT.

```{=html}
<!-- -->
```
-   Default the field to zero.

```{=html}
<!-- -->
```
-   Store the value in the field as TOTAL_SAMPLES_BEYOND_MSR_LVL with
    SDRD summary.

*% of Samples without*

*a Detectable State*

*Level* If FANL of Summary Type SDRD is not found,

-   Clear % of Samples without a Detectable State Level prompt.

```{=html}
<!-- -->
```
-   Clear and Protect PERCENT_SAMPS_BYND_MSR_LVL_TXT entry field.

> Otherwise if found,

-   Enable PERCENT_SAMPLES_BEYOND_MSR_LVL_TXT entry field and default
    value according to following calculation: value = (number of samples
    exceeding level/number of samples taken) \* 100, with two
    significant digits after the decimal point.

> Store as PERCENT_SAMPLES_BEYOND_MSR_LVL and
> PERCENT_SAMPS_BYND_MSR_LVL_TXT with SDRD summary.

Laboratory/Analyst Information Box:

*Lab/Analyst*

*ID No.* This field will be the same as the Lab ID Number in the
Combined Filter Effluent Turbidity page. The same design specifications
will apply. (R0059:A.5.6.3.6.a)

*Certifying Agency* Select a value from the dropdown list. The value
will be matched against the laboratory's Certifying Agency. The
selections available via the dropdown list will be retrieved from the
TINPVALS table where code_name = "CERT_AG."

> If an exact match is found using the Lab ID No. and Certifying Agency,
> the laboratory name will be displayed.
>
> If none is found, the Laboratory Maintenance List will be presented in
> single-select mode.
>
> Certifying Agency will be a required field. It will default to STATE.
> (R0059:A.5.6.3.6.b)

(R0059:A.5.6.3.6.c)

*Name* This field will be the same as the Laboratory Name in the
Combined Filter Effluent Turbidity page. The same design specifications
will apply.

[Tab Sequence:]{.underline}

Date Reported, Number of Samples Required, Number of Samples Taken,
Distribution RDC M&R Complied?, \[Number of Samples Under 999 mg/l
Federal Level\], % of Samples without a Detectable Federal Level,
\[Number of Samples Under 999 mg/l State Level\], % of Samples without a
Detectable State Level, Lab/Analyst ID No., Certifying Agency, Lab **Go
To** button,., Name, , **Fed RDC** \[Comments\] button, **State RDC**
\[Comments\] button, **WT** **Jump** button, **Next** button, **Cancel**
Button, **Help** button. (R0059:A.5.6.3.6.d, B.5.6.3.6.a)

[Buttons:]{.underline}

*\[laboratory/analyst\]*

**Go To** This button will be the same as the Lab **Go To** in the
Combined Filter Effluent Turbidity page. The same design specifications
will apply. (R0059:A.5.6.3.6.e)

(R0059:A.5.6.3.6.g)

The following buttons are visible as long as the page has been invoked
from Water Treatment Category Selection page.

**Fed RDC**

\[Comments\] This button will be hidden if FANL of Summary Type DSRD is
not found and otherwise will be displayed. Clicking on this button will
invoke a dialog box where the user can record any additional information
about the Chlorine Dioxide summary data.

> Store as COMMENT_TEXT with "DSRD" summary.

**State RDC**

\[Comments\] This button will be hidden if FANL of Summary Type SDRD is
not found and otherwise displayed. Clicking on this button will invoke a
dialog box where the user can record any additional information about
the Chlorite summary data.

Store as COMMENT_TEXT with "SDRD" summary.

**WT** **Jump** **(B.5.6.3.6.b)** The design specifications for this
button previously described on the Combined Filter Effluent Turbidity
page will apply here, with one exception. For the Distribution RDC page
only, just prior to creating/updating the DSRD summary, set
LEVEL_COMPLIANCE_INDICATOR according to the following algorithm: if
PERCENT_SAMPLES_BEYOND_MSR_LVL rounded to a whole number is greater than
five in this summary and the summary for the previous monitoring period,
value with No, else value with Yes. For example, 5.4% is equal to 5,
5.5% is greater than 5. Just prior to creating/updating the SDRD
summary, set LEVEL_COMPLIANCE_INDICATOR according to the following
algorithm: if TOTAL_SAMPLES_BEYOND_MSR_LVL is greater than zero, value
with NO, else value with Yes.

> In change mode if any of the fields store in both summaries, date
> reported, number of samples received, number of samples taken, M&R
> complied, association to laboratory and association to individual, is
> modified both summaries must be updated.

**Next** The design specifications for this button previously described
on the Combined Filter Effluent Turbidity page will apply here, with one
exception. For the Distribution RDC page only, just prior to
creating/updating the DSRD summary, set LEVEL_COMPLIANCE_INDICATOR
according to the following algorithm: if PERCENT_SAMPLES_BEYOND_MSR_LVL
rounded to a whole number is greater than five in this summary and the
summary for the previous monitoring period, value with NO, else value
with YES. For example, 5.4% is equal to 5, 5.5% is greater than 5. Just
prior to creating/updating the SDRD summary, set
LEVEL_COMPLIANCE_INDICATOR according to the following algorithm: if
TOTAL_SAMPLES_BEYOND_MSR_LVL is greater than zero, value with NO, else
value with YES.

> In change mode if any of the fields store in both summaries, date
> reported, number of samples received, number of samples taken, M&R
> complied, association to laboratory and association to individual, is
> modified both summaries must be updated.

**Cancel** Will disregard any data and return the user to the previous
page.

**Help** Will invoke online Help for this page.

**OK** Pressing **OK** will create/update the MDBP Summary, close the
page, and return user to the TCR Sample Summary Maintenance page in
Change mode. (At this point, the user may view the TCR Sample Summary on
the Maintenance List by pressing **OK** on that page.)

If the page has been invoked from TCR Sample Summary Maintenance, the
**WT Jump** button will not be visible and the **Next** button will be
replaced by the **OK** button.

####  MRDL Chlorine/Chloramine DS

The MRDL Chlorine/Chloramines DS page (Exhibit 5-38) will be used to
enter summarized data for maximum residual disinfectant level (MRDL)
samples collected in the distribution system for the Stage 1
Disinfectant/Disinfection By-Products (D/DBP) Rule. All supplies that
use either chlorine or chloramine as a disinfectant are required to be
monitored at the same time and location that TCR samples are collected.
When supporting data is in place, this page will create one MDBP
Summary.

This data will be associated to a WSF of type "DS" and a Facility
Analyte Level (FANL) record with an analyte code of "0999"---Chlorine or
"1006"---Chloramine and a level type of "MAX." Uniqueness criteria will
not allow FANL records for both chlorine and chloramine to be created
with overlapping effective periods. If a Water System uses both
disinfectants intermittently, the primacy agency must choose one to
monitor.

For each distribution system that must monitor for maximum residual
disinfectant levels, a FANL must be created and associated to an MDBP
Summary type of "MRDL."

The number of required samples will be derived from the TCR schedules,
not from the FANL information. The FANL records will be associated with
a monitoring and reporting violation and a level type violation. This
association will also be used to determine the appropriate violation
type to be created by *CDS*. Generally, the federal violation will be
type "27-Major" for monitoring and reporting, and type "11-Max Res
Disinfect Lvl (MRDL) Non-Acute" for level.

There will be a *CDS* component that will use the disinfectant residual
stored with the TCR sample results to create a summary. If the user
wishes to have the software create summaries, they should not enter data
using this page and must press the Cancel button. Information added or
modified using this page will not be overridden by the software when
*CDS* creates summaries.

  ---------------------------------------------------- -----------------------------------------------------
  ![](media/image1.png){width="1.9270833333333333in"   ![](media/image35.png){width="3.8430555555555554in"
  height="5.372916666666667in"}                        height="4.111805555555556in"}

  ---------------------------------------------------- -----------------------------------------------------

[]{#__RefHeading___Toc173657223 .anchor}**Exhibit 5-38.** MRDL
Chlorine/Chloramine DS

[Protected Fields:]{.underline}

The protected fields in this display box will be the same as those
previously described for the Combined Filter Effluent Turbidity page.

Individual ID No. and Name will become protected fields.
(R0059:A.5.6.3.7.f)

[Entry Fields:]{.underline}

The default settings listed beside each data entry field will be
calculated prior to opening the MRDL Chlorine/Chloramine DS page.

*Date Reported* The specifications for this field will be the same as
those for the Date Reported field in the Combined Filter Effluent
Turbidity page.

*Number of Samples*

*Required* The specifications for this field will be the same as for the
Number of Samples Required field in the Distribution RDC page.

*Number of Samples*

*Taken* Default to Number of Samples Required. If the user changes the
value in Number of Samples Required, default Number of Samples Taken to
that value. When the user tabs off this field, populate the
Chlorine/Chloramine MRDL M&R Complied? field.

Store as SAMPLES_COLLECTED with summary record.

*Chlorine/Chloramine*

*MRDL M&R*

*Complied?* The design specifications for this field previously
described on the Combined Filter Effluent Turbidity page will apply
here. Store as MR_COMPLIANCE_INDICATOR with both summary records.

*Monitoring Period*

*Average* Will default to zero. Store as both a numeric field
(MONITORING_PERIOD_AVG_MEASURE) for calculations and as a text field
(MONITORING_PERIOD_AVG_MSR_TXT) for display purposes with summary.

Leading zeros will not be stored in the text field except when the
numeric field is less than one, in which case, one zero to the left of
the decimal place will be included in the text field (e.g., numeric is
.1, 0.1 will be stored in the text field). Trailing zeros entered by the
user will, however, be retained (e.g., if 1.20 is entered, it will be
stored as 1.20 in the text field).

*Running Annual*

*Average* Will default to zero. Store as both a numeric field
(RUNNING_ANNUAL_AVERAGE_MEASURE) and as a text field
(RUNNING_ANNUAL_AVERAGE_MSR_TXT) for display purposes with summary.

Leading zeros will not be stored in the text field except when the
numeric field is less than one, in which case, one zero to the left of
the decimal place will be included in the text field (e.g., numeric is
.1, 0.1 will be stored in the text field). Trailing zeros entered by the
user will, however, be retained (e.g., if 1.20 is entered, it will be
stored as 1.20 in the text field).

Laboratory/Analyst Information Box:

*Lab/Analyst*

*ID No.* This field will be the same as the Lab ID Number field in the
Combined Filter Effluent Turbidity page. The same design specifications
will apply. (R0059:A.5.6.3.7.a)

*Certifying Agency* Select a value from the dropdown list. The value
will be matched against the laboratory's Certifying Agency. The
selections available via the dropdown list will be retrieved from the
TINPVALS table where code_name = "CERT_AG."

> If an exact match is found using the Lab ID No. and Certifying Agency,
> the laboratory name will be displayed.
>
> If none is found, the Laboratory Maintenance List will be presented in
> single-select mode.
>
> Certifying Agency will be a required field. It will default to STATE.
> (R0059:A.5.6.3.7.b)

(R0059:A.5.6.3.7.c)

*Name* This field will be the same as the Laboratory/Analyst Name field
in the Combined Filter Effluent Turbidity page. The same design
specifications will apply.

.

*Comments* User can record any additional information about the sample
summary data.

Store as COMMENT_TEXT with summary.

[Tab Sequence:]{.underline}

Date Reported, Number of Samples Required, Number of Samples Taken,
Chlorine/Chloramine MRDL M&R Complied?, Monitoring Period Average,
Running Annual Average, Lab ID No., Certifying Agency, Lab **Go To**
button,., Name, Comments, **WT** **Jump** button, **Next** button,
**Cancel** button, **Help** button. (R0059:A.5.6.3.7.d, B.5.6.3.7.a)

[Buttons:]{.underline}

*\[laboratory/analyst\]*

**Go To** This button will be the same as the Lab **Go To** button in
the Combined Filter Effluent Turbidity page. The same design
specifications will apply. (R0059:A.5.6.3.7.e)

(R0059:A.5.6.3.7.g)

The following buttons will be visible as long as the page has been
invoked from the Water Treatment Category Selection page.

**WT** **Jump** **(B.5.6.3.7.b)** The design specifications for this
button previously described on the Combined Filter Effluent Turbidity
page, will apply here with one exception. For the Chlorine/Chloramine
MRDL page only, just prior to creating/updating the MRDL summary, if
RUNNING_ANNUAL_AVERAGE_MEASURE is greater than 0, set
LEVEL_COMPLIANCE_INDICATOR according to the following algorithm: by
comparison with the control level measure in the FANL using the
significant digits in the FANL to determine rounding.

**Next** The design specifications for this button previously described
on the Combined Filter Effluent Turbidity page will apply here, with one
exception. For the Chlorine/Chloramine MRDL page only, just prior to
creating/updating the MRDL summary, if RUNNING_ANNUAL_AVERAGE_MEASURE is
greater than 0, set LEVEL_COMPLIANCE_INDICATOR according to the
following algorithm: by comparison with the control level measure in the
FANL using the significant digits in the FANL to determine rounding.

**Cancel** Will disregard any data and return the user to the previous
page.

**Help** Will invoke online Help for this page.

If the page has been invoked from TCR Sample Summary Maintenance or the
MRDL Maintenance List, the **WT Jump** button will not be visible and
the **Next** button will be replaced by an **OK** button**.**

**OK** Pressing the **OK** button will create/update the MDBP Summary,
close the page, and:

-   If invoked from the TCR Sample Summary Maintenance page, return the
    user to that page in Change mode. (At this point, the user may view
    the TCR Sample Summary on the Maintenance List by pressing **OK** on
    that page.)

```{=html}
<!-- -->
```
-   If invoked from MRDL Maintenance List, return the user to that list.

### MRDL Summary Page Flow

From the *SDWIS/STATE Home Page* Sampling option, if the user selects
MDBP Summaries and the MRDL Summary option, the software will flow to
the MRDL Summary Search page (Exhibit 5-35), where the user may specify
the Water System and/or Monitoring Period. These page flows will allow a
user to maintain summaries only for Water Systems that are part of their
current Regulating Agency or Water System Group.

This series of pages is intended to be used to enter summarized data for
tracking compliance with the Maximum Residual Disinfectant Level (MRDL)
for chlorine and chloramine required in accordance with the MDBP rules.
Users may access MRDL Summaries using the TCR Summary Maintenance and
Water Treatment pages.

However, because other than Subpart H systems must monitor and report
MRDL data, a second set of page flows will be needed. This series of
pages will be used for Water Systems that are not required to report the
additional turbidity and disinfectant level data required for the Water
Treatment pages.

Selecting the **MDBP Summaries** and then **MRDL Summary** will invoke
the Chlorine/Chloramine MRDL Summary Search page (Exhibit 5-39), where
the user can specify Water System information, Monitoring Period
information, both, or neither. Pressing **Search** will retrieve records
that satisfy the search criteria and either display them on the
Chlorine/Chloramine MRDL Summary Maintenance List or, if only one record
satisfies the criteria, display it on the Chlorine/Chloramine
Maintenance page. If no records are found to meet the selected criteria,
the software will flow to the MRDL Summary Maintenance List page,
displaying no records.

This page will also be used when a user selects **Edit/Add** on the
Chlorine/Chloramine MRDL Maintenance List page. When the software flows
to this page from this list page:

Its name will dynamically change to Chlorine/Chloramine MRDL Summary
Add.

![](media/image36.png){width="5.992361111111111in"
height="4.054166666666666in"}

[]{#__RefHeading___Toc173657224 .anchor}**Exhibit 5-39.**
Chlorine/Chloramine MRDL Summary Search

[Protected Field]{.underline}:

*WS Group Used/*

*Regulating Agency*

*Used* This protected field will show the user's current Water System
Group Name or Regulating Agency depending on which the user has made
current. The software will dynamically change the prompt depending on
whether Water System Group Name or Regulating Agency is current. The
prompt will be "WS Group Used" if the user's current Water System Group
is valued, otherwise the prompt will be "Regulating Agency Used."

[Entry Fields:]{.underline}

*Water System No.* The specific Water System No., which consists of the
two-character state code plus the seven-character number field.

> The state code portion will default to the state_identification_code
> in the SYSTEM_VARIABLE entity view.

The **Go To** button may be pressed to select a water system from the
Water System Maintenance List in single-select mode, which will display
a list of water systems that are part of the current Water System Group
or Regulating Agency. Once a valid water system has been entered or
picked from a list, the water system name will be displayed on the page.
If the user specifies a partial string in this field, display the
closest matching water system at the top of the list. (Closest matching
means a match with the Water System No., sorted alphabetically, that
starts with the same text string as supplied.)

> If a valid water system is entered but is not part of the user's
> current Water System Group or Regulating Agency, invoke exit state
> error message: **WS is not part of current group/agency. Change
> group/agency to access this WS.**

*\[Water System\]*

*Name* Standard 40-character Public Water System Name may be entered
completely, partially, or left blank. If the user specifies a partial
string in this field, display the Water System Maintenance List in
single-select mode with the closest matching water system at the top of
the list. (Closest matching means a match with the Water System Name,
sorted alphabetically, that starts with the same text string as
supplied.)

If a valid water system name is entered, the Water System No. is
populated.

> If a valid water system is entered but is not part of the user's
> current Water System Group or Regulating Agency, invoke exit state
> error message: **WS is not part of current group/agency. Change
> group/agency to access this WS.**

If the name entered is not found, the software will flow to the Water
System Maintenance List in single-select mode. The user may then select
a value and continue.

Monitoring Period Group Box:

Selecting a Monitoring Period will be optional when the software flows
to this page from the *SDWIS/STATE Home Page* or when the user selects
**View/Search** on the Chlorine/Chloramine MRDL Maintenance List.
Selecting a Monitoring Period will be mandatory when the user selects
**Edit/Add** on the Chlorine/Chloramine MRDL Maintenance List.

*\[Monitoring Period\]*

*Begin Date* If Begin Date and either End Date or Duration are valued,
on tabbing off, the software will retrieve the monitoring period that
matches the criteria and display it in all monitoring period fields. If
no monitoring period exists that matches the criteria, it will invoke
the Monitoring Period Maintenance List in single-select mode, sorted on
Monitoring Period Begin Date descending then on Monitoring Period End
Date ascending The software will take no action if only Begin Date is
valued.

*\[Monitoring Period\]*

*End Date* If End Date and either Begin Date or Duration are valued, on
tabbing off, the software will retrieve the monitoring period that
matches the criteria and display it in all monitoring period fields. If
no monitoring period exists that matches the criteria, it will invoke
the Monitoring Period Maintenance List in single-select mode, sorted on
Monitoring Period Begin Date descending then on Monitoring Period End
Date ascending. The software will take no action if only End Date is
valued.

*\[Monitoring Period\]*

*Duration* The user may enter a valid Monitoring Period Duration or use
the **Go To** button to select a valid monitoring period.
(R4000:A.5.6.4.a)The default duration will be monthly. If Duration and
either Begin Date or End Date are valued, on tabbing off, the software
will retrieve the monitoring period that matches the criteria and
display it in all monitoring period fields. If no monitoring period
exists that matches the criteria, it will invoke the Monitoring Period
Selection List. The software will take no action if only Duration is
valued.

*\[Mon. Period\]*

If the user enters a valid monitoring period name, on tabbing off, the
software will retrieve the monitoring period that matches the criteria
and display it in all monitoring period fields. If the user enters a
partial string or an invalid monitoring period name, the software will
invoke the Monitoring Period Maintenance List in single-select mode,
sorted on Monitoring Period Name ascending.

[Tab Sequence:]{.underline}

Water System No. \[the seven-character, number field\], Water System
**Go To** button, \[Water System Name\], \[Monitoring Period\] Begin
Date, \[Monitoring Period\] Duration, \[Monitoring Period\] End Date,
Mon. Period \[Name\], Monitoring Period **Go To** button, **Continue**
button, **Search** button, **Clear** button, **Cancel** button, **Help**
button.

[Buttons:]{.underline}

*\[water system\]*

**Go To** The user may use the **Go To** button to display the Water
System Maintenance List in single-select mode. If the user has typed in
a partial Water System No., it will be used in the search. If the user
has typed in a partial Water System Name, it will be used in the search.
As the user selects a Water System, the software will then populate the
retrieved Water System's Name value in the protected Water System Name
field. Return the cursor to the first Monitoring Period field.

*\[monitoring period\]*

**Go To** The user may use the **Go To** button to select a valid
monitoring period(R4000:A.5.6.4.b) As the user selects the Monitoring
Period, the software will then populate the retrieved Monitoring Period
fields.

Search This button will be enabled in Search mode. When selected, the
software will retrieve MDBP summaries of type "MRDL" for analytes
chlorine and chloramine for the selected Water System and/or monitoring
period based on the specified criteria. The user's current Water System
Group/Regulating Agency will be used as implied search criteria in all
searches. This means that the software will only retrieve summaries
linked to a Water System that is linked to the user's current Water
System Group/Regulating Agency. If an exact Water System No. is entered,
the software will validate that it belongs to the user's current Water
System Group/Regulating Agency. The following will be possible search
permutations:

-   Search by Water System No.

```{=html}
<!-- -->
```
-   Search by Monitoring Period.

```{=html}
<!-- -->
```
-   Search by Water System No. and Monitoring Period.

```{=html}
<!-- -->
```
-   Search with no filtering criteria. If the user opts not to specify
    anything on the search page, the user's current Water System
    Group/Regulating Agency will still be used in retrieving records
    that will be displayed.

```{=html}
<!-- -->
```
-   If the Water System and monitoring period are both selected and no
    MDBP summaries meet the search criteria, invoke informational exit
    state message: **No MRDL Summaries exist for the specified
    criteria.** When the user clicks **OK**, the software will flow to
    Chlorine/Chloramine MRDL Summary Maintenance through the
    Chlorine/Chloramine MRDL Summary Maintenance List, invoking the Add
    menu item edit checks.

-   If under any other situation, no MDBP summaries meet the search
    criteria, invoke informational exit state message: **No MRDL
    Summaries exist for the specified criteria.** When the user clicks
    **OK**, the software will display the maintenance list with no
    records listed.

```{=html}
<!-- -->
```
-   If the search retrieves a single MRDL summary record, the software
    will flow to the Chlorine/Chloramine MRDL Maintenance page and
    display the single MRDL summary record (the user does not have to
    select/change it).

```{=html}
<!-- -->
```
-   If the search retrieves more than one summary, the software will
    flow to the Chlorine/Chloramine MRDL Summary Maintenance List and
    display them.

Continue The button will be enable in Add mode. When selected:

> \(1\) If either a valid water system or a valid monitoring period has
> not been selected, the following error message will be invoked: **To
> add a summary, you must specify Water System and Monitoring Period.**
> When the user selects **OK**, close the message and return to the
> Chlorine/Chloramine MRDL Summary Search/Add Page in Add mode.
>
> \(2\) Once a valid Water System and monitoring period have been
> selected, the software will select the distribution system facility
> for the Water System, whether active or inactive (i.e., a Water System
> Facility \[WSF\] of type "DS").

1.  If a WSF of type "DS" is not found, the following error message will
    be invoked: Distribution **WSF not found for this Water System.**
    When the user selects **OK**, close the message and return to the
    Chlorine/Chloramine MRDL Summary Search/Add Page in Add mode with
    all the previously selected values entered.

> \(2\) If more than one distribution system is found, the software will
> invoke the Water System Facility Maintenance List (that will display
> WSFs for the current Water System and of type DS) where the user must
> choose one.
>
> \(3\) After a distribution system has been selected, the software will
> select the FANL that is linked to the current WSF and that establishes
> a maximum level (Level Type is "MAX") for either chlorine or
> chloramine (Analyte Code 0999 or 1006 respectively).

1.  If no FANL meeting these criteria is found, the software will invoke
    **FANL for chloramine (1006) or chlorine (0999) of type MAX not
    found for this WSF.** When the user selects **O**K, close the
    message and return to the Chlorine/Chloramine MRDL Summary
    Search/Add Page in Add mode with all the previously entered values
    entered.

> \(4\) If a FANL meeting these criteria is found, the software will run
> the selected FANL through the following checks that may let the user
> know that a FANL exists but still cannot be used. If any of these
> checks is validated, an error message will be invoked. After the user
> presses **OK** on the message, close the message and return to the
> Chlorine/Chloramine MRDL Summary Search/Add page in Add mode with all
> the previously selected values entered.
>
> \(1\) If the FANL is not in effect during monitoring period (FANL
> Effective Begin Date is not on or before the Monitoring Period Begin
> Date), the following error message will be invoked: **Facility Analyte
> Level not in effect during this monitoring period.**
>
> \(2\) If the MDBP Summary Check Flag is not set to "Yes" for the FANL,
> the following error message will be invoked: **Facility Analyte Level
> with MDBP Summary Check Flag set to YES not found.**
>
> \(3\) If the Summary type for the FANL is not "MRDL," the following
> error message will be invoked: **Facility Analyte Level with MDBP
> Summary type MRDL not found.**
>
> \(5\) If the selected FANL passes all of the above checks, the
> software will flow to the to the Chlorine/Chloramine MRDL Summary
> Maintenance page displaying the Water System No., Water System Name,
> WSF State Asgn ID, WSF Name, Monitoring Period Begin Date, and
> Monitoring Period Duration with the cursor is in the first entry
> field.

**Clear** Pressing this button will clear data from all fields on the
search page.

**Cancel** Will disregard any data and return the user to the previous
page.

**Help** Will invoke online Help for this page.

####  Chlorine/Chloramine MRDL Maintenance List

The Chlorine/Chloramine MRDL Maintenance List (Exhibit 5-40), which
displays up to 1,000 records at a time, lists the MRDL summaries for
chlorine and chloramine retrieved from the search criteria specified.
The user will be able to select (double-click) a MRDL summary from the
list to view or update, add a new MRDL summary by selecting
**Edit/Add**, or delete an existing MRDL summary.

  ---------------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------------
  ![](media/image1.png){width="1.9270833333333333in"   ![](media/image37.png){width="4.340972222222222in"
  height="5.372916666666667in"}                        height="3.48125in"}

  ---------------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------------

[]{#__RefHeading___Toc173657225 .anchor}**Exhibit 5-40.**
Chlorine/Chloramine MRDL Maintenance List

[Default Sort Order:]{.underline} Descending monitoring period name.

[List Fields:]{.underline}

*Water System No.* The Water System No. for the summary.

*WSF State Asgn ID* The twelve-digit identification code assigned to a
water system facility (WSF).

*Monitoring Period Name* The name of the monitoring period associated to
the summary.

*M&R Comp?* Indicates status of M&R Compliance.

-   NMJ = No, M&R Compliance not met resulting in Major violation.

> NMN = No, M&R Compliance not met resulting in Minor violation.

-   YES = Yes, M&R Compliance was met.

*Level Comp?* Indicates status of Level Compliance.

-   Y = Yes, Level Compliance was met.

```{=html}
<!-- -->
```
-   N = No, Level Compliance not met.

*Monitoring Per. Avg.* The average measure for the specified analyte
during the

*\[and UOM\]* specified monitoring period concatenated with the
Monitoring Period Average UOM Code.

*Running Annual Avg.* The running annual average measure for the
specified

*\[and UOM\]* analyte concatenated with the Running Annual Average UOM
Code.

*Samples Required* The number of samples required.

*Sample Taken* The number of samples collected.

*Samples Exceeded Level* The number of samples that exceeded the measure
level.

*%Samples Beyond Level* The percentage of samples that exceeded the
measure level.

*Reported Date* Date that the MDBP Summary is reported.

*Mon Per Begin Date* Begin Date of the user-specified monitoring period.

*Water System Name* The name of the water system.

*WSF Name* The name of the water system facility (WSF).

[Menu Items:]{.underline}

**File**

*Exit* Selecting **File/Exit** will return the user to the *SDWIS/STATE
Home Page.*

**Edit**

*Add* The **Edit/Add** option will be enabled when a record has not been
highlighted. When the user selects **Edit/Add,** flow to the
Chlorine/Chloramine MRDL Summary Search/Add page in Add mode with the
same values that were previously entered in this page.

*Change* Selecting **Edit/Change** will invoke the MRDL Maintenance page
with the selected record. This option will be enabled only when a record
has been highlighted.

*Delete* Selecting **Edit/Delete** will display a delete confirmation
dialog box for the selected record. This option will be enabled only
when a record has been highlighted.

> If the MRDL Summary selected for deletion is linked to a validated or
> preliminary violation (i.e., a violation with status of "V" or "P"),
> the following error message will be invoked: **This MRDL Summary is
> linked to a violation and cannot be deleted.**

**View**

*Search* Selecting **View/Search** will invoke the Chlorine/Chloramine
MRDL Summary Search page in Search mode and value the fields on the page
with the same values entered previously.

> *Sort* Selecting **View/Sort** will invoke the standard Sort page.

*Filter by* Water System No., WSF State Asgn ID, Monitoring Period Begin
Date, M&R Compliance Indicator, Level Compliance Indicator, Water System
Name, or WSF Name.

*Refresh* Selecting **View/Refresh** will retrieve the unfiltered list
(original search criteria).

[Protected Field:]{.underline}

*WS Group Used/*

*Regulating*

*Agency Used* This protected field will show the user's current Water
System Group Name or Regulating Agency depending on which the user has
made current. The software will dynamically change the prompt depending
on whether Water System Group Name or Regulating Agency is current. The
prompt will be "WS Group Used" if the user's current Water System Group
is valued, otherwise the prompt will be "Regulating Agency Used."

*Number of rows*

*resulting from search*

*criteria entered* Shows the total number of rows that met the search
criteria.

*Number of rows*

*displayed* Shows the total number of rows that are displayed in the
list, which may be less than the number of rows that met the search
criteria.

####  Chlorine/Chloramine MRDL Summary Maintenance

The Chlorine/Chloramine MRDL Summary Maintenance page (Exhibit 5-41)
will be used to add and maintain Chlorine/Chloramine MRDL Summaries.

  ---------------------------------------------------- -----------------------------------------------------
  ![](media/image1.png){width="1.9270833333333333in"   ![](media/image38.png){width="3.8472222222222223in"
  height="5.372916666666667in"}                        height="4.1375in"}

  ---------------------------------------------------- -----------------------------------------------------

[]{#__RefHeading___Toc173657226 .anchor}**Exhibit 5-41.**
Chlorine/Chloramines MRDL Summary Maintenance

[Protected Fields, Entry Fields, and Buttons:]{.underline}

All protected fields, entry fields, defaults, and buttons on this page
will operate according to the specifications described for the MRDL
Chlorine/Chloramine DS page in the Water Treatment Summary flow
described in Subsection 5.7.2.8 except that the **WT Jump** button will
be replaced by an **Add Another Summary** button and the **Next** button
will be replaced by an **OK** button. Specifications for these two
buttons follow.

**Add Another**

**Summary** and **OK** Both buttons will create or update the summary
record. The following actions will apply to the **Add Another Summary**
and **OK** buttons unless otherwise specified.

> If an error message is invoked, after the user closes the message, the
> software will return to the Chlorine/Chloramine MRDL Summary
> Maintenance page with all previously entered data in place. The
> software will ensure the following:

-   That the Reported Date is not a future date The error message will
    be: **Date must not be a future date.** Return the cursor to the
    Reported Date field when the user closes the message.

```{=html}
<!-- -->
```
-   ![](media/image39.png){width="3.926388888888889in"
    height="2.0729166666666665in"}If the MRDL Summary selected for
    modification is associated to one or more violations and one or more
    values have been changed, invoke the MRDL Summary Advisory dialog
    box (Exhibit 5-42) with the following message, **This MRDL Summary
    is linked to one or more violations and care should be taken before
    modifying. Do you wish to proceed?**

[]{#__RefHeading___Toc173657227 .anchor}**Exhibit 5-42.** MRDL Summary
Advisory

-   If the user selects **OK** (or **Yes** on the MRDL Summary Advisory
    dialog box), the data will be committed to the database and the
    software will flow to the Chlorine/Chloramine MRDL Summary List
    page, displaying all the Chlorine/Chloramine MRDL Summaries for the
    current Water System with a default sort order of Monitoring Period
    Begin Date descending.

```{=html}
<!-- -->
```
-   If the user selects **Add Another Summary**, the data will be
    committed to the database and the software will flow to the
    Chlorine/Chloramine MRDL Summary Search/Add page in Add mode,
    displaying the values entered in the equivalent fields on the
    current maintenance page (i.e., all the fields on the dialog box
    should be valued), allowing the user to change the one or two values
    desired before entering another summary.

**Cancel** Will disregard any data and return the user to the previous
page.

**Help** Will invoke online Help for this page.

### General MDBP Summary Page Flow

This is the last of items under **MDBP Summaries**, called **General
MDBP Summary**, which will be accessible from the *SDWIS/STATE Home
Page*. This page flow, like the other two, will allow a user to only
maintain summaries for Water Systems that are part of their current
Regulating Agency or Water System Group.

The main purpose of this page will be to allow users to add and maintain
data in the MDBP Summary records that are not maintained in the Water
Treatment or MRDL page flows.

This page may be used to modify the Level Compliance Indicator, change
the associated monitoring period, or Facility Analyte Level (FANL).
Also, users may have or develop other uses for the MDBP summary tables
to store data.

An example would be summaries received from systems that fluoridate.
Even though fluoridation is not under the MDBP rules, the reporting
required for it may fit within the model developed for the MDBP rules.
To maintain MDBP summaries for "other" rules, users would need to create
a new MDBP Summary Type, create new M&R and Level Violation Types (all
three of which would be done in *System Administration*), and add
appropriate FANL records. With these records in place, the Water
Treatment Compliance Report will compare summaries against FANL to
determine compliance.

####  MDBP Summary Search/Add 

From the *SDWIS/STATE Home Page*, if the user selects the Sampling
option, then **MDBP Summaries** and the **General MDBP Summary** option,
the MDBP Summary Search page (Exhibit 5-43) will be invoked where the
user may specify the desired search criteria. Users can specify MDBP
Summary Type Information, Water System Information, and/or Monitoring
Period Information.

This page will also be used when a user selects **Edit/Add** on the MDBP
Summary Maintenance List page. When the software flows to this page from
this list page:

-   Its name will dynamically change to **MDBP Summary Add**.

![](media/image40.png){width="5.992361111111111in"
height="4.054166666666666in"}

[]{#__RefHeading___Toc173657228 .anchor}**Exhibit 5-43.** MDBP Summary
Search/Add

[Protected Field:]{.underline}

*WS Group Used/*

*Regulating Agency*

*Used* This protected field will show the user's current Water System
Group Name or Regulating Agency depending on which the user has made
current. The software will dynamically change the prompt depending on
whether Water System Group Name or Regulating Agency is current. The
prompt will be "WS Group Used" if the user's current Water System Group
is valued, otherwise the prompt will be "Regulating Agency Used."

[Entry Fields:]{.underline}

*Water System No.* The specific Water System No., which consists of the
two-character state code plus the seven-character number field.

> The state code portion will default to the state_identification_code
> in the SYSTEM_VARIABLE entity view.
>
> The cursor will be positioned in the numeric portion.

The **Go To** button may be pressed to select a water system from the
Water System Maintenance List in single-select mode, which will display
a list of water systems that are part of the current Water System Group
or Regulating Agency. Once a valid water system has been entered or
picked from a list, the water system name will be displayed on the page.
If the user specifies a partial string in this field, display the
closest matching water system at the top of the list. (Closest matching
means a match with the Water System No., sorted alphabetically, that
starts with the same text string as supplied.)

> If a valid water system is entered but is not part of the user's
> current Water System Group or Regulating Agency, invoke exit state
> error message: **WS is not part of current group/agency. Change
> group/agency to access this WS.**

*\[Water System\]*

*Name* Standard 40-character Public Water System Name may be entered
completely, partially, or left blank. If the user specifies a partial
string in this field, display the Water System Maintenance List in
single-select mode. the closest matching water system at the top of the
list. (Closest matching means a match with the Water System Name, sorted
alphabetically, that starts with the same text string as supplied.)

If a valid water system name is entered, the Water System No. is
populated.

> If a valid water system is entered, but is not part of the user's
> current Water System Group or Regulating Agency, invoke exit state
> error message: **WS is not part of current group/agency. Change
> group/agency to access this WS.**

If the name entered is not found, the software will flow to the Water
System Maintenance List in single-select mode. The user may then select
a value and continue.

*WSF State Asgn ID* The State Assigned ID of the Water System Facility.
The user may enter a valid WSF or use the **Go To** button to select a
valid Water System facility from a Water System Facility Maintenance
list in single-select mode listing only Water System Facility for this
water system. This field will be enabled only if the user has first
picked a valid Water System and will be cleared when a previously
selected water system is changed. A WSF is valid if it is for the
selected Water System.

> As the user tabs off this field, the software will check that the
> supplied State Asgn ID is valid for the selected Water System. If it
> is not associated with the selected Water System, the software will
> not supply a message but instead will directly invoke the Water System
> Facility Maintenance List in single-select mode from where the user
> may select a valid water system facility. Once a valid water system
> facility is entered or picked from a list, the water system facility
> name will be displayed on the page in the protected \[WSF\] Name
> field.

Monitoring Period Group Box:

Selecting a Monitoring Period will be optional when the software flows
to this page from the *SDWIS/STATE Home Page* or when the user selects
**View/Search** on the MDBP Summary Maintenance List. Selecting a
Monitoring Period will be mandatory when the user selects **Edit/Add**
on the MDBP Summary Maintenance List.

*\[Monitoring Period\]*

*Begin Date* If Begin Date and either End Date or Duration are valued,
on tabbing off, the software will retrieve the monitoring period that
matches the criteria and display it in all monitoring period fields. If
no monitoring period exists that matches the criteria, it will invoke
the Monitoring Period Maintenance List in single-select mode, sorted on
Monitoring Period Begin Date descending, then on Monitoring Period End
Date ascending. The software will take no action if only Begin Date is
valued.

*\[Monitoring Period\]*

*End Date* If End Date and either Begin Date or Duration are valued, on
tabbing off, the software will retrieve the monitoring period that
matches the criteria and display it in all monitoring period fields. If
no monitoring period exists that matches the criteria, it will invoke
the Monitoring Period Maintenance List in single-select mode, sorted on
Monitoring Period Begin Date descending then on Monitoring Period End
Date ascending. The software will take no action if only End Date is
valued.

*\[Monitoring Period\]*

*Duration* The user may enter a valid Monitoring Period Duration or use
the **Go To** button to select a valid monitoring period.
(R4000:A.5.6.5.a)The default duration will be monthly. If Duration and
either Begin Date or End Date are valued, on tabbing off, the software
will retrieve the monitoring period that matches the criteria and
display it in all monitoring period fields. If no monitoring period
exists that matches the criteria, it will invoke the Monitoring Period
Maintenance List in single-select mode, sorted on Monitoring Period
Begin Date descending then on Monitoring Period End Date ascending. The
software will take no action if only Duration is valued.

*\[Mon. Period\]* If the user enters a valid monitoring period name, on
tabbing off, the software will retrieve the monitoring period that
matches the criteria and display it in all monitoring period fields. If
the user enters a partial string or an invalid monitoring period name,
invoke the Monitoring Period Maintenance List in single-select mode.

MDBP Summary Type Group Box:

*Summary Type*

The MDBP Summary Type for which the user wishes to search for MDBP
Summaries. The user may enter the summary type by entering a
four-character value or use the permitted value dropdown list and select
from the list. As the user enters/changes a value and tabs off the
Summary Type field, the software will populate the retrieved MDBP
Summary Type Name value in the protected MDBP Summary Type Name field.

The permitted values for the dropdown will be retrieved from the CODE
table, name = 'TSAMDBPS1.' The values are maintained by the System
Administrator. The following values are provided with the software:

> AVGT CFE Average Turbidity
>
> MAXT CFE Maximum Turbidity
>
> 95PT CFE 95% Turbidity
>
> IFT Individual Filter Effluent Turbidity
>
> EPRD Entry Point RDC
>
> SERD State EP RDC
>
> CLO2 EP Chlorine Dioxide
>
> CLO3 EP Chlorite
>
> DSRD Distribution RDC
>
> SDRD State Distribution RDC
>
> MRDL Chlorine/Chloramine MRDL
>
> OTHR Other
>
> This field will be optional when the page is in Search mode and
> mandatory when it is in Add mode.

[Tab Sequence:]{.underline}

Water System No. \[the seven-character, number field\], Water System
**Go To** button, \[Water System Name\], WSF State Asgn ID, WSF **Go
To** button, \[Monitoring Period\] Begin Date, \[Monitoring Period\]
Duration, \[Monitoring Period\] End Date, \[Monitoring Period\] Name,
Monitoring Period **Go To** button, \[MDBP\] Summary Type, **Continue**
button, **Search** button, **Clear** button, **Cancel** button, **Help**
button.

[Buttons:]{.underline}

*\[water system\]*

**Go To** The user may use the **Go To** button to display the Water
System Maintenance List in single-select mode. If the user has typed in
a partial Water System No., it will be used in the search. If the user
has typed in a partial Water System Name, it will be used in the search.
As the user selects a Water System, the software will then populate the
retrieved Water System's Name value in the protected \[Water System\]
Name field. Clear all the WSF fields and return the cursor to the first
WSF State Asgn ID field.

*\[water system facility\]*

**Go To** The user may use the **Go To** button to display the Water
System Facility Maintenance List in single-select mode showing WSFs for
the selected Water System. As the user selects a WSF, the software will
then populate the retrieved WSF's Name value in the protected WSF Name
field. Return the cursor to the first Monitoring Period field.

*\[monitoring period\]*

**Go To** The user may use the **Go To** button to select a valid
monitoring period of any duration from the Monitoring Period Maintenance
List in single-select mode, sorted on Monitoring Period Begin Date
descending then on Monitoring Period End Date ascending. As the user
selects the Monitoring Period, the software will then populate the
retrieved Monitoring Period Begin Date and Duration. Return the cursor
to the \[MDBP\] Summary Type field. (Will not be limited to Monthly and
Quarterly duration (R4000:A.5.6.5.b))

Search Button will be enabled in Search mode. When selected, the
software will retrieve MDBP summaries for selected Water System and/or
monitoring period and/or summary type based on the specified criteria.
The following are possible search permutations:

-   Search by Water System No.

-   Search by Water System No. and WSF.

-   Search by Monitoring Period.

-   Search by MDBP Summary Type.

-   Search by Water System No. and Monitoring Period.

-   Search by Water System No. and WSF and Monitoring Period.

-   Search by Water System No. and MDBP Summary Type.

-   Search by Water System No. and WSF and MDBP Summary Type.

-   Search by Monitoring Period and MDBP Summary Type.

-   Search by Water System No. and WSF and Monitoring Period and MDBP
    Summary Type.

-   No criteria.

> If Water System No. is specified but WSF State Asgn ID is not, the
> following error message will be invoked: **Water system facility must
> not be blank.** When the user clicks **OK**, return the user to the
> Search page. Place the cursor in the WSF State Asgn ID field.

-   If the Water System/WSF, monitoring period, and summary type are all
    specified and no MDBP summaries meet the search criteria, invoke
    informational exit state message: **No MDBP Summaries exist for the
    specified criteria.** When the user clicks **OK**, the software will
    flow to the MDBP Summary Maintenance page, invoking the Add Mode
    specifications given below.

\- If under any other combination of search criteria, no MDBP summaries
meet the search criteria, invoke informational exit state message: **No
MDBP Summaries exist for the specified criteria**. When the user clicks
**OK**, display the maintenance list with no records listed.

\- If the search retrieves a single MDBP summary record, the software
flows directly to the MDBP Summary Maintenance page, displaying the
selected MDBP Summary so that the user does not have to select/change
it.

\- If the search retrieves more than one summary, they will be displayed
in the MDBP Summary Maintenance List.

Continue The button will be enabled in Add Mode. When selected:

> \(1\) If either a valid Water System, water system facility,
> monitoring period, or summary type have not been selected, the
> following error message will be invoked: **To add a summary, you must
> specify Water System, WSF, Monitoring Period, and Summary Type.** When
> the user selects **OK**, close the message and return to the MDBP
> Summary Search/Add page in Add mode.
>
> \(2\) If a valid Water System, water system facility, monitoring
> period, and summary type have been selected, the software will select
> the FANL that is linked to the current Water System, WSF, and that
> indicates the user-specified, summary type. This may result in the
> selection of zero, one, or more FANL.

-   If no FANL meeting these criteria is found, the following error
    message will be invoked: **FANL for the selected Water System, WSF
    and Summary Type not found.** When the user selects **OK**, close
    the message and return to the MDBP Summary Search/Add page in Add
    mode with all the previously entered values entered.

> \(3\) If one or more FANL meeting these criteria are found, the
> software will run each of the selected FANL through the following
> checks that may let the user know that a FANL exists but still cannot
> be used. If any of these checks is validated, an error message will be
> invoked. After the user presses **OK** on the message, close the
> message and return to the MDBP Summary Search/Add page in Add mode
> with all the previously entered values entered.

-   If none of the selected FANLs is in effect during the user-specified
    monitoring period (FANL Effective Begin Date is not on or before the
    Monitoring Period Begin Date), the following error message will be
    invoked: **No FANL with this Summary Type is in effect during this
    monitoring period.**

```{=html}
<!-- -->
```
-   If one of the selected FANL is in effect during the user-specified
    monitoring period but its MDBP Summary Check Flag is not set to
    "Yes," the following error message will be invoked: **FANL with MDBP
    Summary Check Flag set to YES not found.**

> \(4\) If the selected FANL passes all of the above checks, the
> software will flow to the to the MDBP Summary Maintenance page
> displaying the Water System No., Water System Name, WSF State Asgn ID,
> WSF Name, Analyte Code, Analyte Name, Monitoring Period Begin Date,
> Monitoring Period Duration and Summary Type with the cursor in the
> first entry field.

**Clear** Pressing this button will clear data from all fields on the
search page.

**Cancel** Will disregard any data and return the user to the previous
page.

**Help** Will invoke online Help for this page.

####  MDBP Summary Maintenance List

The MDBP Summary Maintenance List (Exhibit 5-44), which will display up
to 1,000 records at a time, will list the MDBP summaries retrieved from
the search criteria specified. The user will be able to select
(double-click) an MDBP summary from the list to view or update, add a
new MDBP summary by selecting **Edit/Add**, or delete an existing MDBP
summary.

  ---------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------------
  ![](media/image41.png){width="1.625in"   ![](media/image42.png){width="4.294444444444444in"
  height="3.8756944444444446in"}           height="3.4902777777777776in"}

  ---------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------------

[]{#__RefHeading___Toc173657229 .anchor}**Exhibit 5-44.** MDBP Summary
Maintenance List

[Default Sort Order:]{.underline} Descending monitoring period end date

[List Fields:]{.underline}

*Water System No.* The Water System No. for the summary.

*WSF State Asgn ID* The twelve-digit identification code assigned to a
water system facility (WSF).

*Analyte Code* The Analyte code specified in the associated Facility
Analyte Level record.

*Summary Type* The type of MDBP Summary

*Monitoring Period Name* The name of the monitoring period associated to
the summary.

*M&R Comp?* Indicates status of M&R Compliance.

-   NMJ = No, M&R Compliance not met resulting in Major violation.

> NMN = No, M&R Compliance not met resulting in Minor violation.

-   YES = Yes, M&R Compliance was met.

*Level Comp?* Indicates status of Level Compliance.

-   Y = Yes, Level Compliance was met.

```{=html}
<!-- -->
```
-   N = No, Level Compliance not met.

*Highest Reading* The highest measure during the specified monitoring
period.

*Sampling Point \[ID\]* The sampling point identification code.

*Samples Exceeded Level* The number of samples that exceeded the measure
level.

*%Samples Beyond Level* The percentage of samples that exceeded the
measure level.

*Monitoring Per. Avg.* The average measure for the specified analyte
during the

*\[and UOM\]* specified monitoring period concatenate the Measure Text
with the Monitoring Period UOM code.

*Running Annual Avg.* The running annual average measure for the
specified

*\[and UOM\]* analyte concatenate the Measure Text with the Running
Annual Average UOM code.

*Date Reported* Date that the MDBP Summary is reported.

*Samples Required* The number of samples required.

*Sample Taken* The number of samples collected.

*Mon Per Begin Date* Begin Date of the user-specified monitoring period.

*Water System Name* The name of the water system.

*WSF Name* The name of the water system facility (WSF).

[Menu Items:]{.underline}

**File**

*Exit* Selecting **File/Exit** will return the user to the *SDWIS/STATE
Home Page.*

**Edit**

*Add* The **Edit/Add** option will be enabled when a record has not been
highlighted.

When the user selects **Edit/Add**, flow to the MDBP Summary Search/Add
page in Add mode with the same values that were previously entered on
this page.

*Change* Selecting **Edit/Change** will display the MDBP Maintenance
page with the selected record. This option will be enabled only when a
record has been highlighted.

> If the MDBP Summary selected for modification is associated to one or
> more violations, invoke advisory dialog box with the following
> message. **This MDBP Summary is linked to one or more violations and
> care should be taken before modifying. Do you wish to proceed?**
>
> *Select* The **Edit/Select** menu item will be enabled only when the
> software flows to this page from Violation Maintenance (specifically,
> from Violation MDBP Summary Association). (When invoked from Violation
> Maintenance, **Select** will be the only **Edit** menu item
> available.)

*Delete* Selecting **Edit/Delete** will display a delete confirmation
dialog box for the selected record. This option will be enabled only
when a record has been highlighted.

> If the MDBP Summary selected for deletion is linked to a validated or
> preliminary violation (i.e., a violation with status of V or P), the
> following error message will be invoked: **This MDBP Summary is linked
> to a violation and cannot be deleted.**

**View**

*Search* Selecting **View/Search** will invoke the MDBP Summary Search
page in Search mode and value the fields on the page with the same
values entered previously.

> *Sort* Selecting **View/Sort** will invoke the standard Sort page.

*Filter by* Water System No., Water System Name, WSF State Asgn ID, WSF
Name, Summary Type, Analyte Code, Analyte Name, Monitoring Period Name,
Monitoring Period Begin Date, M&R Compliance Indicator, Level Compliance
Indicator, or Date Reported.

*Refresh* Selecting **View/Refresh** will retrieve the unfiltered list
(original search criteria).

[Protected Fields:]{.underline}

*WS Group Used/*

*Regulating Agency*

*Used* This protected field will show the user's current Water System
Group Name or Regulating Agency depending on which the user has made
current. The software will dynamically change the prompt depending on
whether Water System Group Name or Regulating Agency is current. The
prompt will be "WS Group Used" if the user's current Water System Group
is valued, otherwise the prompt will be "Regulating Agency Used."

*Number of rows*

*resulting from search*

*criteria entered*

Will show the total number of rows that met the search criteria.

*Number of rows*

*displayed* Will show the total number of rows that are displayed in the
list, which may be less than the number of rows that met the search
criteria.

####  MDBP Summary Maintenance

The MDBP Summary Maintenance page, Exhibit 5-45, will be used to add or
maintain general MDBP Summaries. All attributes of the MDBP summary will
be available on the page. This page will have less automation and more
generic labels than the Water Treatment or MRDL pages. Users may create
types of MDBP Summaries through the System Administrator permitted
values function. If a FANL of the same MDBP Summary type is in effect
during the selected monitoring period, for the selected WSF, the
software will read the FANL record for some default values.

  ---------------------------------------------------- -----------------------------------------------
  ![](media/image1.png){width="1.9270833333333333in"   ![](media/image43.png){width="3.8375in"
  height="5.372916666666667in"}                        height="5.379166666666666in"}

  ---------------------------------------------------- -----------------------------------------------

[]{#__RefHeading___Toc173657230 .anchor}**Exhibit 5-45.** MDBP Summary
Maintenance

[Protected Fields:]{.underline}

The protected fields in this display box will be the same as previously
described for the Combined Filter Effluent Turbidity page with the
addition of the following two rows.

Individual ID No. and Name will become protected fields.
(R0059:A.5.6.5.3.f)

*Record updated*

*by XXXXXXXX on*

*MM/DD/YYYY*

*HH:MI:SS* The User ID and the timestamp from the last time the water
purchase record was updated.

*Record created*

*by XXXXXXXX on*

*MM/DD/YYYY*

*HH:MI:SS* The initial User ID and timestamp when the water purchaser
record was initially added to the database.

[Entry Fields:]{.underline}

*Sampling Point* The user may enter a sampling point that is valid for
the selected WSF or use the **Go To** button to display the Sampling
Point Maintenance List in single-select mode listing sampling points for
this water system facility. As the user makes a selection, the software
will then populate the retrieved Sampling Point State Asgn ID and
Location.

*Date Reported* This field will operate the same as the Date Reported
field on the Combined Filter Effluent Turbidity page.

*Number of Samples*

*Required* This field will operate the same as the Samples Required
field on the Combined Filter Effluent Turbidity page.

*Number of Samples*

*Taken* This field will operate the same as the Number of Samples Taken
field on the Combined Filter Effluent Turbidity page.

*M&R Complied?* This field will operate the same as the M&R Complied
field on the Combined Filter Effluent Turbidity page.

*Highest Reading* Store as HIGHEST_MEASURE with summary.

*First Protected Prompt/*

*Label \[Number of*

*Samples Exceeded*

*999 XXX\]*

 Display "Number of Samples Exceeded 999" in the *First Protected
Prompt/Label*.

-   Set 999 to the value in

> FANL CONTROL_LEVEL \_TEXT.

-   Default the field to zero.

> Store the value in the field as MDBP Summary
> TOTAL_SAMPLES_BEYOND_MSR_LVL.

*Second Protected Prompt*

*/Label \[%of Samples*

*Exceeding 999 YYY*\]

-   Set XXXXXXXXXXXX to "% of Samples Exceeding 999 YYY."

```{=html}
<!-- -->
```
-   Set 999 to value in FANL CONTROL_LEVEL_TEXT.

```{=html}
<!-- -->
```
-   Set YYY to FANL CONTROL_LEVEL_TEXT_UOM.

```{=html}
<!-- -->
```
-   Enable PERCENT_SAMPLES_BEYOND_MSR_LVL entry field and default value
    according to the following calculation: value = (number of samples
    exceeding level/number of samples taken) \* 100, with two
    significant digits after the decimal point.

-   In change mode, if either the number of samples taken or number of
    samples beyond is modified, recalculate this field.

> Store as PERCENT_SAMPLES_BEYOND_MSR_LVL and
> PERCENT_SAMPS_BYND_MSR_LVL_TXT with 95PT summary.

*\[MDBP Summary\]*

*Level Complied?* Permitted Value: Y=Yes; N=No.

If MDBP Summary Number of Samples Exceeded Level
(TOTAL_SAMPLES_BEYOND_MSR_LVL) equals 0, default to Y (Yes).

Else if \>0, default to N (No).

Store as MR_COMPLIANCE_INDICATOR with summary record.

*Monitoring Period*

*Average* Default to zero and store as both a numeric field for
calculations (MONITORING_PERIOD_AVG_MEASURE) and as a text field
(MONITORING_PERIOD_AVG_MSR_TXT) for display purposes with summary.

Leading zeros will not be stored in the text field except when the
numeric field is less than one, in which case, one zero to the left of
the decimal place will be included in the text field (e.g., numeric is
.1, 0.1 will be stored in the text field). Trailing zeros entered by the
user will, however, be retained (e.g., if 1.20 is entered, it will be
stored as 1.20 in the text field).

*\[Monitoring Period*

*Average UOM\]* Default to the UOM for the selected FANL.

*Running Annual*

*Average* Default to zero and store as both a numeric field
(RUNNING_ANNUAL_AVERAGE_MEASURE) for calculations and as a text field
(RUNNING_ANNUAL_AVERAGE_MSR_TXT) for display purposes with summary.

Leading zeros will not be stored in the text field except when the
numeric field is less than one, in which case, one zero to the left of
the decimal place will be included in the text field (e.g., numeric is
.1, 0.1 will be stored in the text field). Trailing zeros entered by the
user will, however, be retained (e.g., if 1.20 is entered, it will be
stored as 1.20 in the text field).

*\[Running Annual*

*Average UOM\]* Default to the UOM for the selected FANL.

Question Group Box:

*Question #1* Label will read "Q1."

Permitted Values: Y=Yes; N=No; Blank.

Default to blank.

This field will be stored as Q1_IFT_MONITORED_INDICATOR in the summary.

*Question #2* Label will read "Q2."

Permitted Values: Y=Yes; N=No; Blank.

Default to blank.

This field will be stored as Q2_IFT_RECORED_INDICATOR in the summary.

*Question #3* Label will read "Q3."

Permitted Values: Y=Yes; N=No; Blank.

Default to blank.

This field will be stored as Q3_IFT_EQUIPMENT_INDICATOR in the summary.

*Question #4* Label will read "Q4."

Permitted Values: Y=Yes; N=No; Blank.

Default to blank.

This field will be stored as Q4_IFT_GREATER_1_0_INDICATOR in the
summary.

*Question #5* Label will read "Q5."

Permitted Values: Y=Yes; N=No; Blank.

Default to blank.

This field will be stored as Q5_IFT_GREATER_0_5_INDICATOR in the
summary.

*Question #6* Label will read "Q6."

> Permitted Values: Y=Yes; N=No; Blank.
>
> Default to blank.

This field will be stored as Q6_IFT_GREATER_1_DUR_3_MON_IND in the
summary.

*Question #7* Label will read "Q7."

Permitted Values: Y=Yes; N=No; Blank.

Default to blank.

This field will be stored as Q7_IFT_GREATER_2_DUR_2_MON_IND in the
summary.

*Lab/Analyst*

*ID No.* This field will be the same as the Lab ID No. field in the
Combined Filter Effluent Turbidity page. The same design specifications
will apply. (R0059:A.5.6.5.3.a)

*Certifying Agency* Select a value from the dropdown list. The value
will be matched against the laboratory's Certifying Agency. The
selections available via the dropdown list will be retrieved from the
TINPVALS table where code_name = "CERT_AG."

> If an exact match is found using the Lab ID No. and Certifying Agency,
> the laboratory name will be displayed.
>
> If none is found, the Laboratory Maintenance List will be presented in
> single-select mode.
>
> Certifying Agency will be a required field. It will default to STATE.
> (R0059:A.5.6.5.3.b)

(R0059:A.5.6.5.3.c)

*Name* This field will be the same as the Name field in the Combined
Filter Effluent Turbidity page. The same design specifications will
apply.

*Comments* User can record any additional information about the sample
summary data.

Store as COMMENT_TEXT with summary.

[Tab Sequence:]{.underline}

Sampling Point, Sampling Point **Go To** button, Date Reported, Number
of Samples Required, Number of Samples Taken, M&R Complied/, Highest
Reading, No. of Samples Exceeded Limit, Percentage of Samples Exceeded
Limit, Level Complied/, Monitoring Period Average concatenated with MP
Avg. UOM, Running Annual Average concatenated with RAA UOM, Q1, Q2, Q3,
Q4, Q5, Q6, Q7, Lab/Analyst ID No., Certifying Agency, Name, Comments,
**Add New Summary** button, **Modify Monitoring Period** button,
**Modify FANL** button, **OK** button, **Cancel** button, **Help**
button. (R0059:A.5.6.5.3.d)

[Buttons:]{.underline}

*\[sampling point\]*

**Go To** The user may use the **Go To** button to display the Sampling
Point Maintenance List in single-select mode. As the user makes a
selection, the software will then populate the retrieved Sampling Point
State Asgn ID and Location. Return the cursor to the Sampling Point
Location field.

*\[laboratory/analyst\]*

**Go To** This button will be the same as the Lab **Go To** in the
Combined Filter Effluent Turbidity page. (R0059:A.5.6.5.3.e)

(R0059:A.5.6.5.3.g)

**Add New**

**Summary** and **OK** Both buttons will create or update the summary
record. The following actions will apply to the **Add New Summary** and
**OK** buttons unless otherwise specified.

> If an error message is invoked, after the user closes the message, the
> software will return to the MDBP Summary Maintenance page with all
> previously entered data in place. The software will ensure the
> following:

-   That the Reported Date is not a future date The error message will
    be: **Date must not be a future date.** Return the cursor to the
    Reported Date field when the user closes the message.

```{=html}
<!-- -->
```
-   That the Sampling Point is valid for the selected WSF. If it is not,
    the following error message will be invoked: **Sampling Point not
    valid for selected WSF** and return the cursor to the Sampling Point
    field when the user closes the message.

```{=html}
<!-- -->
```
-   If the MDBP Summary selected for modification is associated to one
    or more violations and one or more values have been changed, invoke
    advisory dialog box with the following message: **This MDBP Summary
    is linked to one or more violations and care should be taken before
    modifying. Do you wish to proceed?** This dialog box is shown in
    Exhibit 5-43.

```{=html}
<!-- -->
```
-   If the user selects **OK** (or **Yes** on the MDBP Summary Advisory
    dialog box), the data will be committed to the database and the
    software will flow to the MDBP Summary List page, displaying all the
    MDBP Summaries of the current summary type for the current Water
    System with a default sort order of Monitoring Period Begin Date
    descending, WSF State Asgn ID ascending.

```{=html}
<!-- -->
```
-   If the user selects **Add Another Summary**, the data will be
    committed to the database and the software will flow to the MDBP
    Summary Search/Add page in Add mode, displaying the values entered
    in the equivalent fields on the current maintenance page (i.e., all
    the fields on the page should be valued), allowing the user to
    change the one or two values desired before entering another
    summary.

-   In add mode, the d_initial_timestamp and d_lastupdt_ts will be set
    to the current timestamp. The d_initial_user_cd and d_user_code will
    be set to the User ID of the logged in user.

**Modify Monitoring**

**Period** Will present the Monitoring Period List. Once a monitoring
period is selected, the summary will be associated to it.

**Modify FANL** Will present the Facility Analyte Level (FANL)
maintenance List listing only FANLs for CURRENT water system. Once a
FANL is selected, the summary will be associated to it.

**Cancel** Will disregard any data and return the user to the previous
page.

**Help** Will invoke online Help for this page.

## Results Averages

The purpose of the Results Averages function is to enable users to add
and maintain averages of chemical results rather than entering each
individual result. This may be particularly useful where a PWS owner
reports quarterly and annual averages of results for total
trihalomethanes (TThm) and haloacetic acids (HAA5). This function,
however, can be used to enter averages for other contaminants as well,
if desired. Additionally, this function allows users to change the
averages that SDWIS/STATE's *CDS Setup* component has calculated when
individual results are entered (SDWIS/STATE only calculates these if a
sample schedule also exists and the frequency of monitoring is monthly
or less frequent).

Users may "add" and maintain both Monitoring Period Averages (MPA)
(e.g., the average of four TThm results for a quarter) and Running
Annual Averages (RAA) for any analyte, as long as a corresponding sample
schedule (calling for monthly or less frequent monitoring) and
monitoring period exist and *CDS Setup* has been run. Technically, a
user can't "add" either of these records but for all practical purposes,
it appears as though the user is adding the record. It appears this way
because C*DS Setup* creates an MPA and RAA record even when no
individual results for a given monitoring period have been entered (so
long as an appropriate sample schedule and corresponding monitoring
period exist in the database). An MPA that is created when there is no
result has no value (i.e., the Measure field is blank) and has 0 in the
Number of Results Used field. When a user comes to such a record, it
gives the impression that the user is entering a new record but, in
fact, the user is modifying an existing record.

Where sample results do exist and have been used by *CDS Setup* to
calculate the MPA and RAA values, users will be able to override those
values. *CDS Setup* will not recalculate any MPA or RAA values that
users have entered using the Results Averages Maintenance pages.

### Model Changes for Results Averages

No model changes planned for this release.

### Results Averages Page Flow

####  Results Averages Search

Selecting **Results Averages** will invoke the Results Averages Search
page (Exhibit 5-46) where the user can specify a Sample Schedule, a
Monitoring Period, or both as search criteria:

![](media/image44.png){width="5.992361111111111in"
height="4.054166666666666in"}

[]{#__RefHeading___Toc173657231 .anchor}**Exhibit 5-46.** Results
Averages Search

-   Sample Schedule only (User may search on Water System No. and WSF
    State Asgn ID).

-   Monitoring Period only.

-   Sample Schedule and Monitoring Period.

All searches will be limited by the current Regulating Agency or Water
System Group. The prompt will dynamically change to reflect whether the
user has selected Regulating Agency or Water System Group to be current.

[Protected Field:]{.underline}

*Regulating Agency*

*Used/WS Group*

*Used* This protected field will show the user's current Water System
Group Name or Regulating Agency, depending on which the user has made
current. The software will dynamically change the prompt depending on
whether a Water System Group or Regulating Agency is current. The prompt
will be "Current WS Group" if the user's current Water System Group is
valued, otherwise the prompt will be "Regulating Agency Used."

*Analyte* The Analyte Code and Name associated to the retrieved
schedule's monitoring requirement. This lets the user visually confirm
that the software has retrieved the desired schedule.

[Entry Fields:]{.underline}

Schedule Selection Criteria Group Box:

*Water System No.* The specific Water System No., which consists of the
two-character state code plus the seven-character number field.

> The state code portion will default to the State Code for the schema
> *(developer note, default it to the state_identification_code in the
> SYSTEM_VARIABLE entity view).*
>
> The cursor will be positioned in the numeric portion.

The **Go To** button may be pressed to select a water system from the
Water System Maintenance List in single-select mode, which will display
a list of water systems that are part of the current Water System Group
or Regulating Agency. Once a valid water system has been entered or
picked from a list, the water system name will be displayed on the page.
If the user specifies a partial string in this field, the software will
display the closest matching water system at the top of the list.
(Closest matching means a match with the Water System No., sorted
alphabetically, that starts with the same text string as supplied.)

> If a valid water system is entered but is not part of the user's
> current Water System Group or Regulating Agency, the software will
> return the error message: **WS is not part of current group/agency.
> Change group/agency to access this WS.** On **OK**, the software will
> return the user to the Results Averages Search page with the Water
> System No. blanked out and the cursor in the Water System No. field.

*\[Water System*

*Name\]* Standard 40-character Public Water System Name may be entered
completely, partially, or left blank. If the user specifies a partial
string in this field, the software will display the Water System
Maintenance List in single-select mode with the closest matching water
system at the top of the list. (Closest matching means a match with the
Water System Name, sorted alphabetically, that starts with the same text
string as supplied.)

If a valid water system name is entered the Water System No. is
populated.

> If a valid water system is entered but is not part of the user's
> current Water System Group or Regulating Agency, the software will
> invoke the exit state error message: **WS is not part of current
> group/agency. Change group/agency to access this WS.** On OK, the
> software will return the user to the Results Averages Search page with
> the Water System Name blanked out and the cursor in the Water System
> Name field.

If the name entered is not found, the software will flow to the Water
System Maintenance List in single-select mode. The user may then select
a water system and continue.

*WSF State Asgn ID* The State Asgn ID of the Water System facility for
whose results averages are sought. This field will be protected until a
Water System has been selected and will be cleared when a previously
selected water system is changed. The user may enter a valid WSF State
Asgn ID or use the **Go To** button to select one from the Water System
Facility Maintenance List (in single-select mode).

> As the user tabs off this field, the software will check that the
> supplied State Asgn ID is valid for the selected Water System. If it
> is not associated with the selected Water System, the software will
> not supply a message but instead will directly invoke the Water System
> Facility Maintenance List in single-select mode from where the user
> may select a valid water system facility. Once a valid water system
> facility is entered or picked from a list, the water system facility
> name will be displayed on the page in the protected \[WSF\] Name
> field.

Monitoring Period Group Box:

If a user selects a monitoring period without selecting a sample
schedule, the software will clear out any values displayed in the Water
System and Water System Facility fields so that the user understands
that, if a Sample Schedule is not selected, the software will look for
all results averages for all water systems (limited, of course, to water
systems in the users current group) for the selected monitoring period;
not just the one previously selected.

*\[Monitoring Period\]*

*Begin Date* If Begin Date and either End Date or Duration are valued,
on tabbing off, the software will retrieve the monitoring period that
matches the criteria and displays it in all monitoring period fields. If
no monitoring period exists that matches the criteria, the Monitoring
Period Maintenance List will be invoked in single-select mode, sorted on
Monitoring Period Begin Date descending then on Monitoring Period End
Date ascending. The software will take no action if only Begin Date is
valued.

*\[Monitoring Period\]*

*Duration* The user may pick a valid Monitoring Period Duration. All
permitted values for duration will be available for selection as well as
spaces (so that a search can be made without selecting a monitoring
period). If Duration and either Begin Date or End Date are valued, on
tabbing off, the software will retrieve the monitoring period that
matches the criteria and display it in all monitoring period fields. If
no monitoring period exists that matches the criteria, the Monitoring
Period Maintenance List will be invoked in single-select mode, sorted on
Monitoring Period Begin Date descending then on Monitoring Period End
Date ascending. The software will take no action if only Duration is
valued.

Duration of 2W -- Every 2 Weeks and 2M -- Every 2 Months will be
available in the drop down. (R0036:A.5.7.2.1.a)

*\[Monitoring Period\]*

*End Date* If End Date and either Begin Date or Duration are valued, on
tabbing off, the software will retrieve the monitoring period that
matches the criteria and displays it in all monitoring period fields. If
no monitoring period exists that matches the criteria, the Monitoring
Period Maintenance List will be invoked in single-select mode, sorted on
Monitoring Period Begin Date descending then on Monitoring Period End
Date ascending. The software will take no action if only End Date is
valued.

*\[Monitoring Period\]*

*Name* If the user enters a valid monitoring period name, on tabbing
off, the software will retrieve the monitoring period that matches the
criteria and displays it in all monitoring period fields. If the user
enters a partial string or an invalid monitoring period name, the
Monitoring Period Maintenance List will be invoked in single-select
mode, sorted on Monitoring Period Name ascending.

[Tab Sequence:]{.underline}

Water System No. \[the seven-character, number field\], Water System
**Go To** button, \[Water System Name\], WSF State Asgn ID., WSF **Go
To** button, Sample Schedule **Go To** button, \[Monitoring Period\]
Begin Date, \[Monitoring Period \]Duration, \[Monitoring Period\] End
Date, \[Monitoring Period\] Name, Monitoring Period **Go To** button,
**Search** button, **Clear** button, **Cancel** button, **Help** button.

[Buttons:]{.underline}

*\[Water System\]*

**Go To** Pressing the water system **Go To** button will invoke the
Water System Maintenance List page in single-select mode. If the user
has typed in a partial Water System No., it will be used in the search.
If the user has typed in a Water System Name, it will be used in the
search.

*\[Water System*

*Facility\]*

**Go To** Pressing this button will invoke the Water System Facility
Maintenance List (in single-select mode), showing WSFs that are valid
for the specified Water System. If the user has typed part of the WSF
State Asgn ID, it will be used in the search. The user may select a
water system facility from this list. This button will be protected
until a water system has been entered.

*\[Sample Schedule\]*

**Go To** This button will be protected until a water system facility
has been selected. Pressing this **Go To** button will initiate the
following actions:

-   The software will search for all (past, present, and future) hidden
    and non-hidden non-TCR sample schedules that are associated with the
    specified Water System and WSF. Note that schedules referencing
    analyte groups (i.e., Schedule Groups records) will not be selected.

-   Any schedules found will be displayed on the Non-TCR Schedule
    Maintenance List from where the user may select a schedule. Records
    will be sorted as follows:

Analyte Code ascending,

> Sample Type ascending,

Sample Schedule Effective Begin Date ascending.

> Selecting the schedule will close the Non-TCR Schedule Maintenance
> List and return the user to the Results Averages Search page with the
> cursor at the **Search** button and the schedule's analyte displayed
> in the protected field.

-   If no schedules are found, the software will invoke the exit state
    information message: **No Non-TCR Sample Schedules exist for the
    selected criteria.** When the user clicks on **OK**, the Results
    Averages Search page will be displayed.

*\[Monitoring Period\]*

**Go To** Pressing this button will invoke the Monitoring Period
Maintenance List in single-select mode, sorted on Monitoring Period
Begin Date descending then on Monitoring Period End Date ascending. The
user may select a Monitoring Period from this list.

**Search** Pressing **Search** will initiate the following actions:

-   If neither a Sample Schedule nor a Monitoring Period were
    selected/retrieved, the following error message will be invoked:
    **Must specify a Schedule or Monitoring Period to list Results
    Averages.** The software will return the cursor to the Water System
    No. (number portion).

```{=html}
<!-- -->
```
-   If only a Sample Schedule was specified/retrieved, the software will
    select each Monitoring Period Average and Running Annual Average for
    the specified Sample Schedule and display them on the Results
    Averages Maintenance List. The records will be sorted by Analyte
    Code ascending and Monitoring Period Begin Date descending (note
    that, in this situation, there is only one water system and one
    water system facility). If no Monitoring Period Averages are found,
    the following error message will be invoked: **No Monitoring Period
    Averages exist for this Schedule.**

-   If only a Monitoring Period was specified/retrieved, the software
    will select each Monitoring Period Average and Running Annual
    Average that is associated to the selected Monitoring Period for
    water systems that are associated to the user's current group and
    display them on the Results Averages Maintenance List. The records
    will be sorted by Water System No., WSF State Asgn ID, and Analyte
    Code. If no Monitoring Period Averages are found, the following
    error message will be invoked: **No Monitoring Period Averages exist
    for this period and water system group.**

-   If the user selects/retrieves a Sample Schedule and a Monitoring
    Period, the software will select the single Monitoring Period
    Average and Running Annual Average that is valid for both and
    display them on the Results Averages Maintenance page. If no
    Monitoring Period Average is found, the following error message will
    be invoked: **No Monitoring Period Average exists for this schedule
    and period.**

**Clear** Pressing this button will clear data from all fields on the
search page.

**Cancel** Will disregard any data and return the user to the previous
page.

**Help** Will invoke online Help for this page.

####  Results Averages Maintenance List

The Results Averages Maintenance List (Exhibit 5-47) will display up to
1,000 records at a time, listing the results averages records retrieved
from the search criteria specified. The user will be able to select
(double-click) a results average from the list to view or update,
including one that *CDS Setup* has created. A user cannot technically
add a record (see the discussion above) and therefore there is not an
**Edit/Add** function on this maintenance list page. Likewise there is
not an **Edit/Delete** function because a user cannot "delete" a record.
However, a record that has been edited by a user (and therefore will no
longer be calculated by the software) can be reset so that the software
will recalculate the averages. Refer to the design description for the
maintenance page to see how this works.

  ---------------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------------
  ![](media/image1.png){width="1.8409722222222222in"   ![](media/image45.png){width="4.428472222222222in"
  height="5.125in"}                                    height="3.595138888888889in"}

  ---------------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------------

[]{#__RefHeading___Toc173657232 .anchor}**Exhibit 5-47.** Results
Averages Maintenance List

[List Fields:]{.underline}

*Water System No.* The number of the water system.

*WSF State Asgn ID* The twelve-digit identification code assigned to a
water system facility (WSF).

*Analyte Code* The Analyte Code specified in the Monitoring Period
Averages record.

*Monitoring Period Name* The name of the monitoring period. Column name
will be stacked into three rows. (R0013:A.5.7.2.2.b)

*MP Average*

The average for the specified analyte, monitoring period and water
system facility.

*MP UOM* The unit of measure code of the Monitoring Period Average.
(R0013:A.5.7.2.2.c)

*MCL Value*

The MCL Value for the specified analyte, monitoring period and waters
system facility.

*MCLV UOM* The unit of measure code of the MCL Value.
(R0013:A.5.7.2.2.d)

*Water System Name* The name of the water system.

*Analyte Name* The analyte name associated with the analyte code.

*Number of Results*

*Used for MPA* The number of results used in the calculation of the
Monitoring Period Average.

*Total Days*

*\[Monitoring Period*

*Average Total Days\]* The number of days in the period that applies to
the Monitoring Period Average.

*Number of Results*

*Used for MCL Value* The number of results used in the calculation of
the MCL Value.

*\[MPA\]*

*Monitoring* *Period (R0013:A.5.7.2.2.e)*

*Begin Date* The first day of the period that applies to the Monitoring
Period Average. Usually this is equal to the first day of the monitoring
period but may be later, depending on the effective begin date and
seasonal collection period for the sample schedule associated to the
MPA.

*\[MPA\]*

*Monitoring* *Period* *(R0013:A.5.7.2.2.f)*

*End Date* The last day of the period that applies to the Monitoring
Period Average. Usually this is equal to the last day of the monitoring
period but may be earlier, depending on the effective end date and
seasonal collection period for the sample schedule associated to the
MPA.

*WSF Name* The name of the specified water system facility (WSF).

[Default Sort Order:]{.underline}

The default sort order for the Results Averages Maintenance List will be
Monitoring Period End Date ascending.

[Menu Items:]{.underline}

**File**

*Exit* Selecting **File/Exit** will return the user to the *SDWIS/STATE
Home Page.*

**Edit**

*Change* Selecting **Edit/Change** will display the Results Averages
Maintenance page in Change mode with the selected monitoring record.
This option will be enabled only when a record has been highlighted.
When the user selects a record, the data from the Schedule and
Monitoring Period that are associated with the SSMPA, which is
associated with the selected MPA, will also be presented on the Results
Averages Maintenance page.

**View**

*Additional Compliance*

> *Data* Will present the Compliance Value List which presents the
> information used by Compliance Determination and stored on the
> TMNSSMPA table. This item will be enabled when a selection is made in
> the list box. (R0013:A.5.7.2.2.a)

*Search* Selecting **View/Search** will invoke the Results Averages
Search page and carry forward the information previously entered on the
Results Averages Search page.

> *Sort* Selecting **View/Sort** will invoke the standard Sort page with
> all columns on the list available for sorting.

*Filter by* Selecting **View/Filter** will allow the user to filter by
Water System No., WSF Assigned ID, Analyte Code, Monitoring Period Begin
Date, Water System Name, WSF Name, or Analyte Name.

> *Refresh* Selecting **View/Refresh** will retrieve the unfiltered list
> (original search criteria).

[Protected Fields:]{.underline}

*Regulating Agency*

*Used/Current WS*

*Group Used* This protected field will show the user's current Water
System Group

Name or Regulating Agency, depending on which the user has made current.
The software will dynamically change the prompt depending on whether
Water System Group Name or Regulating Agency is current. The prompt will
be "Current WS Group" if the user's current Water System Group is
valued, otherwise the prompt will be "Regulating Agency Used."

*Number of rows*

*resulting from search*

*criteria entered* This protected field will show the total number of
rows that met

> the search criteria.

*Number of rows*

*displayed* This protected field will show the total number of rows

that are displayed in the list, which may be less than the number

of rows that met the search criteria*.*

####  Results Averages Maintenance

The Results Averages Maintenance page (Exhibit 5-48) will allow the user
to maintain either the Monitoring Period Average (MPA) or the MCL Value
or both. If a user edits an MPA, the software will not recalculate it
even if a new result is added or an existing result is modified. Users,
however, will be able to reset a user-modified MPA so that it is
recalculated by the software. If an MPA is modified but the MCL Value is
not, the software will ask the user if they want CDS setup to
recalculate the MCL Value based on the changed MPA but this will not
occur until *CDS Setup* is run.

If a user edits a MCL Value, the software will not recalculate it even
if a new result is added or an existing result is modified. Users,
however, will be able to reset a user-modified MCL Value so that it is
recalculated by the software. If an MCL Value is modified and is
dependent only on one MPA, the software will compare the entered value
to the MPA to see if it is equivalent (note that the MCL Value can and
usually should be rounded and the software will take this into account).
Additionally, the software will compare an entered MCL Value against the
analyte's MCL to see if it is in the same units and is rounded to the
same significant digits.

  ---------------------------------------------------- -----------------------------------------------------
  ![](media/image1.png){width="1.6395833333333334in"   ![](media/image46.png){width="3.8680555555555554in"
  height="7.127083333333333in"}                        height="6.627777777777778in"}

  ---------------------------------------------------- -----------------------------------------------------

[]{#__RefHeading___Toc173657233 .anchor}**Exhibit 5-48.** Results
Averages Maintenance

[Menu Icons:]{.underline}

![](media/image47.png){width="0.22361111111111112in"
height="0.22361111111111112in"} Clicking on this icon will invoke the
Water System Information page, which will display basic inventory
information for the given Water System.

![](media/image48.png){width="0.22361111111111112in"
height="0.22361111111111112in"} Clicking on this icon will invoke the
Historical Sampling Information page, which will display compliance
values for the results associated to the current MCL Value. Compliance
values will be stored in a new associative table between results and
SSMPA records. The information displayed will be read-only. See Section
5.7.3 for more details on this page.

![](media/image49.png){width="0.22361111111111112in"
height="0.22361111111111112in"} Clicking on this icon will invoke the
Display Points of Contact page, which will display a protected list of
legal entities and individuals (such as operators, engineers, etc.)
associated with the given Water System.

[Protected Fields]{.underline}:

Water System / Facility Group Box:

*Water System No.* Standard nine-character No. of Water System
associated with the MPA/RAA (through SSMPA and Schedule) selected by
user in Results Averages Maintenance List.

*\[Water System\]*

*Name* Name of selected Water System.

*WSF State Asgn ID* State Asgn ID of the selected water system facility.

*\[WSF\] Name* Name of selected water system facility.

*\[WSF\] Local Name* Local Name of selected water system facility.

Sample Schedule Group Box:

*Analyte Code* Standard four-character Code of selected
analyte[.]{.underline}

*\[Analyte\] Name* Name of selected analyte.

*Samples Required* There are three protected fields under Samples
Required, \[Sample Count\], \[Sample Type\], and \[Periodicity\].

*\[Sample Count\]* Sample Count (from schedule's monitoring
requirement).

*\[Sample Type\]* Sample Type (from schedule's monitoring requirement).

*\[Periodicity\]* Periodicity (from schedule's monitoring requirement).

Effective Period Group Box:

*Begin Date* Effective Begin Date (from sample schedule).

*End Date* Effective End Date (from sample schedule).

Seasonal Collection Period Group Box:

*Start Month* Sample Schedule Start Month. Value between 1 and 12.
Display 1 when null (i.e., zero or null).

*Start Day* Sample Schedule Start Day. Value between 1 and 31. Display 1
when null (i.e., zero or null).

*End Month* Sample Schedule End Month. Value between 1 and 12. Display
12 when null (i.e., zero or null).

*End Day* Sample Schedule End Day. Value between 1 and 31. Display 31
when null (i.e., zero or null).

Monitoring Period Group Box:

*Begin Date* Begin Date of selected monitoring period.

*\[Monitoring Period\]*

*Duration* Duration \[maps to TYPE_CODE\] of selected monitoring period.

*\[Monitoring Period\]*

*End Date* End Date of selected monitoring period.

*\[Monitoring Period\]*

*Name* Name of selected monitoring period.

*Record updated*

*by XXXXXXXX on*

*MM/DD/YYYY*

*HH:MI:SS* The User ID and the timestamp from the last time the MPA
record was updated.

*Record updated*

*by XXXXXXXX on*

*MM/DD/YYYY*

*HH:MI:SS* The User ID and the timestamp from the last time the
Calculated MCL record was updated.

[Entry Fields:]{.underline}

Monitoring Period Averages Group Box:

*CDS Setup* will calculate a value for all fields in this group box.
However, the user may change the value in all fields.

*Measure* This is the numeric value for the Monitoring Period Average
(MPA) and maps to attribute MEASURE_TEXT. The value in this field is
stored in both a text field (for display purposes) and a numeric field
for calculations.

Leading zeros will not be stored in the text field except when the
numeric field is less than one, in which case, one zero to the left of
the decimal place will be included in the text field (e.g., numeric is
.1, 0.1 will be stored in the text field). Trailing zeros entered by the
user will, however, be retained (e.g., if 1.20 is entered, it will be
stored as 1.20 in the text field).

> If the value in MEASURE is 0 and the value in *No. of Results Used* is
> also 0, this field should appear as spaces.

-   If the value in MEASURE is 0 and the value in *No. of Results Used*
    is\> 0, this field should appear as 0.

```{=html}
<!-- -->
```
-   If the value in MEASURE is \>0, this text field should reflect that
    value.

*\[UOM\]* This is the unit of measure associated with the measure. A
user will not be able to change a unit of measure that has already been
valued but will be allowed to change the unit of measure if it was
previously null (i.e., spaces). After the user enters a unit of measure
and then tabs out or uses the mouse to go to another field, the software
will check the unit of measure entered against the unit of measure
stored in the MCL Value UOM. If the MCL Value UOM is valued (i.e.,
something other than spaces) and the UOM for the Monitoring Period
Average is not the same, the following error message will be invoked:
**Unit of measure must be the same as the unit of measure for the MCL
Value.** On **OK**, return the cursor to this UOM field.

Permitted Values available in the drop-down list are:

ug/L Nmt

mg/L %lum

Count %pur

Pic/l Admiu

Cm-1 Lang

C Lbs/gal

F Lbs/cft

Ntu Ct

Mrem Su

Mremy Aggr

Ph Mfl

Ng/l Umhos/cm

Ftu Obsvns

Ton Units

Cu Count/ml

*No. of Results Used* This is the number of analytical results used to
calculate the average. It will include all routine and confirmation
samples used in the calculation of the average when valued by the
software.

> This field is required and must be valued with a whole number and can
> be zero. If no value is entered or a value other than a whole number
> is entered, the following error message will be invoked when the user
> tabs off of or clicks outside of the field: **The field must match
> pattern ZZZZ9.**

*Total Days* This is the number of days over which the average applies.
In most cases, this is equivalent to the number of days in the
monitoring period. However, if the seasonal collection period recorded
in the schedule falls in the monitoring period or the schedule's begin
or end date are in the monitoring period, the total number of days will
be effected.

If the user changes this value from the value that *CDS Setup* has
calculated, the following advisory will be invoked: **Total Days is
calculated using the sample schedule and monitoring period for this
average. Are you sure you want to change this?** Pressing **Yes** will
close the dialog box and returns the user to the field with the changed
value in place. Pressing **No** will close the dialog box and return
them to the field with the *CDS Setup* value in place.

*MCL Compliance*

*Method* The dropdown list in this field will show either
MPA---Monitoring Period Average or RAA---Running Annual Average.

*Date Reported* This field will be used to store the date the water
system reported the average(s) to the primacy agency. *CDS Setup* will
not value this field

*Precursor Achieved*

*Removal Ratio* If the MPA is for total organic carbon, SDWIS/STATE also
will calculate the precursor achieved removal ratio in accordance with
EPA's regulations. The value calculated by SDWIS/STATE or entered here
will be stored in this field (which will map to field Precursor Achvd
Removal Ratio Tx in table Monitoring Period Average). The value entered
on the page will be stored both in this text field and also be converted
to a number that is stored in the Achvd_Removal_Ratio_No field.

Users can value this field for other analytes but it will have no
meaning and will not be used by the SDWIS/STATE software.

*MPA Comments* A text area where comments can be added regarding the
MPA.

> MCL Value Group Box:

An MCL Value is the value that is used to determine compliance with a
maximum contaminant level (MCL). This value is typically rounded to the
same significant digits as the analyte's MCL and, in some cases, is an
average of several monitoring period averages. An MCL Value is an
average of several monitoring period averages when the value is for a
chronic-related contaminant (a contaminant that may cause health effects
after prolonged exposure) and the monitoring frequency is more frequent
than annual (e.g., quarterly). In this case, the MCL Value is typically
called a running annual average by rule. When, however, the MCL Value is
for an acute-related contaminant, it is not the average of several
monitoring period averages. Instead, it is equivalent to a single
monitoring period average, but is rounded to the same significant digits
as the MCL for the contaminant. This is also true if the MCL Value is
for a chronic-related contaminant that is on annual or less frequent
monitoring.

*Measure* This is the numeric value of the MCL Value. The value in this
field is stored in both a text field (for display purposes) and a
numeric field (for calculations).

> Leading zeros will not be stored in the text field except when the
> numeric field is less than one, in which case, one zero to the left of
> the decimal place will be included in the text field (e.g., numeric is
> .1, 0.1 will be stored in the text field). Trailing zeros entered by
> the user will, however, be retained (e.g., if 1.20 is entered, it will
> be stored as 1.20 in the text field).
>
> When valued by *CDS Setup*:

-   The text field will be blank if the numeric field is 0 and the value
    in *No. of Results Used* is also 0.

```{=html}
<!-- -->
```
-   The text field will be valued with 0.0 if the numeric field is 0 and
    the value in *No. of Results Used* is\> 0.

-   The text field will be valued with the text equivalent of the
    numeric field if the numeric field is \> 0.

*\[UOM\]* This is the unit of measure associated with the measure. A
user will not be able to change a unit of measure that has already been
valued but will be able to value it if it was previously null (i.e.,
spaces). After the user enters a unit of measure and then tabs out or
uses the mouse to go to another field, the software will check the
valued entered against the unit of measure stored in the Monitoring
Period Average UOM. If the MPA UOM is valued with other than spaces and
the valued entered here is not the same, the following error message
will be invoked: **Unit of measure must be the same as the unit of
measure for the Monitoring Period Average.** On **OK**, the software
will return the cursor to this UOM field.

Permitted Values available in the drop-down list are:

ug/L Nmt

mg/L %lum

Count %pur

Pic/l Admiu

Cm-1 Lang

C Lbs/gal

F Lbs/cft

Ntu Ct

Mrem Su

Mremy Aggr

Ph Mfl

Ng/l Umhos/cm

Ftu Obsvns

Ton Units

Cu Count/ml

*Number of Results*

*Used* This is the number of analytical results used to calculate the
MCL Value. It includes all routine and confirmation samples used in the
calculation of the average if valued by the software.

This field is required and must be valued with a whole number and can be
zero. If no value is entered or a value other than a whole number is
entered, the following error message will be invoked when the user tabs
off of or clicks outside of the field: **The field must match pattern
ZZZZZ9**.

*Date Reported* This field will be used to store the date the water
system reported the average(s) to the primacy agency. *CDS Setup* will
not value this field. The value will default to the date in the MPA Date
Reported if one is entered by the user and this field is null at the
time. The user, however, may change it.

*Precursor Achieved*

*Removal Ratio* If the MCL Value is for total organic carbon,
SDWIS/STATE will also calculate a running annual average of the
precursor achieved removal ratios. The value calculated by SDWIS/STATE
or entered here will be stored in this field (which will map to table
MCL_VALUE, field Precursor_Achvd_Removal_Ratio_Tx). The value will be
stored in this text field and will also be converted to a number that
will be stored in the Achvd_Removal_Ratio_No field.

Users can value this field for other analytes but it will have no
meaning and will not be used by the SDWIS/STATE software.

*MCL Value*

*Comments* A text area where comments can be entered regarding the MCL
Value.

[Tab Sequence:]{.underline}

\[Monitoring Period Average\] Measure, \[Monitoring Period Average
UOM\], Number of Results Used, MCL Compliance Method, \[MPA\] Total
Days, Date Reported, Precursor Achieved Removal Ratio, MPA Comments,
Running Annual Average Measure, \[Running Annual Average UOM\], Number
of Results Used, Date Reported, Precursor Achieved Removal Ratio, MCL
Value Comments, button, **Save MPA button**, **Save MCL Value button**,
**Recalc Using CDS Setup button**, **Cancel** button, **Help**, **View
Additional Compliance Data** button. (R0013:A.5.7.2.3.a)

[Buttons:]{.underline}

**Save MPA**

The following actions will apply to the **Save MPA** button.

-   If the user changes the value in the Monitoring Period Average
    Measure field, it must convert to a valid number, which includes 0,
    and it will be stored as described above in both a text and a
    numeric field (the text field will be the one displayed on this
    page).

\- If the user enters a value with more than six digits to the left of
the decimal, invoke existing exit state error message: **Value too
large. SDWIS can support up to 6 digits to the left of the decimal.**
Return the cursor to the MPA Measure field.

\- If the user enters a value with more than nine digits to the right of
the decimal, invoke existing exit state error message: **SDWIS can
support up to 9 digits to the right of the decimal.** Return the cursor
to the MPA Measure field.

\- If the value entered converts to a number within the size 15(9)
range, the software will set MPA value to the converted number.

-   The number in Monitoring Period Average Total Days must be a value
    that is greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to the
    number of days difference between the Monitoring Period's Begin Date
    and End Date (End Date---Begin Date). If the user enters a value
    that does not comply, the software will invoke the exit state error
    message: **Total Days cannot exceed days between Mon. Period Start
    and End dates** and will return the cursor to the MPA Total Days
    field.

```{=html}
<!-- -->
```
-   If the user removes the value in MPA Measure field, the software
    will set the value in the measure text field to spaces, the value in
    the measure numeric field to zero, and the field D_Userid_Code to
    CDSSETUP for the Monitoring Period Average record. It will then
    continue with the other **Save MPA** button checks.

-   If the user enters a value in the MPA Measure field that satisfies
    the above checks, the software will ask the user: **Do you want CDS
    Setup to calculate the MCL Value based on the MPA you entered?** If
    the user selects **YES**, the software sets the MCL Value to spaces
    and the MCL Value User ID to CDSSETUP. If the user selects **NO**,
    the software does nothing to the MCL Value record.

```{=html}
<!-- -->
```
-   If the user changes the Precursor Achieved Removal Ratio for the
    MPA, it must convert to a valid number, which includes 0.

```{=html}
<!-- -->
```
-   If the user enters a value that does not convert to a valid number
    within the size 4(2) range (and 0 is a valid number), invoke exit
    state error message: **Value too large. SDWIS can support up to 2
    digits to the left of the decimal.** Return cursor to whichever
    Precursor Achieved Removal Ratio field could not be converted.

-   If the user enters a value with more than nine digits to the right
    of the decimal, invoke existing exit state error message: **SDWIS
    can support up to 2 digits to the right of the decimal.** Return the
    cursor to the MPA Measure field.

> \- If the value entered converts to a number within the size 4(2)
> range, the software will set MPA Precursor Achieved Removal Ratio
> value to the converted number.

-   If MPA Measure is greater than 0, the number in MPA Total Days must
    be greater than 0. If the user changes the MPA Measure but leaves
    Total Days as 0, invoke exit state error message: **Total Days
    cannot be 0 when MPA Measure is greater than 0.** Return the cursor
    to the MPA Total Days field.

```{=html}
<!-- -->
```
-   If the MPA is updated, the software will update the MPA last update
    timestamp to the current date and time and, unless otherwise noted
    above, the software will set the MPA's D_Userid_Code field to the
    user's User ID. Note that *CDS Setup* will not override a MPA where
    the D_Userid_Code is other than "CDSSETUP."

> **Note:** The unit of measure for MPA and MCL Values will be
> controlled somewhat differently in SSWr1 (compared to SDWIS/STATE
> 8.0). If UOM is valued, it means one of the following has occurred:

-   There was an MCL (in ALRA or FANL) the last time *CDS Setup* ran.

```{=html}
<!-- -->
```
-   A user previously edited one or both of the records (the MPA or MCL
    Value) when there was no MCL (in ALRA or FANL).

```{=html}
<!-- -->
```
-   There was at least one result used to create the MPA and MCL Value
    when there was no MCL.

Users will not be allowed to change a UOM once it has been valued in
order to maintain consistency between the UOM for MPAs and UOM for MCL
Values. If a user wants to change the UOM for a MPA and MCL Value that
has no MCL but is based on one or more results, the user will need to
press the **Recalc Using CDS Setup** button and then find and change the
UOM to the desired UOM for the first result used to calculate the MPA.
If an MCL is subsequently added for the above, *CDS Setup* will convert
the user-entered UOM to the UOM recorded for the MCL.

**Save MCL Value**

The following actions will apply to the **Save MCL Value** button:

-   If the user changes a value in MCL Value Measure, it must convert to
    a valid number, which includes 0, and will be stored as described
    above in both a text and a numeric field (the text field will be the
    one displayed on this page).

\- If the user enters a value with more than six digits to the left of
the decimal, invoke existing exit state error message: **Value too
large. SDWIS can support up to 6 digits to the left of the decimal.**
Return the cursor to the Measure field that could not be converted.

\- If the user enters a value with more than nine digits to the right of
the decimal, invoke existing exit state error message: **SDWIS can
support up to 9 digits to the right of the decimal.** Return the cursor
to the Measure field that could not be converted.

> \- If the value entered converts to a number within the size 15(9)
> range, the software will set MCL Value to the converted number.

-   If the user removes the value in the MCL Value Measure field, the
    software will set the value in the MCL Value measure text field to
    spaces, the value in the measure numeric field to zero, and the
    field D_Userid_Code to CDSSETUP for the MCL Value record and then
    continue with the other **Save MCL Value** button checks.

-   If the MCL Value is changed to some numeric value (i.e., not
    removed) and the duration of monitoring period for the MP is annual
    or longer or the MCL Compliance Method for the associated MPA is
    equal to "MPA," then the software will check to see if the MCL Value
    is equivalent to the measure of the associated MPA. Equivalent
    means, if the MCL Value has less significant digits, it has been
    rounded based on the MPA following the rules that \< 5 rounds down
    and \>= 5 rounds up.

> If the MCL Value is not equivalent to the MPA, the software will
> present the following advisory: **The MCL Value is not equivalent to
> the MPA. Do you want to change it anyway?** If the user selects
> **YES**, the software will close the dialog box and then continue with
> the other **Save MCL Value** button checks. If the user selects
> **NO**, the software will close the dialog box and return the cursor
> to the MCL Value Measure field.
>
> The following are examples of equivalency. If a MPA is equal to 6.4
> and the user enters the following into the MCL Value (text field):

-   6.4 -- this is equivalent, no message will appear.

-   6 -- this is equivalent, no message will appear.

-   6.0 -- this is not equivalent, the message will appear.

-   7 -- this is not equivalent, the message will appear.

-   6.5 -- this is not equivalent, the message will appear.

```{=html}
<!-- -->
```
-   If the MCL Value is changed to some numeric value (i.e., not
    removed), the software will check to see if the MCL Value has more
    significant digits than the associated MPA (e.g., the MCL Value is
    6.44 and the MPA is 6.4). If it does, the software will present the
    following advisory: **The MCL Value is more precise than the MPA. Do
    you want to change it anyway?** If the user selects **YES**, the
    software will close the dialog box and then continue with the other
    **Save MCL Value** button checks. If the user selects **NO**, the
    software will close the dialog box and return the cursor to the MCL
    Value Measure field.

```{=html}
<!-- -->
```
-   If the user changes the Precursor Achieved Removal Ration for the
    MCL Value, it must convert to a valid number, (which includes 0).

> \- If the user enters a value that does not convert to a valid number
> within the size 4(2) range (0 is a valid number), invoke exit state
> error message: **Value too large. SDWIS can support up to 2 digits to
> the left of the decimal.** Return cursor to the Precursor Achieved
> Removal Ratio field that could not be converted.
>
> If the user enters a value with more than nine digits to the right of
> the decimal, invoke existing exit state error message: **SDWIS can
> support up to 2 digits to the right of the decimal.** Return the
> cursor to the MPA Measure field.

\- If the value entered converts to a number within the size 4(2) range,
the software will set the MCL Value Precursor Achieved Removal Ratio
value to the converted number.

-   If the MCL Value is updated, the software will update the MCL Value
    last update timestamp to the current date and time and, unless
    otherwise noted above, the software will set the MCL Value's
    D_Userid_Code field to the user's User ID. Note that *CDS Setup*
    will not override a MCL Value where the D_Userid_Code is other than
    "CDSSETUP."

**Recalc Using *CDS Setup***

Pressing this button will set the User ID of the Monitoring Period
Average and MCL Value to "CDSSETUP" so that *CDS Setup* will reprocess
both records.

**View Additional Compliance Data**

Pressing this button will present the Compliance Value List which
presents the values used by Compliance Determination and stored in the
TMNSSMPA table. (R0013:A.5.7.2.3.b)

**Cancel** Will disregard any data and return the user to the previous
page.

**Help** Will invoke online Help for this page.

####  Compliance Value List

The Compliance Value List (Exhibit 5-49) resents a list of values used
by Compliance Determination and stored in the TMNSSMPA table for a
specific Results Average.

![](media/image50.png){width="6.493055555555555in"
height="4.705555555555556in"}

**Exhibit 5-49.** Compliance Value List

[List Columns]{.underline}

Applicable Period Begin Date, Applicable Period End date, Applicable
Period Gap Begin Date, Applicable Period Gap End Date, Compliance Value,
and UOM.

[Default Sort Order]{.underline}: Ascending Compliance Value

[Protected Fields]{.underline}:

*Number of rows displayed:* Will show the total number of rows displayed
in the list.

[Buttons]{.underline}

**Close** Will close the page and return to the invoking page.

### Historical Sampling Information Page

When a user clicks on the Historical Sampling Information icon, the
software will display all the results and compliance values associated
to the current MCL Value on the Historical Sampling Information Page
(Exhibit 5-50), sorted by collection date descending. In a few cases,
the analyte of the result will not be the same as the analyte for the
results averages (e.g., when a gross alpha result is substituted for a
radium 226 result). Therefore, the list will include analyte codes.

![](media/image51.png){width="6.497916666666667in"
height="4.636111111111111in"}

[]{#__RefHeading___Toc173657235 .anchor}**Exhibit 5-50.** Historical
Sampling Information

[List Fields]{.underline}:

*\[Sample\] Type* For Samples, the two-digit type code of the sample.

*Lab Sample No.* A code assigned by the state certifying authority that
uniquely identifies the laboratory for samples and sample summaries.

*Collection Date* The date the sample was collected.

*Sampling Point*

*(stacked & centered)* The sampling point of the location at which the
sample was taken.

*Analyte Code* The four-digit code of an analyte.

*Compliance Value* The compliance value recorded in the table that
associates a result to a SSMPA.

*CV UOM* The unit of measure for the compliance value, which is recorded
in the table that associations a result to a SSMPA.

*\[Less Than Indicator\] \<* When column marked with Y (yes) indicates
the sample result was less than the value supplied as the level type.

*Concentration* The concentration result received from the analysis.

*Conc. UOM* The unit of measure in which the concentration was reported.

*Level Type* The level type that the detection was measured against.
Values are MDL (Regulatory Minimum Reporting Level) or MRL (Lab
Reporting Level).

*Reporting Level* When MDL this value is the reporting level set by the
regulation. When it is MRL, it is the value set by the laboratory, which
must be less than the regulatory level.

*P/A* For microbiological results, this column will display whether the
organism was reported as present (P) or absent (A). If the result is not
for a microbiological organism, the column will display NA (not
applicable).

*Count* For microbiological results, this column will display the values
entered into the three fields used to record a count. The fields will be
concatenated and will include "/" between the second and third fields
(e.g., "22 oocysts / L").

## WQP Days Out of Compliance

### Model Changes for WQP Days Out of Compliance

No model changes planned for this release.

### WQP Days Out of Compliance Page Flow

####  WQP Days Out of Compliance Search

Selecting **Maintain WQP Days Out of Compliance** will invoke the WQP
Days Out of Compliance Search page (Exhibit 5-51) where the user can
specify a Water System, a Monitoring Period, or both as search criteria:

![](media/image52.png){width="5.992361111111111in"
height="4.054166666666666in"}

[]{#__RefHeading___Toc173657236 .anchor}**Exhibit 5-51.** WQP Days Out
of Compliance Search

1.  Water System only.

```{=html}
<!-- -->
```
1.  Monitoring Period only.

```{=html}
<!-- -->
```
1.  Water System and Monitoring Period.

All searches will be limited by the current Regulating Agency or Water
System Group. The prompt will dynamically change to reflect whether the
user has selected Regulating Agency or Water System Group to be current.

[Protected Field:]{.underline}

*Regulating Agency*

*Used/WS Group*

*Used* This protected field will show the user's current Water System
Group Name or Regulating Agency depending on which the user has made
current. The software will dynamically change the prompt depending on
whether Water System Group Name or Regulating Agency is current. The
prompt will be "Current WS Group" if the user's current Water System
Group is valued, otherwise the prompt will be "Regulating Agency Used."

[Entry Fields:]{.underline}

Water System Criteria Group Box:

*Water System No.* The specific Water System No., which consists of the
two-character state code plus the seven-character number field.

> The state code portion will default to the state_identification_code
> in the SYSTEM_VARIABLE entity view.
>
> The cursor will be positioned in the numeric portion.

The **Go To** button may be pressed to select a water system from the
Water System Maintenance List in single-select mode, which will display
a list of water systems that are part of the current Water System Group
or Regulating Agency. Once a valid water system has been entered or
picked from a list, the water system name will be displayed on the page.
If the user specifies a partial string in this field, display the
closest matching water system at the top of the list. (Closest matching
means a match with the Water System No., sorted alphabetically, that
starts with the same text string as supplied.)

> If a valid water system is entered but is not part of the user's
> current Water System Group or Regulating Agency, invoke exit state
> error message: **WS is not part of current group/agency. Change
> group/agency to access this WS.**

*\[Water System\]*

*Name* Standard 40-character Public Water System Name may be entered
completely, partially, or left blank. If the user specifies a partial
string in this field, display the Water System Maintenance List in
single-select mode with the closest matching water system at the top of
the list. (Closest matching means a match with the Water System Name,
sorted alphabetically, that starts with the same text string as
supplied.)

If a valid water system name is entered, the Water System No. is
populated.

> If a valid water system is entered but is not part of the user's
> current Water System Group or Regulating Agency, invoke exit state
> error message: **WS is not part of current group/agency. Change
> group/agency to access this WS.**

If the name entered is not found the software will flow to the Water
System Maintenance List in single-select mode. The user may then select
a value and continue.

Monitoring Period Group Box:

*\[Monitoring Period\]*

*Begin Date* If Begin Date and either End Date or Duration are valued,
on tabbing off, the software will retrieve the monitoring period that
matches the criteria and displays it in all monitoring period fields. If
no monitoring period exists that matches the criteria, the Monitoring
Period Maintenance List will be invoked in single-select mode, sorted on
Monitoring Period Begin Date descending then on Monitoring Period End
Date ascending. The software will take no action if only Begin Date is
valued.

*\[Monitoring Period\]*

*Duration* The user may enter a valid Monitoring Period Duration or use
the **Go To** button to select a valid monitoring period. All durations
should appear on the dropdown list, including spaces. If Duration and
either Begin Date or End Date are valued, on tabbing off, the software
will retrieve the monitoring period that matches the criteria and
display it in all monitoring period fields. If no monitoring period
exists that matches the criteria, it will invoke the Monitoring Period
Maintenance List in single-select mode, sorted on Monitoring Period
Begin Date descending then on Monitoring Period End Date ascending. The
software will take no action if only Duration is valued.

Durations of 2W -- Every 2 Weeks and 2M -- Every 2 Months will be
available in the drop down list. (R0036:A.5.8.2.1.a)

*\[Monitoring Period\]*

*End Date* If End Date and either Begin Date or Duration are valued, on
tabbing off, the software will retrieve the monitoring period that
matches the criteria and displays it in all monitoring period fields. If
no monitoring period exists that matches the criteria, the Monitoring
Period Maintenance List will be invoked in single-select mode, sorted on
Monitoring Period Begin Date descending then on Monitoring Period End
Date ascending. The software will take no action if only End Date is
valued.

*\[Monitoring Period\]*

*Name* If the user enters a valid monitoring period name, on tabbing
off, the software will retrieve the monitoring period that matches the
criteria and displays it in all monitoring period fields. If the user
enters a partial string or an invalid monitoring period name, invoke the
Monitoring Period Maintenance List in single-select mode sort by
Monitoring Period Name ascending.

> If a monitoring period that meets the user's criteria does not exist
> in the database, the software will directly invoke the Monitoring
> Period Selection List.

[Tab Sequence:]{.underline}

Water System No. \[the seven-character, number field\], Water System
**Go To** button, \[Water System Name\], \[Monitoring Period\] Begin
Date, \[Monitoring Period \]Duration, \[Monitoring Period\] End Date,
\[Monitoring Period\] Name, Monitoring Period **Go To** button,
**Search** button, **Clear** button, **Cancel** button, **Help** button.

[Buttons:]{.underline}

*\[water system\]*

**Go To** Pressing this button will invoke the Water System Maintenance
List in single-select mode. If the user has typed part of the Water
System No., it will be used in the search to invoke the Water System
Maintenance List. . If the user has typed in a partial Water System
Name, it will be used in the search. The user may select a Water System
from this list.

*\[monitoring period\]*

**Go To** Pressing this button will invoke the Monitoring Period
Maintenance list in single-select mode, sorted on Monitoring Period
Begin Date descending then on Monitoring Period End Date ascending. The
user may select a Monitoring Period from this list.

**Search** Pressing this button will retrieve Water System Monitoring
Period Asgmt records based on the specified criteria.

> The user's current Water System Group/Regulating Agency and the
> following will be used as implied search criteria in all searches for
> Water System Monitoring Period Asgmt records:

WQP_NO_DAYS_OUT_OF_COMPLIANCE is not null. This means that the software
will retrieve only Water System Monitoring Period Asgmts linked to a
water system that is linked to the user's current Water System
Group/Regulating Agency and that have a value entered in the
WQP_NO_DAYS_OUT_OF_COMPLIANCE attribute. (*Note that, for this numeric
attribute, a true null will be used so that zero means zero and does not
mean null)*. If an exact Water System is entered, the software will
validate that it belongs to the user's current Water System
Group/Regulating Agency. The following will be possible search
permutations:

-   Search by Water System.

-   Search by Monitoring Period.

-   Search by Water System and Monitoring Period.

> All Water System Monitoring Period Asgmts that meet the criteria are
> displayed on the WQP Days Out of Compliance List. If no records meet
> the criteria, the software displays an informational exit state
> message: **No WQP Days Out of Compliance record exist in the database
> for criteria specified.**

**Clear** Pressing this button will clear data from all fields on the
search page.

**Cancel** Will disregard any data and return the user to the previous
page.

**Help** Will invoke online Help for this page.

####  WQP Days Out of Compliance List

The WQP Days Out of Compliance List (Exhibit 5-52) will display up to
1000 records at a time, listing the Water System Monitoring Period Asgmt
records retrieved from the search criteria specified.

[Default Sort Order:]{.underline} Water System No., Monitoring Period
Name both ascending.

[List Fields:]{.underline}

*Water System No.* The number of the water system.

*Monitoring Period Name* The name of the user-specified monitoring
period.

*\[Monitoring Period\]*

*Duration* Duration of the user-specified monitoring period.

*\[Monitoring Period\]*

*Begin Date* Begin date of the user-specified monitoring period.

  ------------------------------------------ -----------------------------------------------------
  ![](media/image41.png){width="1.75625in"   ![](media/image53.png){width="4.3493055555555555in"
  height="3.8756944444444446in"}             height="3.34375in"}

  ------------------------------------------ -----------------------------------------------------

[]{#__RefHeading___Toc173657237 .anchor}**Exhibit 5-52.** WQP Days Out
of Compliance List

*\[Monitoring Period\]*

*End Date* End date of the user-specified monitoring period.

*Days Out of Compliance* The number of days a water system was out of
compliance during a 6-month monitoring period.

*Water System Name* The name of the water system.

[Menu Items:]{.underline}

**File**

*Exit* Selecting **File/Exit** will return the user to the *SDWIS/STATE
Home Page.*

**View**

*Search* Selecting **View/Search** will invoke the WQP Days Out of
Compliance Search page and carry forward the information previously
entered on the WQP Days Out of Compliance Search page.

> *Sort* Selecting **View/Sort** will invoke the standard Sort page with
> all columns on the list able to be sorted.
>
> *Filter by* Selecting **View/Filter** will allow the user to filter by
> Water System No., Monitoring Period Name, Monitoring Period Duration,
> Monitoring Period Begin Date, Monitoring Period End Date, WQP Days Out
> of Compliance and Water System Name.

*Refresh* Selecting **View/Refresh** will retrieve the unfiltered list
(original search criteria).

[Protected Fields:]{.underline}

*Regulating Agency*

*Used/Current WS*

*Group Used* This protected field will show the user's current Water
System. Group

Name or Regulating Agency, depending on which the user has made current.
The software will dynamically change the prompt depending on whether
Water System Group Name or Regulating Agency is current. The prompt will
be "Current WS Group" if the user's current Water System Group is
valued, otherwise the prompt will be "Regulating Agency Used."

*Number of rows*

*resulting from search*

*criteria entered* This protected field will show the total number of
rows that met

> the search criteria.

*Number of rows*

*displayed* This protected field will show the total number of rows

displayed in the list, which may be less than the number

> of rows that met the search criteria*.*

## Field Results Maintenance

The fields in this page represent the six "field results" measures in
entity Field Results (exhibit 5-53) (formerly Microbiological Sample)
table TSAMCSMP. When this page opens, if the value for any of the
following six numeric fields is null in the database, the Field Results
page will display a blank for that field. If the database value for any
of these fields is greater than or equal to 0, the Field Results page
will display that number in the field.

![](media/image54.png){width="5.997916666666667in"
height="2.2777777777777777in"}

[]{#__RefHeading___Toc173657238 .anchor}**Exhibit 5-53.** Field Results
Page

[Entry Fields]{.underline}:

*Field Free Chlorine*

*Residual* The measure of free and available chlorine in milligrams per
liter (mg/L).

> This number is defined in the database as 5(3), that is, five
> significant digits, three of which are to the right of the decimal.
> The maximum value the database can accept for this field is 99.999.
> The minimum value, other than 0, that the database can accept for this
> field is 0.001. Any number within this range is acceptable. If you
> enter a number with more than two decimals, the software truncates
> everything beyond the second decimal.
>
> This is an optional field.

*Total Chlorine*

*Residual* The total concentration of residual disinfectant (chlorine)
in milligrams per liter (mg/L) found in the water, including combined
and free chlorine residual.

> This number is defined in the database as 5(3), that is, five
> significant digits, three of which are to the right of the decimal.
> The maximum value the database can accept for this field is 99.999.
> The minimum value, other than 0, that the database can accept for this
> field is 0.001. Any number within this range is acceptable. If you
> enter a number with more than three decimals, the software truncates
> everything beyond the third decimal.
>
> This is an optional field.

*Water Temperature* The temperature in degrees Celsius or Fahrenheit (C
or F) of the water being sampled at the time and place of
microbiological or chemical sample collection.

> This number is defined in the database as 3(1), that is, three
> significant digits, one of which is to the right of the decimal. The
> maximum value the database can accept for this field is 99.9. The
> minimum value, other than 0, that the database can accept for this
> field is 0.1. Any number within this range is acceptable. If you enter
> a number with more than one decimal, the software truncates everything
> beyond the one decimal.
>
> This is an optional field.

*\[Temperature Measure\]* The indication of Celsius or Fahrenheit (C or
F) of the water temperature.

> This is an optional field.

*Turbidity Measure* The turbidity of the water being sampled at the time
and place of microbiological or chemical sample collection in
nephelometric turbidity units (NTU).

> This number is defined in the database as 5(2), that is, five
> significant digits, two of which are to the right of the decimal. The
> maximum value the database can accept for this field is 999.99. The
> minimum value, other than 0, that the database can accept for this
> field is 0.01. Any number within this range is acceptable. If you
> enter a number with more than two decimals, the software truncates
> everything beyond the second decimal
>
> This is an optional field.

*pH Measure* The pH of the water being sampled at the time and place of
microbiological or chemical sample collection in pH units.

> While this number is defined in the database as 4(1), the maximum
> value the database can accept for this field is 14. The minimum value,
> other than 0, that the database can accept for this field is 0.1. Any
> number within this range is acceptable. Numbers outside of this range
> will receive the error message **Accepted range for pH value is
> between 0 and 14.0 pH units.** If you enter a number with more than
> one decimal, the software truncates everything beyond the one decimal.
>
> This is an optional field.

*Flow Rate* The flow rate of the sample collection device in Gallons Per
Minute (GPM). This measure is used primarily for collection and
quantification of protozoa and virus samples.

> This number is defined with six significant digits, up to four of
> which can be to the right of the decimal. The maximum value the window
> can accept for this field is 999.999. The minimum value, other than 0,
> that the window allows for this field is 0.0001. Any number within
> this range is acceptable. If you enter a number with more than four
> decimals (three if your integer is greater than 99), the software will
> truncate everything beyond the fourth/third decimal.
>
> This is an optional field.

[Buttons]{.underline}:

**OK**

*Add-Mode* If one or more of the fields is valued, a Field Result record
will be created and associated to the sample.

*Change-Mode* The Field Result record will be changed.

**Cancel** If changes have been made, the standard cancel confirmation
page will be presented. If no changes have been made, the page will
close and return to the sample maintenance page.

**Help** Will invoke the system online Help facility.